commit
0b6c3aee88
144 changed files with 36945 additions and 0 deletions
@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE |
||||
Version 3, 29 June 2007 |
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/> |
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies |
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. |
||||
|
||||
Preamble |
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for |
||||
software and other kinds of works. |
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed |
||||
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, |
||||
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to |
||||
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free |
||||
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the |
||||
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to |
||||
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to |
||||
your programs, too. |
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not |
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you |
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for |
||||
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you |
||||
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new |
||||
free programs, and that you know you can do these things. |
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you |
||||
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have |
||||
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if |
||||
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. |
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether |
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same |
||||
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive |
||||
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they |
||||
know their rights. |
||||
|
||||
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: |
||||
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License |
||||
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. |
||||
|
||||
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains |
||||
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and |
||||
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as |
||||
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to |
||||
authors of previous versions. |
||||
|
||||
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run |
||||
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer |
||||
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of |
||||
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic |
||||
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to |
||||
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we |
||||
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those |
||||
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we |
||||
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions |
||||
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. |
||||
|
||||
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. |
||||
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of |
||||
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to |
||||
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could |
||||
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that |
||||
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. |
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and |
||||
modification follow. |
||||
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS |
||||
|
||||
0. Definitions. |
||||
|
||||
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. |
||||
|
||||
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of |
||||
works, such as semiconductor masks. |
||||
|
||||
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this |
||||
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and |
||||
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. |
||||
|
||||
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work |
||||
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an |
||||
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the |
||||
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. |
||||
|
||||
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based |
||||
on the Program. |
||||
|
||||
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without |
||||
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for |
||||
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a |
||||
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, |
||||
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the |
||||
public, and in some countries other activities as well. |
||||
|
||||
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other |
||||
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through |
||||
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. |
||||
|
||||
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" |
||||
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible |
||||
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) |
||||
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the |
||||
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the |
||||
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If |
||||
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a |
||||
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. |
||||
|
||||
1. Source Code. |
||||
|
||||
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work |
||||
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source |
||||
form of a work. |
||||
|
||||
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official |
||||
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of |
||||
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that |
||||
is widely used among developers working in that language. |
||||
|
||||
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other |
||||
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of |
||||
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major |
||||
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that |
||||
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an |
||||
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A |
||||
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component |
||||
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system |
||||
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to |
||||
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. |
||||
|
||||
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all |
||||
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable |
||||
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to |
||||
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's |
||||
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free |
||||
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but |
||||
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source |
||||
includes interface definition files associated with source files for |
||||
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically |
||||
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, |
||||
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those |
||||
subprograms and other parts of the work. |
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users |
||||
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding |
||||
Source. |
||||
|
||||
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that |
||||
same work. |
||||
|
||||
2. Basic Permissions. |
||||
|
||||
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of |
||||
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated |
||||
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited |
||||
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a |
||||
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its |
||||
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your |
||||
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. |
||||
|
||||
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not |
||||
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains |
||||
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose |
||||
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you |
||||
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with |
||||
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do |
||||
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works |
||||
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction |
||||
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of |
||||
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. |
||||
|
||||
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under |
||||
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 |
||||
makes it unnecessary. |
||||
|
||||
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. |
||||
|
||||
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological |
||||
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article |
||||
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or |
||||
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such |
||||
measures. |
||||
|
||||
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid |
||||
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention |
||||
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to |
||||
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or |
||||
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's |
||||
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of |
||||
technological measures. |
||||
|
||||
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. |
||||
|
||||
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you |
||||
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and |
||||
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; |
||||
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any |
||||
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; |
||||
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all |
||||
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. |
||||
|
||||
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, |
||||
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. |
||||
|
||||
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. |
||||
|
||||
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to |
||||
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the |
||||
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: |
||||
|
||||
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified |
||||
it, and giving a relevant date. |
||||
|
||||
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is |
||||
released under this License and any conditions added under section |
||||
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to |
||||
"keep intact all notices". |
||||
|
||||
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this |
||||
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This |
||||
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 |
||||
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, |
||||
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no |
||||
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not |
||||
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. |
||||
|
||||
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display |
||||
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive |
||||
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your |
||||
work need not make them do so. |
||||
|
||||
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent |
||||
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, |
||||
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, |
||||
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an |
||||
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not |
||||
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users |
||||
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work |
||||
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other |
||||
parts of the aggregate. |
||||
|
||||
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. |
||||
|
||||
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms |
||||
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the |
||||
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, |
||||
in one of these ways: |
||||
|
||||
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product |
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the |
||||
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium |
||||
customarily used for software interchange. |
||||
|
||||
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product |
||||
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a |
||||
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as |
||||
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product |
||||
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a |
||||
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the |
||||
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical |
||||
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no |
||||
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this |
||||
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the |
||||
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. |
||||
|
||||
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the |
||||
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This |
||||
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and |
||||
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord |
||||
with subsection 6b. |
||||
|
||||
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated |
||||
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the |
||||
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no |
||||
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the |
||||
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to |
||||
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source |
||||
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) |
||||
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain |
||||
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the |
||||
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the |
||||
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is |
||||
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. |
||||
|
||||
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided |
||||
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding |
||||
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no |
||||
charge under subsection 6d. |
||||
|
||||
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded |
||||
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be |
||||
included in conveying the object code work. |
||||
|
||||
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any |
||||
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, |
||||
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation |
||||
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, |
||||
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular |
||||
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a |
||||
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status |
||||
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user |
||||
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product |
||||
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial |
||||
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent |
||||
the only significant mode of use of the product. |
||||
|
||||
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, |
||||
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install |
||||
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from |
||||
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must |
||||
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object |
||||
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because |
||||
modification has been made. |
||||
|
||||
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or |
||||
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as |
||||
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the |
||||
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a |
||||
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the |
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied |
||||
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply |
||||
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install |
||||
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has |
||||
been installed in ROM). |
||||
|
||||
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a |
||||
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates |
||||
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for |
||||
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a |
||||
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and |
||||
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and |
||||
protocols for communication across the network. |
||||
|
||||
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, |
||||
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly |
||||
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in |
||||
source code form), and must require no special password or key for |
||||
unpacking, reading or copying. |
||||
|
||||
7. Additional Terms. |
||||
|
||||
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this |
||||
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. |
||||
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall |
||||
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent |
||||
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions |
||||
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately |
||||
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by |
||||
this License without regard to the additional permissions. |
||||
|
||||
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option |
||||
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of |
||||
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own |
||||
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place |
||||
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, |
||||
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. |
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you |
||||
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of |
||||
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: |
||||
|
||||
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the |
||||
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or |
||||
|
||||
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or |
||||
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal |
||||
Notices displayed by works containing it; or |
||||
|
||||
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or |
||||
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in |
||||
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or |
||||
|
||||
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or |
||||
authors of the material; or |
||||
|
||||
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some |
||||
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or |
||||
|
||||
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that |
||||
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of |
||||
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for |
||||
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on |
||||
those licensors and authors. |
||||
|
||||
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further |
||||
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you |
||||
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is |
||||
governed by this License along with a term that is a further |
||||
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains |
||||
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this |
||||
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms |
||||
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does |
||||
not survive such relicensing or conveying. |
||||
|
||||
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you |
||||
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the |
||||
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating |
||||
where to find the applicable terms. |
||||
|
||||
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the |
||||
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; |
||||
the above requirements apply either way. |
||||
|
||||
8. Termination. |
||||
|
||||
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly |
||||
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or |
||||
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under |
||||
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third |
||||
paragraph of section 11). |
||||
|
||||
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your |
||||
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) |
||||
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and |
||||
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright |
||||
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means |
||||
prior to 60 days after the cessation. |
||||
|
||||
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is |
||||
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the |
||||
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have |
||||
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that |
||||
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after |
||||
your receipt of the notice. |
||||
|
||||
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the |
||||
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under |
||||
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently |
||||
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same |
||||
material under section 10. |
||||
|
||||
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. |
||||
|
||||
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or |
||||
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work |
||||
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission |
||||
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, |
||||
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or |
||||
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do |
||||
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a |
||||
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. |
||||
|
||||
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. |
||||
|
||||
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically |
||||
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and |
||||
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible |
||||
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. |
||||
|
||||
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an |
||||
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an |
||||
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered |
||||
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that |
||||
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever |
||||
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could |
||||
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the |
||||
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if |
||||
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. |
||||
|
||||
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the |
||||
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may |
||||
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of |
||||
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation |
||||
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that |
||||
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for |
||||
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. |
||||
|
||||
11. Patents. |
||||
|
||||
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this |
||||
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The |
||||
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". |
||||
|
||||
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims |
||||
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or |
||||
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted |
||||
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, |
||||
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a |
||||
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For |
||||
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant |
||||
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of |
||||
this License. |
||||
|
||||
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free |
||||
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to |
||||
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and |
||||
propagate the contents of its contributor version. |
||||
|
||||
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express |
||||
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent |
||||
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to |
||||
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a |
||||
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a |
||||
patent against the party. |
||||
|
||||
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, |
||||
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone |
||||
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a |
||||
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, |
||||
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so |
||||
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the |
||||
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner |
||||
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent |
||||
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have |
||||
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the |
||||
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work |
||||
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that |
||||
country that you have reason to believe are valid. |
||||
|
||||
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or |
||||
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a |
||||
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties |
||||
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify |
||||
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license |
||||
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered |
||||
work and works based on it. |
||||
|
||||
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within |
||||
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is |
||||
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are |
||||
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered |
||||
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is |
||||
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment |
||||
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying |
||||
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the |
||||
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory |
||||
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work |
||||
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily |
||||
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that |
||||
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, |
||||
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. |
||||
|
||||
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting |
||||
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may |
||||
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. |
||||
|
||||
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. |
||||
|
||||
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or |
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not |
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a |
||||
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this |
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may |
||||
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you |
||||
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey |
||||
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this |
||||
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. |
||||
|
||||
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. |
||||
|
||||
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have |
||||
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed |
||||
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single |
||||
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this |
||||
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, |
||||
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, |
||||
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the |
||||
combination as such. |
||||
|
||||
14. Revised Versions of this License. |
||||
|
||||
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of |
||||
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will |
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to |
||||
address new problems or concerns. |
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the |
||||
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General |
||||
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the |
||||
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered |
||||
version or of any later version published by the Free Software |
||||
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the |
||||
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published |
||||
by the Free Software Foundation. |
||||
|
||||
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future |
||||
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's |
||||
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you |
||||
to choose that version for the Program. |
||||
|
||||
Later license versions may give you additional or different |
||||
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any |
||||
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a |
||||
later version. |
||||
|
||||
15. Disclaimer of Warranty. |
||||
|
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY |
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT |
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY |
||||
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, |
||||
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR |
||||
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM |
||||
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF |
||||
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. |
||||
|
||||
16. Limitation of Liability. |
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING |
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS |
||||
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY |
||||
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE |
||||
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF |
||||
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD |
||||
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), |
||||
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF |
||||
SUCH DAMAGES. |
||||
|
||||
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. |
||||
|
||||
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided |
||||
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, |
||||
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates |
||||
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the |
||||
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a |
||||
copy of the Program in return for a fee. |
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS |
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs |
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest |
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it |
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. |
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest |
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively |
||||
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least |
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. |
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.> |
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> |
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
||||
(at your option) any later version. |
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
||||
GNU General Public License for more details. |
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. |
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. |
||||
|
||||
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short |
||||
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode: |
||||
|
||||
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> |
||||
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'. |
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it |
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details. |
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate |
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands |
||||
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box". |
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, |
||||
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary. |
||||
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see |
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. |
||||
|
||||
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program |
||||
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you |
||||
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with |
||||
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General |
||||
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read |
||||
<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>. |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
**tMKB10** - справочник Международной классификации болезней десятого пересмотра с текстовым и графическим пользовательскими интерфейсами |
||||
|
||||
##Лицензия |
||||
Copyright (C) 2011-2014, Maxim Lihachev, <envrm@yandex.ru> |
||||
|
||||
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
||||
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or |
||||
(at your option) any later version. |
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
||||
GNU General Public License for more details. |
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
||||
along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. |
||||
|
||||
##Описание |
||||
Международная статистическая классификация болезней и проблем, связанных со |
||||
здоровьем — документ, используемый как ведущая статистическая и |
||||
классификационная основа в здравоохранении. МКБ является нормативным документом, |
||||
обеспечивающим единство методических подходов и международную сопоставимость |
||||
материалов. В настоящее время действует Международная классификация болезней |
||||
Десятого пересмотра (МКБ-10, ICD-10). |
||||
|
||||
##Использование |
||||
cli: tMKB10.tcl [код МКБ] |
||||
gui: tMKB10.tcl |
||||
|
||||
##Версия |
||||
0.1 |
||||
|
||||
##Текстовый интерфейс |
||||
![][screenshot1] |
||||
[screenshot1]: tMKB10.gif |
||||
|
||||
##Графический интерфейс |
||||
![][screenshot2] |
||||
[screenshot2]: tMKB10.gif |
||||
|
||||
##Структура программы |
||||
![][structure] |
||||
[structure]: tMKB10.gif |
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
|
||||
filter magenta {Заболевания органов дыхания} J00-J99 |
||||
filter green {Сахарный диабет} E10 |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ArrowButton</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ArrowButton</B> |
||||
- Button widget with an arrow shape. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ArrowButton</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-armcommand">-armcommand</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-arrowbd">-arrowbd</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-arrowrelief">-arrowrelief</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-clean">-clean</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dir">-dir</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-disarmcommand">-disarmcommand</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-ipadx">-ipadx</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-ipady">-ipady</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ArrowButton can be of two types following <B>type</B> option: |
||||
for <B>button</B> type, it is standard button with an arrow drawn on it; |
||||
for <B>arrow</B> type, it is an arrow like scrollbar's arrow. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-armcommand"><B>-armcommand</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton when mouse button 1 is pressed |
||||
over the ArrowButton. When <B>repeatdelay</B> or <B>repeatinterval</B> option is positive |
||||
integer, this command is repeatedly called if mouse pointer is over the button and until |
||||
mouse button 1 is released. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arrowbd"><B>-arrowbd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
When ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>, specifies the border width of the |
||||
arrow. Must be 1 or 2. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arrowrelief"><B>-arrowrelief</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
When ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>, specifies the relief of the arrow. |
||||
Must be <B>raised</B> or <B>sunken</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-clean"><B>-clean</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a level of quality, between 0 and 2, for the arrow. |
||||
If 0, the arrow is drawn with its maximum width and height. |
||||
If 1, the base of arrow is arranged to be odd to have same edges. |
||||
If 2, the base of arrow is arranged to be odd and the orthogonal to be (base+1)/2 to |
||||
have 'straight' diagonal for edges. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton. This command |
||||
is typically invoked when mouse button 1 is released over the ArrowButton |
||||
window. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dir"><B>-dir</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the direction of the arrow: <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B>, <B>left</B> |
||||
or <B>right</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-disarmcommand"><B>-disarmcommand</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the ArrowButton when mouse button 1 is released. |
||||
This command is called even if pointer is not over the ArrowButton, and always before |
||||
the command specified by <B>command</B> option. |
||||
It is typically used in conjuntion with <B>armcommand</B>, <B>repeatdelay</B> and |
||||
<B>repeatinterval</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a desired height for the ArrowButton. The value is in screen units. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipadx"><B>-ipadx</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a minimun pad between the ArrowButton border and the right and left side |
||||
of the arrow. The value is in screen units. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipady"><B>-ipady</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a minimun pad between the ArrowButton border and the top and bottom side |
||||
of the arrow. The value is in screen units. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies one of three states for the ArrowButton: <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>, |
||||
or <B>disabled</B>. |
||||
<DL><DT>If ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>button</I>:</DT> |
||||
<DD>In normal state the ArrowButton is displayed using the |
||||
<B>foreground</B> and <B>background</B> options. The active state is |
||||
typically used when the pointer is over the ArrowButton. In active state |
||||
the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>activeforeground</B> and |
||||
<B>activebackground</B> options. In disabled state the <B>disabledforeground</B> and |
||||
<B>background</B> options determine how the ArrowButton is displayed. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DT>If ArrowButton <B>type</B> is <I>arrow</I>:</DT> |
||||
<DD>Only colors of arrow change. The background of ArrowButton is always |
||||
displayed using <B>troughcolor</B> option. |
||||
In normal state the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>background</B> option. The active |
||||
state is typically used when the pointer is over the ArrowButton. In active state |
||||
the ArrowButton is displayed using the <B>activebackground</B> option. In disabled state |
||||
the ArrowButton is displayed with a dark stipple. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
Disabled state means that the ArrowButton |
||||
should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate |
||||
the widget and will ignore mouse button presses. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Determines the type of the ArrowButton: <B>button</B> for standard button look, or |
||||
<B>arrow</B> scrollbar's arrow look. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a desired width for the ArrowButton. The value is in screen units. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
If ArrowButton <B>state</B> is not disabled, this invoke the commands of the button. |
||||
ArrowButton is redisplayed with active color and sunken relief, and |
||||
<B>armcommand</B> is called. Then ArrowButton is redisplayed with |
||||
normal color and its defined relief, and <B>disarmcommand</B> then <B>command</B> |
||||
are called. |
||||
<P><B>invoke</B> is called when ArrowButton has input focus and user press the space bar. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>BWidget</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<IMG SRC="constr.gif" WIDTH="40" HEIGHT="40"> Under construction ...<BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>BWidget</B> |
||||
- Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#XLFDfont"><B>XLFDfont</B></A> |
||||
<I>cmd</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#assert"><B>assert</B></A> |
||||
<I>exp</I> |
||||
?<I>msg</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#badOptionString"><B>badOptionString</B></A> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
<I>value</I> |
||||
<I>list</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#bindMouseWheel"><B>bindMouseWheel</B></A> |
||||
<I>widget</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#classes"><B>classes</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#clonename"><B>clonename</B></A> |
||||
<I>menu</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#focus"><B>focus</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#get3dcolor"><B>get3dcolor</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>bgcolor</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#getname"><B>getname</B></A> |
||||
<I>name</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#grab"><B>grab</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#inuse"><B>inuse</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#library"><B>library</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> ?<i>class ...</i>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#lreorder"><B>lreorder</B></A> |
||||
<I>list</I> |
||||
<I>neworder</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#parsetext"><B>parsetext</B></A> |
||||
<I>text</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#place"><B>place</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
<I>h</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#write"><B>write</B></A> |
||||
<I>filename</I> ?<i>mode</i>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>BWidget::<A HREF="#wrongNumArgsString"><B>wrongNumArgsString</B></A> |
||||
<I>string</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</P> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="XLFDfont">BWidget::<B>XLFDfont</B></A> |
||||
<I>cmd</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="assert">BWidget::<B>assert</B></A> |
||||
<I>exp</I> |
||||
?<I>msg</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="badOptionString">BWidget::<B>badOptionString</B></A> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
<I>value</I> |
||||
<I>list</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Return a proper error string for a <i>value</i> of <i>type</i> that doesn't |
||||
match <i>list</i>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindMouseWheel">BWidget::<B>bindMouseWheel</B></A> |
||||
<I>widget</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Bind the given <i>widget</i> with the standard mouse wheel bindings. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="classes">BWidget::<B>classes</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Returns a list of classes needed by the given <i>class</i>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="clonename">BWidget::<B>clonename</B></A> |
||||
<I>menu</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="focus">BWidget::<B>focus</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="get3dcolor">BWidget::<B>get3dcolor</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>bgcolor</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getname">BWidget::<B>getname</B></A> |
||||
<I>name</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="grab">BWidget::<B>grab</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="inuse">BWidget::<B>inuse</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Returns true or false if the given <i>class</i> is being used by the |
||||
current running program. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="library">BWidget::<B>library</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
?<i>class ...</i>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Returns a string of code that contains all the libraries needed to |
||||
use the widgets given by <i>class</i>. Each class's code and the |
||||
code of its dependent classes is appended to the string and returned. |
||||
This is mostly useful for saving BWidgets to another project. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="lreorder">BWidget::<B>lreorder</B></A> |
||||
<I>list</I> |
||||
<I>neworder</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="parsetext">BWidget::<B>parsetext</B></A> |
||||
<I>text</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="place">BWidget::<B>place</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
<I>h</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Used to position and resize the widget specified by |
||||
<I>path</I>. <I>w</I> and <I>h</I> are used to specify the requested |
||||
width and height of the <I>path</I> widget for use by <B>wm |
||||
geometry</B> (set to 0 to use current values). The placement of the widget relative to other widgets or |
||||
the screen is controlled by additional arguments: |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><B>at</B> <I>x</I> <I>y</I></DT> |
||||
<DD>Place the widget specified by the <I>path</I> argument at screen |
||||
position x,y. See <B>wm geometry</B> for information about window |
||||
placement values.</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>center</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT> |
||||
<DD>Place the <I>path</I> widget centered against <I>widget</I> or against the |
||||
root widget if <I>widget</I> is not given.</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>left</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT> |
||||
<DT><B>right</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT> |
||||
<DD>Place the <I>path</I> widget either left or right of the |
||||
reference widget (or the root widget if <I>widget</I> is not |
||||
specified). If the reference widget's position is such that the newly |
||||
placed window might be obscured then the opposite side will be tried.</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>above</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT> |
||||
<DT><B>below</B> <I>?widget?</I></DT> |
||||
<DD>As for left/right above, this option causes the widget to be |
||||
placed either above or below the reference widget with the opposite |
||||
placement being attempted if the newly placed widget will not be visible. |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="write">BWidget::<B>write</B></A> |
||||
<I>filename</I> |
||||
?<i>mode</i>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Writes the currently used set of BWidget class code to the given |
||||
<i>filename</i>. All the code necessary to run the BWidgets |
||||
currently in use is written to the file. This is mostly useful |
||||
for saving BWidget code to another project as a single file instead |
||||
of the entire BWidget package. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="wrongNumArgsString">BWidget::<B>wrongNumArgsString</B></A> |
||||
<I>string</I> |
||||
</DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Returns a standard error string for the wrong number of arguments. |
||||
<i>string</i> is appended to the standard string. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>Button</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>Button</B> |
||||
- Button widget with enhanced options |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Button</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DT><I>Not themed</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
</TD> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
</TD> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
<DT><I>Themed</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-compound">-compound</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-style">-style</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-armcommand">-armcommand</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-disarmcommand">-disarmcommand</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-name">-name</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-relief">-relief</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-underline">-underline</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
Button widget extends the Tk button with new options. |
||||
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options, |
||||
a new relief style, callback for <B>arm</B>/<B>disarm</B>, and |
||||
<B>repeatdelay</B>/<B>repeatinterval</B> options has been added. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-armcommand"><B>-armcommand</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button when mouse button 1 is pressed over the |
||||
Button. When <B>repeatdelay</B> or <B>repeatinterval</B> option is positive integer, |
||||
this command is repeatedly called if mouse pointer is over the Button and until mouse |
||||
button 1 is released. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button. This command |
||||
is typically invoked when mouse button 1 is released over the Button |
||||
window. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies one of three states for the default ring: <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>, |
||||
or <B>disabled</B>. In active state, the button is drawn with the platform specific |
||||
appearance for a default button. In normal state, the button is drawn with the platform |
||||
specific appearance for a non-default button, leaving enough space to draw the default |
||||
button appearance. The normal and active states will result in buttons of the same size. |
||||
In disabled state, the button is drawn with the non-default button appearance without |
||||
leaving space for the default appearance. The disabled state may result |
||||
in a smaller button than the active state. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-disarmcommand"><B>-disarmcommand</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command to associate with the Button when mouse button 1 is released. |
||||
This command is called even if pointer is not over the Button, and always before |
||||
the command specified by <B>command</B> option. |
||||
It is typically used in conjuntion with <B>armcommand</B>, <B>repeatdelay</B> and |
||||
<B>repeatinterval</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a desired height for the Button. |
||||
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the Button then the value is in |
||||
screen units; |
||||
for text it is in lines of text. |
||||
If this option isn't specified, the Button's desired height is computed |
||||
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.<BR> |
||||
Option not available when widget is <I>themed</I>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-name"><B>-name</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a standard name for the button. If the option <B>*<I>name</I>Name</B> is |
||||
found in the resources database, then <B>text</B> and <B>underline</B> options |
||||
are extracted from its value. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-relief"><B>-relief</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget. Acceptable values are standard values for |
||||
button relief (<B>raised</B>, <B>sunken</B>, <B>flat</B>, <B>ridge</B>, <B>solid</B>, and <B>groove</B>) and <B>link</B>, which specifies that button relief is <B>flat</B> when pointer |
||||
is outside the button and <B>raised</B> when pointer is inside.<BR> |
||||
This option has only the following effect if the widget is <I>themed</I>: |
||||
The value <B>link</B> used a style <B>Toolbutton</B> while any other value uses the standard effect. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies one of three states for the Button: <B>normal</B>, <B>active</B>, |
||||
or <B>disabled</B>. In normal state the Button is displayed using the |
||||
<B>foreground</B> and <B>background</B> options. The active state is |
||||
typically used when the pointer is over the Button. In active state |
||||
the Button is displayed using the <B>activeforeground</B> and |
||||
<B>activebackground</B> options. Disabled state means that the Button |
||||
should be insensitive: the default bindings will refuse to activate |
||||
the widget and will ignore mouse button presses. |
||||
In this state the <B>disabledforeground</B> and |
||||
<B>background</B> options determine how the Button is displayed. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-underline"><B>-underline</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the label of the button. |
||||
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character, |
||||
and so on. |
||||
<BR>The binding <B><Alt-<I>char</I>></B> is automatically set on the toplevel |
||||
of the Button to call Button::<B>setfocus</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the Button then the value is in |
||||
screen units; |
||||
for text it is in characters. |
||||
If this option isn't specified, the Button's desired width is computed |
||||
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
If Button <B>state</B> is not disabled, this invoke the commands of the Button. |
||||
Button is redisplayed with active color and sunken relief, and |
||||
<B>armcommand</B> is called. Then Button is redisplayed with |
||||
normal color and its defined relief, and <B>disarmcommand</B> then <B>command</B> |
||||
are called. |
||||
<P><B>invoke</B> is called when Button has input focus and user press the space bar. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">BINDINGS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Invoke"><I><<Invoke>></I></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Invoke the <B>invoke</B> widget command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ButtonBox</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ButtonBox</B> |
||||
- Set of buttons with horizontal or vertical layout |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ButtonBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-homogeneous">-homogeneous</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-orient">-orient</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-pady">-pady</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-spacing">-spacing</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<i>index</i> ?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ButtonBox layouts Button horizontally or vertically. |
||||
Some commands take an <I>index</I> as argument indicating on which |
||||
Button it work. This index may be specified in any of the following forms: |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL COMPACT> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<I>number</I> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the Button numerically, where 0 corresponds |
||||
to the first added Button, 1 to the next, and so on. |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>end</B> or <B>last</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Indicates the last item added. |
||||
<DT><B>default</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Indicates the default Button. |
||||
|
||||
<DT> |
||||
<i>name</i> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Indicates the button whose <b>-name</b> option is <i>name</i>. |
||||
|
||||
<DT> |
||||
<i>text</i> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Indicates the button whose <b>-text</b> option is <i>text</i>. |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-background"><B>-background</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a default background color for all added buttons and for the frame.<BR> |
||||
For <I>themed</I> wigets, the button color is not set. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the default button of the button box. The value is an integer |
||||
referencing the n-th added button, starting from 0. |
||||
If this value is -1 (the default), all button wil be drawn with their -default |
||||
option set to disabled, and this value can not be changed. <BR>If this value is |
||||
not -1, the associated button is drawn with -default option set to active and |
||||
the others are drawn with -default option set to normal. The value can be changed |
||||
by configure. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-homogeneous"><B>-homogeneous (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies wether or not buttons must have the same width for horizontal layout. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-orient"><B>-orient (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the orientation of the button box. If this option is <B>horizontal</B> |
||||
(the default), buttons are added from top to bottom. |
||||
If this option is <B>vertical</B>, buttons are added from left to right. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a default value for the -padx option of all added buttons.<BR> |
||||
Option has no effect for <I>themed</I> wigets. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-pady"><B>-pady</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a default value for the -pady option of all added buttons.<BR> |
||||
Option has no effect for <I>themed</I> wigets. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-spacing"><B>-spacing</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the default spacing between buttons. This value can be changed before each |
||||
call to <B>add</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a state for all the buttons in the button box. Can be any state supported by buttons. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Add a button to the button box. |
||||
<P> |
||||
See <A HREF="Button.html"><B>Button</B></A> for description of options. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Delete the button at <i>index</i> from the button box. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Return the numerical index corresponding to the item. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> ?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Insert a new button into the button box before the given index. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Invoke the Button given by <I>index</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the |
||||
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for |
||||
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the |
||||
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated |
||||
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified, |
||||
returns a list describing the current options for the item. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the focus to the Button given by <I>index</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,402 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ComboBox</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ComboBox</B> |
||||
- ComboBox widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ComboBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -foreground or -fg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -state</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -command</TD> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dragenabled</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dragendcmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dragevent</TD> |
||||
<TD> -draginitcmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dragtype</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dropcmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dropenabled</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dropovercmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -droptypes</TD> |
||||
<TD> -editable</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -exportselection</TD> |
||||
<TD> -font</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helptext</TD> |
||||
<TD> -helptype</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helpvar</TD> |
||||
<TD> -highlightbackground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -highlightcolor</TD> |
||||
<TD> -highlightthickness</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertbackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertborderwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertofftime</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertontime</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertwidth</TD> |
||||
<TD> -justify</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -selectbackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -selectborderwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -selectforeground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -show</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -state</TD> |
||||
<TD> -takefocus</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -text</TD> |
||||
<TD> -textvariable</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -width</TD> |
||||
<TD> -xscrollcommand</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-autocomplete">-autocomplete</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-autopost">-autopost</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-bwlistbox">-bwlistbox</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-expand">-expand</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-hottrack">-hottrack</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-images">-images</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-listboxwidth">-listboxwidth</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-modifycmd">-modifycmd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-postcommand">-postcommand</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-values">-values</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#clearvalue"><B>clearvalue</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#get"><B>get</B></A></DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getlistbox"><B>getlistbox</B></A></DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getvalue"><B>getvalue</B></A></DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#icursor"><B>icursor</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#post"><B>post</B></A></DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setvalue"><B>setvalue</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#unpost"><B>unpost</B></A></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ComboBox widget enables the user to select a value among a list given by |
||||
the <B>values</B> option. The list of possible values can be popped by |
||||
pressing the ArrowButton or by clicking in the entry when <B>editable</B> |
||||
value of the ComboBox is <B>false</B>.<BR> If <B>editable</B> value of the |
||||
ComboBox is <B>true</B> and the entry has the focus, the user can press the |
||||
top and bottom arrow keys to modify its value. If the current value exactly |
||||
match a value in the list, then the previous (for top arrow key) or then |
||||
next (for bottom arrow key) value in the list is displayed. If the current |
||||
value match the beginning of a value in the list, then this value is |
||||
displayed. If the current value doesnt match anything, then the first |
||||
value is displayed. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-autocomplete"><B>-autocomplete</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies whether or not the combobox should attempt to auto-complete |
||||
the value in the entry field as the user types. If true, the combobox |
||||
will fill in a value that it finds in its value list as the user types |
||||
into the entry. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-autopost"><B>-autopost</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies whether or not the combobox should post the drop down as |
||||
the user types. If true, the combobox will post and scroll to the |
||||
entry that most closely matches the user entry. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-bwlistbox"><B>-bwlistbox</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies that the combobox should use a BWidget listbox in its drop |
||||
down instead of the standard Tk option. This option is enabled by |
||||
default if the <b>-images</b> option is not empty. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-expand"><B>-expand</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the value expansion behavior for the window. It must be |
||||
<B>none</B> (default) or <B>tab</B>. If <B>tab</B> is specified, then |
||||
a Tab binding is added to attempt to expand the current value based on |
||||
the other values in <B>-values</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the window, in lines. If zero or less, |
||||
then the desired height for the window is made just large enough to hold |
||||
all the elements in the listbox. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-hottrack"><B>-hottrack</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The selection in the drop down listbox will follow the mouse cursor |
||||
as it moves. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-images"><B>-images</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A list of images that correspond to the <b>-values</b> option. Each |
||||
image will be drawn next to its value in the drop down. This option |
||||
enables the <b>-bwlistbox</b> by default as it is needed to display |
||||
images. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-listboxwidth"><B>-listboxwidth</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the width of the listbox in the drop down. Defaults to the |
||||
same size as the combobox. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modifycmd"><B>-modifycmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command called when the user modify the value of the ComboBox by selecting it in the listbox or pressing arrow key. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-postcommand"><B>-postcommand</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command called before the listbox of the ComboBox is mapped. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-values"><B>-values</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the values to display in the listbox of the ComboBox. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set bindings on the entry widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="clearvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>clearvalue</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Clears the current text of the ComboBox. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no |
||||
<I>option</I> is specified, returns a list describing all of the available |
||||
options for <I>pathName</I>. If <I>option</I> is specified with no |
||||
<I>value</I>, then the command returns a list describing the one named |
||||
<I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of |
||||
the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or more |
||||
<I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the |
||||
given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command |
||||
returns an empty string. <I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted |
||||
by the creation command. Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="get"><I>pathName</I> <B>get</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current contents of the entry. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getlistbox"><I>pathName</I> <B>getlistbox</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the path to the listbox in the drop down. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>getvalue</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the index of the current text of the ComboBox in the list of values, |
||||
or -1 if it doesn't match any value. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="icursor"><I>pathName</I> <B>icursor</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Arrange for the insertion cursor to be displayed just before the |
||||
character given by <i>index</i>. Returns an empty string. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="post"><I>pathName</I> <B>post</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Post the drop down. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>setvalue</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the text of the ComboBox to the value indicated by <I>index</I> in the list of values. |
||||
<I>index</I> may be specified in any of the following forms: |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL COMPACT> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>last</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the last element of the list of values. |
||||
<DT><B>first</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the first element of the list of values. |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>next</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the element following the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list |
||||
of values. |
||||
<DT><B>previous</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the element preceding the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list |
||||
of values. |
||||
<DT> |
||||
@<I>number</I> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the integer index in the list of values. |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="unpost"><I>pathName</I> <B>unpost</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Unpost the drop down. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<HR><BR><B>BINDINGS</B><BR><BR> |
||||
|
||||
When Entry of the ComboBox has the input focus, it has the following bindings, in addition |
||||
to the default Entry bindings: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Page up set the value of the ComboBox to the first value. |
||||
<LI>Page down set the value of the ComboBox to the last value. |
||||
<LI>Arrow up set the value of the ComboBox to the previous value. |
||||
<LI>Arrow down set the value of the ComboBox to the next value. |
||||
<LI>If <B>-autopost</B> is enabled, Escape unposts the listbox. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
If the listbox is not mapped and ComboBox is not editable or disabled, |
||||
mouse button 1 on the Entry cause the listbox to popup, as if the user press the ArrowButton. |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>Dialog</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>Dialog</B> |
||||
- Dialog abstraction with custom buttons |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Dialog</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="ButtonBox.html">OPTIONS from <B>ButtonBox</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -homogeneous</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -padx</TD> |
||||
<TD> -pady</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -spacing</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-anchor">-anchor</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
|
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-cancel">-cancel</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-default">-default</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-geometry">-geometry</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-image">-image</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-modal">-modal</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-parent">-parent</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-place">-place</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-separator">-separator</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-transient">-transient</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#draw"><B>draw</B></A> |
||||
?<I>focus</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#enddialog"><B>enddialog</B></A> |
||||
<I>result</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#withdraw"><B>withdraw</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
Dialog widget enables the user to create a dialog box. |
||||
Some commands take an <I>index</I> as argument indicating on which |
||||
Button it work. This index is the same specified for equivalent ButtonBox command: |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL COMPACT> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<I>number</I> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the Button numerically, where 0 corresponds |
||||
to the first added Button, 1 to the next, and so on. |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>end</B> or <B>last</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Indicates the last item added. |
||||
<DT><B>default</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Indicates the default Button. |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-anchor"><B>-anchor (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the anchor point of the ButtonBox. |
||||
Must be one of <B>w</B>, <B>e</B>, <B>n</B>, <B>s</B> or <B>c</B>. |
||||
If <B>side</B> option is set to <I>top</I> or <I>bottom</I>, |
||||
<B>anchor</B> values <I>n</I>, <I>s</I> and <I>c</I> have the same effect. |
||||
If <B>side</B> option is set to <I>left</I> or <I>right</I>, |
||||
<B>anchor</B> values <I>w</I>, <I>e</I> and <I>c</I> have the same effect. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-bitmap"><B>-bitmap (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a bitmap to display at the left of the user frame. |
||||
<B>image</B> option override <B>bitmap</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-cancel"><B>-cancel</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of the cancel button of the Dialog. When user presses Esc or the windows close button, |
||||
this button is invoked.<BR> |
||||
If set to <B>-1</B>, Esc does not invoke anything. |
||||
The window close button <I>destroys</I> the dialog in this case and returns <B>-1</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-default"><B>-default</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of the default button of the Dialog. |
||||
When user press Return in the Dialog, this button is invoked. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-geometry"><B>-geometry</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the <B>geometry</B> used when method <B>draw</B> is called. |
||||
See <B>wm geometry</B> for a parameter description. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-image"><B>-image (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an image to display at the left of the user frame. |
||||
<B>image</B> option override <B>bitmap</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modal"><B>-modal</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
This option must be <B>none</B>, <B>local</B> or <B>global</B>. The value of this option |
||||
specifies the grab mode of the dialog and how works Dialog::<B>draw</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-parent"><B>-parent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Parent of the Dialog. Dialog is placed relative to its parent. If empty, it is |
||||
placed relative to the root window. Also see <B>place</B> option. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-place"><B>-place</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies where to draw the Dialog toplevel relative to the dialog's |
||||
parent. Must be one of <B>none</B>, <B>center</B>, <B>left</B>, <B>right</B>, |
||||
<B>above</B>, <B>below</B>. Default value of <B>place</B> is <I>center</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-separator"><B>-separator (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies wether or not to draw a separator between the user frame and the ButtonBox. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies where to draw the ButtonBox relative to the user frame. Must be one of |
||||
<B>top</B>, <B>left</B>, <B>bottom</B> or <B>right</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Title of the Dialog toplevel. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-transient"><B>-transient (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies if the Dialog Toplevel should be a transient window or not. Default |
||||
value of <B>transient</B> is <I>true</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Add a button to the button box of the dialog box. Default -command option is |
||||
<I>Dialog::enddialog $path index</I> where <I>index</I> is number of button added. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="draw"><I>pathName</I> <B>draw</B></A> |
||||
?<I>focus</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command draw the Dialog, and set grab to it following <B>modal</B> option. |
||||
If <B>modal</B> option is set to <I>none</I>, the command returns immediatly |
||||
an empty string. In all other case, the command returns when Dialog::<B>enddialog</B> |
||||
is called or when Dialog is destroyed. |
||||
The return value is the result argument of Dialog::<B>enddialog</B> or -1 if it is destroyed. |
||||
<P> |
||||
By default, the focus is set to the default button referenced by <B>default</B> option, |
||||
or to the toplevel of Dialog if no default button has been set. |
||||
If <I>focus</I> is present, it must be a pathname, or an index to a button. |
||||
Initial focus is set on this pathname or corresponding button. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="enddialog"><I>pathName</I> <B>enddialog</B></A> |
||||
<I>result</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is typically called within a command of a button to make Dialog::<B>draw</B> |
||||
return. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the user window. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Invoke the Button given by <I>index</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the |
||||
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for |
||||
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the |
||||
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated |
||||
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified, |
||||
returns a list describing the current options for the item. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the focus to the Button given by <I>index</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="withdraw"><I>pathName</I> <B>withdraw</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Call this command to hide the dialog box. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>DragSite</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>DragSite</B> |
||||
- Commands set for Drag facilities |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DragSite::<A HREF="#setdrag"><B>setdrag</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>initcmd</I> |
||||
<I>endcmd</I> |
||||
?<I>force</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
Commands of this namespace enable user to define a BWidget or a Tk widget as a drag site. |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DragSite::<B>include</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command provides a simple way to include options relatives to a drag site into |
||||
BWidget resources definition. |
||||
It includes the options needed for <B>register</B>: <I>-dragevent</I>, initialized to |
||||
<I>event</I>, <I>-draginitcmd</I> and <I>-dragendcmd</I>, initialized to empty string, |
||||
and two new options: |
||||
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>-dragenabled</I><TD>Specifies wether or not drag is active (initialized to 0) |
||||
<TR><TD><I>-dragtype</I><TD>Default or alternate dragged data type (initialized to <I>type</I>) |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DragSite::<B>register</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is used to declare <I>path</I> as a drag site. Options are: |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Command called when drag terminates (ie when user release drag icon). |
||||
This command is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drag source (the widget itself), |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drop target, |
||||
<LI>the operation, |
||||
<LI>the type of the dragged data, |
||||
<LI>the dragged data, |
||||
<LI>result of the drop (result of the call to <B>-dropcmd</B> of the target), |
||||
</UL> |
||||
If the drop does not occurs, the target and the operation are empty string and the result |
||||
is 0. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag. |
||||
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DragSite-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Command called when drag initiates. When the event of option <B>dragevent</B> occurs on |
||||
<I>path</I>, this command is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>pathname of the drag source (<I>path</I>), |
||||
<LI>root x-coordinate of pointer, |
||||
<LI>root y-coordinate of pointer, |
||||
<LI>a toplevel created to represent dragged data. When returning, if it |
||||
has no children, a bitmap is automatically displayed. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
If the command returns an empty string, then the drag will be |
||||
suppressed. Otherwise the command must return a list containing three |
||||
elements: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the type of the data, |
||||
<LI>the list of acceptable basic operations (<B>copy</B>, <B>move</B> and <B>link</B>) |
||||
<LI>and the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
Note that even if <B>copy</B> does not appear in the list of basic |
||||
operation, it is considered as an acceptable operation, since |
||||
<B>copy</B> semantic does not modify the drag source. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setdrag">DragSite::<B>setdrag</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>initcmd</I> |
||||
<I>endcmd</I> |
||||
?<I>force</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command provides a simple way to call <B>register</B> during a BWidget creation or |
||||
configuration. |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>path</I> is the pathname of the BWidget, |
||||
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the pathname of the tk widget where drag event occurs, |
||||
<LI><I>initcmd</I> BWidget command for <I>drag-init</I> event, |
||||
<LI><I>endcmd</I> BWidget command for <I>drag-end</I> event, |
||||
<LI><I>force</I> specifies wether or not to call <B>register</B> whenever no option value has |
||||
changed (0 by default - for BWidget configuration, use 1 for BWidget creation). |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B>setdrag</B> verifies the modification flag of options <B>dragenabled</B> and |
||||
<B>dragevent</B> and calls <B>register</B> if needed according to the options values and |
||||
<I>initcmd</I> and <I>endcmd</I> arguments. <B>draginitcmd</B> and <B>dragendcmd</B> are not |
||||
taken from options of widget because they are considered as user command, called by |
||||
BWidget implementation of <I>drag-init</I> and <I>drag-end</I> events. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>DropSite</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>DropSite</B> |
||||
- Commands set for Drop facilities |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>types</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setcursor"><B>setcursor</B></A> |
||||
<I>cursor</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setdrop"><B>setdrop</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>dropover</I> |
||||
<I>drop</I> |
||||
?<I>force</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DropSite::<A HREF="#setoperation"><B>setoperation</B></A> |
||||
<I>op</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
Commands of this namespace enable user to define a BWidget or a Tk widget as a drop site. |
||||
A drop site is composed of the type of object that can be dropped and associated operation, |
||||
a command called when drop occurs, and a command when an object is dragged over the widget. |
||||
A drop site must have at least one type of acceptable object and a drop command. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DropSite::<B>include</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>types</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command provides a simple way to include options relatives to a drop site into |
||||
BWidget resources definition. |
||||
It includes the options needed for <B>register</B>, <I>-dropovercmd</I> and <I>-dropcmd</I>, |
||||
initialized to empty string, and <I>-droptypes</I>, initialized to <I>types</I>, |
||||
and one new option: |
||||
<TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>-dropenabled</I><TD>Specifies wether or not drop is active (initialized to 0) |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DropSite::<B>register</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is used to declare <I>path</I> as a drop site. Options are: |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is called when user release the drag icon over a valid |
||||
drop target widget. Arguments passed to the command are: |
||||
|
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>pathname of the drop target (the widget itself), |
||||
<LI>pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>root x-coordinate of the pointer, |
||||
<LI>root y-coordinate of the pointer, |
||||
<LI>operation, |
||||
<LI>type of the dragged data, |
||||
<LI>dragged data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
Its return values is passed as a result to the <B>-dragendcmd</B> |
||||
command of the drag source widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command can be used to provide a dynamic drag while <I>drag-over</I> events. |
||||
While a drag occurs, events <Enter>, <Motion> and <Leave> are catched. |
||||
Arguments passed to the command are: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>pathname of the drop target (the widget itself), |
||||
<LI>pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>event over the drop target: <I>enter</I>, <I>motion</I> or <I>leave</I>, |
||||
<LI>root x-coordinate of the pointer, |
||||
<LI>root y-coordinate of the pointer, |
||||
<LI>operation, |
||||
<LI>type of the dragged data, |
||||
<LI>dragged data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
Command must the new status of the drag: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>0 if widget refuse this drag. Command will not be recalled on motion/leave event. |
||||
<LI>1 if widget accept this drag. Command will not be recalled on motion/leave event. |
||||
<LI>2 if widget refuse this drag. Command will be recalled on each motion event to reevaluate. |
||||
<LI>3 if widget accept this drag. Command will be recalled on each motion event to reevaluate. |
||||
|
||||
</UL> |
||||
Here is a list of events and associated actions on a DropSite widget. This example |
||||
assumes that dragged data type is valid for the drop target. |
||||
<B>status</B> is the status of the drag on a DropSite. Its value is: |
||||
<BR><BR> |
||||
|
||||
<TABLE BORDER CELLSPACING=1 CELLPADDING=4> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Event</TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Old status</TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">Action</TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP" ALIGN="CENTER">New status</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2><Enter></FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>if DropSite has <B>dropovercmd</B>, call it with <I>enter</I></FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>result of <B>dropovercmd</B></FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>else</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>1</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2><Motion></FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>0 or 1</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> </TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>unchanged</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>2 or 3</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>motion</I></FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>result of <B>dropovercmd</B></FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=2> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2><Leave></FONT> </TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>0 or 1</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> </TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>2 or 3</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>leave</I></FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="18%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=4> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2><Drop></FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>0</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="24%" VALIGN="TOP" ROWSPAN=4> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>-</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>1</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropcmd</B> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>2</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropovercmd</B> with <I>leave</I> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR><TD WIDTH="10%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>3</FONT></TD> |
||||
<TD WIDTH="48%" VALIGN="TOP"> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=2>call <B>dropcmd</B> and call <B>dragendcmd</B> of drag source</FONT></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<BR> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DropSite-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a list {<I>type</I> <I>oplist</I> ?<I>type</I> <I>oplist</I>? ...} of acceptable |
||||
types and associated operations for the drop target. |
||||
For each type, <I>oplist</I> is a list |
||||
{<I>descops</I> <I>mod</I> ?<I>descops</I> <I>mod</I>? ...} describing operations and |
||||
modifier keys for these operations. |
||||
<I>descops</I> describe an operation. It can be a predefined operations (<B>copy</B>, |
||||
<B>move</B> or <B>link</B>) or a new user defined operation, of the form {<I>subop</I> |
||||
<B>baseop</B> ?<I>bitmap</I>?}. |
||||
<I>subop</I> is the name given to the sub operation, <I>baseop</I> is the name of the |
||||
base operation (<B>copy</B>, <B>move</B> or <B>link</B>) and <I>bitmap</I> is a bitmap |
||||
to display for the operation. |
||||
<BR>If <I>bitmap</I> is empty, the default bitmap of the base operation is used for the |
||||
sub operation. |
||||
<BR><I>subop</I> can be a base operation, in order to change the bitmap of a base operation. |
||||
In this case, <I>baseop</I> must be empty or equal to <I>subop</I>. |
||||
<BR><I>mod</I> is the modifer key for the operation. It can be: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><B>none</B> to specify that no modifier key is pressed. This modifier can only be used |
||||
with a sub operation named <B>default</B> (and vice versa), which has the behaviour of not |
||||
display any bitmap operation. For all type, if the modifier <B>none</B> is not given, it is |
||||
automatically associated to the <B>default</B> sub operation of a <B>copy</B> base operation. |
||||
<LI><B>program</B> to specifies a sub operation accessible only by <B>DropSite::setoperation</B>. |
||||
<LI>A list combining <B>shift</B>, <B>control</B> and <B>alt</B>, which means their |
||||
corresponding key. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setcursor">DropSite::<B>setcursor</B></A> |
||||
<I>cursor</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command can be used within the script <B>dragovercmd</B>. It is usefull to provide |
||||
visual effect about the state of the drag. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setdrop">DropSite::<B>setdrop</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>dropover</I> |
||||
<I>drop</I> |
||||
?<I>force</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command provides a simple way to call <B>register</B> during a BWidget creation or |
||||
configuration. |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>path</I> is the pathname of the BWidget, |
||||
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the pathname of the tk widget where drag event occurs, |
||||
<LI><I>dropover</I> is a command for <I>drag-over</I> event, |
||||
<LI><I>drop</I> is a command for <I>drop</I> event, |
||||
<LI><I>force</I> specifies wether or not to call <B>register</B> whenever no option value |
||||
has changed (0 by default - for BWidget configuration, use 1 for BWidget creation). |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<B>setdrop</B> verifies the modification flag of options <B>dropenabled</B> and |
||||
<B>droptypes</B> and calls <B>register</B> if needed according to the options values and |
||||
<I>dropover</I> and <I>drop</I> arguments. <B>dropovercmd</B> and <B>dropcmd</B> are not |
||||
taken from options of widget because they are considered as user command, called by |
||||
BWidget implementation of <I>drag-over</I> and <I>drop</I> events. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setoperation">DropSite::<B>setoperation</B></A> |
||||
<I>op</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,251 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>DynamicHelp</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>DynamicHelp</B> |
||||
- Provide help to Tk widget or BWidget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A> |
||||
<i>widget</i> ?<I>option value ...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<i>widget</i> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#include"><B>include</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#register"><B>register</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>DynamicHelp::<A HREF="#sethelp"><B>sethelp</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
?<I>force</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</P> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add">DynamicHelp::<B>add</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option value ...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
<p> |
||||
This command adds dynamic help to the given <i>widget</i>. |
||||
</p> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
If specified, refers to a command to execute to get the help |
||||
text to display. The command must return a string to display. |
||||
If the command returns an empty string, no help is displayed. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add-index"><B>-index</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
If specified, refers to a menu index to bind the help to instead of |
||||
a widget. If <b>-type</b> is not menu, this option is ignored. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add-item"><B>-item</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
If specified, refers to an item or tag on a canvas widget or to a tag |
||||
in a text widget to bind the help to instead of to a widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the type of help. Can be: |
||||
<b>balloon</b>, <b>variable</b> or <b>menu</b>. |
||||
Default is <b>balloon</b>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The text to be displayed as help. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add-variable"><B>-variable</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies a variable name to which the help string will be |
||||
written. Some other widget (e.g., a status bar) is |
||||
responsible for displaying this variable. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Creating dynamic help for a menu is a two-step process. The menu |
||||
itself must first be added and then each menu entry must be added |
||||
separately. Here is a brief example. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<TABLE BORDER=2 CELLSPACING=2 WIDTH="80%"> |
||||
<TR><TD><PRE> |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># create menu</I></FONT> |
||||
menu .m -type menubar |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate menubar to toplevel BEFORE DynamicHelp::register</I></FONT> |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># to make it works with menu clone name</I></FONT> |
||||
. configure -menu .m |
||||
.m add cascade -label "File" -menu .m.file |
||||
menu .m.file |
||||
.m.file add command -label "Open..." |
||||
.m.file add command -label "Quit" |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># create label for help, using variable varinfo</I></FONT> |
||||
label .l -textvariable varinfo |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate all entries of menu .m.file to variable varinfo</I></FONT> |
||||
DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -variable varinfo |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># then declare entries of .m.file</I></FONT> |
||||
DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 0 -text "Detach menu" |
||||
DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 1 -text "Open a file" |
||||
DynamicHelp::add .m.file -type menu -index 2 -text "Exit demo" |
||||
</PRE></TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER> |
||||
|
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure">DynamicHelp::<B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
This command configure the ballon help. |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-borderwidth"><B>-borderwidth</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Width of the black border around the balloon. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-delay"><B>-delay</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Define the delay in millisecond of mouse inactivity before displaying |
||||
the balloon. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<dl> |
||||
<dt><a name="DynamicHelp-state"><b>-state</b></a></dt> |
||||
<dd> |
||||
Specifies one of two states for help balloons: <b>normal</b> and |
||||
<b>disabled</b>. |
||||
</dd> |
||||
<dd> |
||||
If <b>state</b> is <b>disabled</b>, help balloons will not be displayed |
||||
for any registered widget. |
||||
</dd> |
||||
</dl> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="DynamicHelp-topbackground"><B>-topbackground</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The background color of the toplevel window created for a balloon. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR>Other standard options are: |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete">DynamicHelp::<B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<I>widget</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Delete all dynamic help for the given <i>widget</i>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="include">DynamicHelp::<B>include</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="register">DynamicHelp::<B>register</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>type</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
<p> |
||||
<b>Its use is deprecated. Use <i>DynamicHelp::add</i> instead.</b> |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
Register a help text to the widget <I>path</I>. |
||||
<I>type</I> determines the type of the help or the type of the widget. |
||||
Depending on <I>type</I>, other options must be provided. |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<TABLE CELLSPACING=5 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR><TD><B> type </B></TD><TD><B> options </B></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><B><I> balloon </I></B></TD><TD><I> ?tagOrItem? text </I></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><B><I> variable </I></B></TD><TD><I> ?tagOrItem? varName text </I></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><B><I> menu </I></B></TD><TD><I> varName </I></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><B><I> menuentry </I></B></TD><TD><I> index text </I></TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<BR>If one of the option is missing or is empty, help is removed for this widget. |
||||
<p> |
||||
|
||||
If <i>tagOrItem</i> is specified, then <i>path</i> is a canvas or a text. In |
||||
case of a canvas, <i>tagOrItem</i> is the name of a tag or item on the canvas |
||||
to which the help will be bound. In case of a text, <i>tagOrItem</i> is the |
||||
name of a tag on the text to which the help will be bound. |
||||
|
||||
</p> |
||||
For type other than <I>balloon</I>, <I>varName</I> is typically a variable |
||||
linked to a label. |
||||
<BR>For menu, balloon type help is not available. To declare a help for menu, |
||||
you first declare the menu, and then entries of this menu. |
||||
<BR>For example: |
||||
<BR><BR> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE BORDER=2 CELLSPACING=2 WIDTH="80%"> |
||||
<TR><TD><PRE> |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># create menu</I></FONT> |
||||
menu .m -type menubar |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate menubar to toplevel BEFORE DynamicHelp::register</I></FONT> |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># to make it works with menu clone name</I></FONT> |
||||
. configure -menu .m |
||||
.m add cascade -label "File" -menu .m.file |
||||
menu .m.file |
||||
.m.file add command -label "Open..." |
||||
.m.file add command -label "Quit" |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># create label for help, using variable varinfo</I></FONT> |
||||
label .l -textvariable varinfo |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># associate all entries of menu .m.file to variable varinfo</I></FONT> |
||||
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menu varinfo |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># then declare entries of .m.file</I></FONT> |
||||
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 0 "Detach menu" |
||||
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 1 "Open a file" |
||||
DynamicHelp::register .m.file menuentry 2 "Exit demo" |
||||
</PRE></TD></TR></TABLE></CENTER> |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<BR>Notice that if popup menu is owned by a menubar, you must associate first the menubar |
||||
to its toplevel. In this case, when you create a menu popup, its clone window is also |
||||
created, and DynamicHelp::register detects the exitence of the clone window and maps |
||||
events to it. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="sethelp">DynamicHelp::<B>sethelp</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
?<I>force</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,341 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>Entry</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>Entry</B> |
||||
- Entry widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Entry</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledbackground">-disabledbackground</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-exportselection">-exportselection</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-insertbackground">-insertbackground</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-insertborderwidth">-insertborderwidth</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-insertofftime">-insertofftime</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-insertontime">-insertontime</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-insertwidth">-insertwidth</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-selectborderwidth">-selectborderwidth</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-editable">-editable</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-show">-show</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#invoke"><B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
The <B>Entry</B> widget extends the default Tk entry. Options have been added to provide |
||||
visual effect depending on the state of the Entry, |
||||
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options, |
||||
and <A HREF="DragSite.html">Drag</A> and |
||||
<A HREF="DropSite.html">Drop</A>. |
||||
Entry behaves much like a Label, with <B>text</B> option to set its contents. |
||||
<BR>Tk entry command can also be used on Entry widget. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command when user press <Return> in the Entry. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when drag ended. |
||||
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
<BR>If <B>dragendcmd</B> is empty, the internal <I>dragend</I> command updates the entry |
||||
following the operation (<B>move</B> or <B>copy</B>) and the dragged data |
||||
(whole or selected part of the entry). |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag. |
||||
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when <B>dragevent</B> occurs on widget. |
||||
<B>draginitcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>draginitcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
<BR>if <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, the command refuse the drag if entry is empty or if |
||||
portion of text is selected and event doesn't occur above the selection. In all other cases, |
||||
the command returns: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>as the data type, the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>TEXT</I> if empty, |
||||
<LI>as the operations, <I>{copy move}</I> if <B>state</B> is normal and <B>editable</B> |
||||
is true, or <I>{copy}</I> only in other cases, |
||||
<LI>as the data, the whole content or the selected portion of the entry. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an alternate type of dragged object. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Entry has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling |
||||
and extract current position. |
||||
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the Entry, |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>the numeric index in the entry designated by the cursor, |
||||
<LI>the current operation, |
||||
<LI>the data type, |
||||
<LI>the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
and must return a value conforming to <B>dropcmd</B> option described in |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
If <B>dropcmd</B> is empty, the wrapper updates the entry following the type of data: |
||||
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>COLOR</I> or <I>FGCOLOR</I></TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the <B>foreground</B> of the Entry</TD> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>BGCOLOR</I></TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the <B>background</B> of the Entry</TD> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>TEXT</I>,<BR>or any other tag</TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the Entry to display the associated string.</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DL> |
||||
and returns 1. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Entry has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling |
||||
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>. |
||||
<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is empty, the wrapper accepts the drop if <B>editable</b> option is |
||||
true and <B>state</B> option is normal. |
||||
<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the Entry, |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>the event, |
||||
<LI>the numeric index in the entry designated by the cursor, |
||||
<LI>the current operation, |
||||
<LI>the data type, |
||||
<LI>the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
and must return a value conforming to <B>dropovercmd</B> option described in |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation. |
||||
See option <B>droptypes</B> of |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
for more infromation. |
||||
|
||||
Default accepts <I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I> and <I>TEXT</I>, |
||||
all with <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B> operations. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-editable"><B>-editable</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies whether the Entry is editable by the user. Equivalent to the <B>state</B> option |
||||
of the Tk entry widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-show"><B>-show</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
If this option is specified, then the true contents of the entry are not displayed in the |
||||
window. Instead, each character in the entry's value will be displayed as the first character |
||||
in the value of this option, such as ``*''. This is useful, for example, if the entry is to |
||||
be used to enter a password. If characters in the entry are selected and copied elsewhere, the |
||||
information copied will be what is displayed, not the true contents of the entry. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies one of two states for the Entry: <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>. |
||||
In normal state the text of the Entry is displayed using the <B>foreground</B> option. |
||||
In disabled state the text of the Entry is displayed using the <B>disabledforeground</B> |
||||
option. If the entry is disabled then the value may not be changed by user input |
||||
and no insertion cursor will be displayed, even if the input focus is in the widget. |
||||
Disabled state is the same as not editable with visual effect. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window, in average-size |
||||
characters of the widget's font. If the value is less than or equal to zero, the widget picks |
||||
a size just large enough to hold its current text. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="invoke"><I>pathName</I> <B>invoke</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Calls the command specified by the option <B>-command</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>Label</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>Label</B> |
||||
- Label widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Label</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DT><I>Not themed</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
<DT><I>Themed</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD></TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-image">-image</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-justify">-justify</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-focus">-focus</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptext">-helptext</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helptype">-helptype</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-helpvar">-helpvar</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-name">-name</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-state">-state</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-underline">-underline</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setfocus"><B>setfocus</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
The <B>Label</B> widget extends the default Tk label. Options have been added to provide |
||||
visual effect depending on the state of the Label, <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> options, and <A HREF="DragSite.html">Drag |
||||
</A> and <A HREF="DropSite.html">Drop</A>. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when drag ended. |
||||
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag. |
||||
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when <B>dragevent</B> occurs on widget. |
||||
<B>draginitcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>draginitcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, the internal <B>draginitcmd</B> command is used instead |
||||
and returns: |
||||
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1> |
||||
<TR><TD valign=top><I>IMAGE {copy} <image name></I> |
||||
<TD>if an image is displayed. |
||||
<TR><TD valign=top><I>BITMAP {copy} <bitmap name></I> |
||||
<TD>if a bitmap is displayed. |
||||
<TR><TD valign=top><I>TEXT {copy} <text></I> |
||||
<TD>if a text is displayed. |
||||
</TABLE></DL> |
||||
Note that if <B>dragtype</B> option is not empty, its value is used instead of those above. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an alternate type of dragged object. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when drop occurs on the widget. |
||||
<B>dropcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>dropcmd</B> of <B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is empty, the command updates the label following the type of the data: |
||||
<DL><DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=1> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>COLOR</I> or <I>FGCOLOR</I></TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the <B>foreground</B> of the Label.</TD> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>BGCOLOR</I></TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the <B>background</B> of the Label.</TD> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>IMAGE</I></TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated image.</TD> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>BITMAP</I></TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated bitmap. |
||||
<B>image</B> option is set to empty.</TD> |
||||
<TR><TD><I>TEXT</I>,<BR>or any other tag</TD> |
||||
<TD>reconfigure the Label to display the associated string. |
||||
<B>image</B> and <B>bitmap</B> options are set to empty.</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DL> |
||||
and returns 1. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when drag icon is over the widget. |
||||
<B>dropovercmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>dropovercmd</B> of <B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
<BR>If <B>dropovercmd</B> is empty, Label always accepts the drop if data type is |
||||
<I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I>, and accepts all other data type only if |
||||
<B>state</B> is normal. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation. |
||||
See option <B>droptypes</B> of |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
for more infromation. |
||||
|
||||
Default accepts <I>FGCOLOR</I>, <I>COLOR</I>, <I>BGCOLOR</I>, <I>TEXT</I>, <I>BITMAP</I> |
||||
and <I>IMAGE</I>, all with <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B> operations. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-focus"><B>-focus</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a pathname to set the focus on for Label::<B>setfocus</B> command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a desired height for the label. |
||||
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the label then the value is in |
||||
screen units, for text it is in lines of text. |
||||
If this option isn't specified, the label's desired height is computed |
||||
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it.<BR> |
||||
Option not available for <I>themed</I> widgets. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Text for dynamic help. If empty, no help is available for this widget. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-name"><B>-name</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a standard name for the label. If the option <B>*<I>name</I>Name</B> is |
||||
found in the resource database, then <B>text</B> and <B>underline</B> options |
||||
are extracted from its value. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies one of two states for the Label: <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>. |
||||
In normal state the text of the Label is displayed using the <B>foreground</B> option. |
||||
In disabled state the text of the Label is displayed using the <B>disabledforeground</B> option. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-underline"><B>-underline</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the label. |
||||
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed, 1 to the next character, |
||||
and so on. |
||||
<BR>The binding <B><Alt-<I>char</I>></B> is automatically set on the toplevel |
||||
of the Label to call Label::<B>setfocus</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a desired width for the label. |
||||
If an image or bitmap is being displayed in the label then the value is in |
||||
screen units, for text it is in characters. |
||||
If this option isn't specified, the label's desired width is computed |
||||
from the size of the image or bitmap or text being displayed in it. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setfocus"><I>pathName</I> <B>setfocus</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the focus on the pathname given by <B>-focus</B> option if <B>-state</B> is <I>normal</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>LabelEntry</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>LabelEntry</B> |
||||
- |
||||
LabelFrame containing an Entry widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>LabelEntry</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -borderwidth or -bd</TD> |
||||
<TD> -command</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dragenabled</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dragendcmd</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dragevent</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -draginitcmd</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dragtype</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dropcmd</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dropenabled</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dropovercmd</TD> |
||||
<TD> -droptypes</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -editable</TD> |
||||
<TD> -entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -exportselection</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -font</TD> |
||||
<TD> -helptext</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helptype</TD> |
||||
<TD> -helpvar</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -highlightbackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -highlightcolor</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -highlightthickness</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertbackground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertborderwidth</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertofftime</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertontime</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -justify</TD> |
||||
<TD> -relief</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -selectbackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -selectborderwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -selectforeground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -show</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -state</TD> |
||||
<TD> -takefocus</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -text</TD> |
||||
<TD> -textvariable</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -width</TD> |
||||
<TD> -xscrollcommand</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="LabelFrame.html">OPTIONS from <B>LabelFrame</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -foreground or -fg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -helptext</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helptype</TD> |
||||
<TD> -helpvar</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -label (see <B>-text</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -labelanchor (see <B>-anchor</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -labelfont (see <B>-font</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -labelheight (see <B>-height</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -labeljustify (see <B>-justify</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -labelwidth (see <B>-width</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -name</TD> |
||||
<TD> -padx</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -pady</TD> |
||||
<TD> -side</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -state</TD> |
||||
<TD> -underline</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -wraplength</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
LabelEntry is a widget composed of <A HREF="LabelFrame.html">LabelFrame</A> widget |
||||
containing an <A HREF="Entry.html">Entry</A> widget. |
||||
Tk entry command can also be used on LabelEntry widget. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set bindings on the entry widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>LabelFrame</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>LabelFrame</B> |
||||
- Frame with a Label |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>LabelFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="Label.html">OPTIONS from <B>Label</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -anchor</TD> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -bitmap</TD> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -focus</TD> |
||||
<TD> -font</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -foreground or -fg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -height</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helptext</TD> |
||||
<TD> -helptype</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helpvar</TD> |
||||
<TD> -image</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -justify</TD> |
||||
<TD> -name</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -padx</TD> |
||||
<TD> -pady</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -state</TD> |
||||
<TD> -text</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -textvariable</TD> |
||||
<TD> -underline</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -width</TD> |
||||
<TD> -wraplength</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD>LabelFrame::<A HREF="#align"><B>align</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
LabelFrame enables user to create a frame with a |
||||
<A HREF="Label.html">Label</A> positionned at any side. |
||||
LabelFrame is used by <A HREF="ComboBox.html">ComboBox</A> |
||||
and <A HREF="SpinBox.html">SpinBox</A>. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies where to position the Label relative to the user frame: <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B>, <B>left</B> or <B>right</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="align">LabelFrame::<B>align</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command align label of all widget given by <I>args</I> of class LabelFrame |
||||
(or "derived") by setting their width to the max one +1 |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Return the frame where the user can create any other widget. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,675 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ListBox</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ListBox</B> |
||||
- ListBox widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ListBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-autofocus">-autofocus</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-deltax">-deltax</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-deltay">-deltay</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropovermode">-dropovermode</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-multicolumn">-multicolumn</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-redraw">-redraw</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-selectfill">-selectfill</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-selectmode">-selectmode</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindImage"><B>bindImage</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindText"><B>bindText</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#edit"><B>edit</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
<I>text</I> |
||||
?<I>verifycmd</I>? |
||||
?<I>clickres</I>? |
||||
?<I>select</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#exists"><B>exists</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#item"><B>item</B></A> |
||||
<I>first</I> |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#items"><B>items</B></A> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#reorder"><B>reorder</B></A> |
||||
<I>neworder</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#selection"><B>selection</B></A> |
||||
<I>cmd</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#xview"><B>xview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#yview"><B>yview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
<B>ListBox</B> widget uses canvas to display a list of items. |
||||
Each item is composed of a label with its own font and foreground attributes, and an optional |
||||
image or window. Each item is drawn in a single line, whose height is defined by the |
||||
<B>deltay</B> option, so they must have at most this height. |
||||
A item is uniquely identified by a string given at creation (by the |
||||
<B>insert</B> command). The ListBox can have one or more columns, depending on |
||||
<B>multicolumn</B> option. The user do not handle columns; the number of columns |
||||
is determined following the height of the ListBox in order to see each item vertically. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-autofocus"><B>-autofocus</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
If this option is true, the listbox will take focus any time the user |
||||
clicks in it. Without focus, the listbox's mouse wheel bindings will |
||||
not work properly. The default is true. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltax"><B>-deltax</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies horizontal pad between each columns. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltay"><B>-deltay</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies vertical size of the items. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when drag ended. |
||||
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag. |
||||
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
ListBox has a command wrapper for <I>drag-init</I> events. This command refused the drag |
||||
if no item is designated. In other cases: |
||||
<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, it returns: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>LISTBOX_ITEM</I> if empty as the data type, |
||||
<LI><I>{move copy link}</I> as the operations, |
||||
<LI>the item identifier as the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
If <B>draginitcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the listbox, |
||||
<LI>the identifier of the dragged item, |
||||
<LI>the toplevel created to represent dragged data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
and must return a value conforming to <B>draginitcmd</B> option described in |
||||
<B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an alternate type of dragged object. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
ListBox has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling |
||||
and extract item and position. |
||||
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the listbox, |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>a list describing where the drop occurs. It can be: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>{</I><B>widget</B><I>}</I>, |
||||
<LI><I>{</I><B>item</B> <I>item}</I> or |
||||
<LI><I>{</I><B>position</B> <I>index}</I>. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<LI>the current operation, |
||||
<LI>the data type, |
||||
<LI>the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
The default drop command allows for drag-and-drop within the listbox but |
||||
not to or from other widgets. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
LsitBox has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling |
||||
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>. |
||||
If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, the command is called with the following aguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the listbox, |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>a list describing where the drop can occur, whose elements are: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the string <I>widget</I> if <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>w</I>, else empty string. |
||||
<LI>the targeted item if drag icon points an item and <B>dropovertype</B> option contains |
||||
<I>i</I>, else empty string. |
||||
<LI>an index within two items where drag icon points to if <B>dropovertype</B> option |
||||
contains <I>p</I>, else empty string. |
||||
<LI>optionally, the preferred method if drop can occur both inside an item and between two |
||||
items. The value is <I>position</I> or <I>item</I>. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<LI>the current operation, |
||||
<LI>the data type, |
||||
<LI>the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
The command must return a list with two elements: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the drop status, conforming to those described in <B>dropovercmd</B> option of |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>, |
||||
<LI>the choosen method: <I>widget</I>, <I>item</I> or <I>position</I>. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovermode"><B>-dropovermode</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the type of <I>drop-over</I> interaction. Must be a combination of |
||||
<B>w</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs everywhere on widget, |
||||
<B>p</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs between two items, |
||||
and <B>i</B>, which specifies that drop occurs inside items. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation. |
||||
See option <B>droptypes</B> of |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
for more infromation. |
||||
|
||||
<BR>Default is <I>LISTBOX_ITEM</I> with operations <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the listbox in units of <B>deltay</B> pixels. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-multicolumn"><B>-multicolumn</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies wether or not ListBox layouts items in order to see each one vertically. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies distance between image or window and text of the items. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-redraw"><B>-redraw</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies wether or not the listbox should be redrawn when entering idle. |
||||
Set it to false if you call <B>update</B> while modifying the listbox. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectfill"><B>-selectfill</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
If true, the listbox will draw a selection rectangle that fills the |
||||
listbox from left-to-right instead of just drawing a box around the |
||||
selected item. This more closely mimics the standard Tk listbox. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectmode"><B>-selectmode</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired selection-mode for the listbox. Must be one of |
||||
<B>none</B>, <B>single</B> or <B>multiple</B>. <B>selectmode</B> <I>single</I> |
||||
allows to select 1 item by its text or image. <B>selectmode</B> <I>multiple</I> |
||||
allows to select multiple items by their text or image. For more info on |
||||
selectmodes <I>single</I> or <I>multiple</I>, see the Tk <B>listbox</B> |
||||
command. Default value for <B>selectmode</B> is <I>none</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the listbox in units of 8 pixels. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindImage"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindImage</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command associates a command to execute whenever the event |
||||
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the image of a item. |
||||
The item idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command. |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in <i>script</i> is substituted with the |
||||
path of the listbox. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindText"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindText</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command associates a command to execute whenever the event |
||||
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the label of a item. |
||||
The item idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command. |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Any occurrence of <b>%W</b> in <i>script</i> is substituted with the |
||||
path of the listbox. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Deletes all items in <I>arg</I>. <I>arg</I> can be a list |
||||
of items or a list of list of items. |
||||
To delete all items, do <I>$pathName delete [$pathName items]</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="edit"><I>pathName</I> <B>edit</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
<I>text</I> |
||||
?<I>verifycmd</I>? |
||||
?<I>clickres</I>? |
||||
?<I>select</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Provides a way for the user to edit in place the label of an item. |
||||
<BR>The command takes the initial text as argument and does not modify the label of the |
||||
edited node, but returns an empty string if edition is canceled, or the typed text |
||||
if edition is accepted. |
||||
<BR>When editing, the user can cancel by pressing Escape, or accept by pressing Return. |
||||
<BR><I>clickres</I> specifies what to do if the user click outside the editable area. |
||||
If <I>clickres</I> is 0 (the default), the edition is canceled. |
||||
If <I>clickres</I> is 1, the edition is accepted. |
||||
In all other case, the edition continues. |
||||
<BR>If edition is accepted and <I>modifycmd</I> is not empty, then it is called with |
||||
the new text as argument and must return 1 to accept the new text, 0 to refuse it |
||||
and continue edition. |
||||
<BR><I>select</I> specifies wether or not the initial text should be selected. Default is 1. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="exists"><I>pathName</I> <B>exists</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns 1 if <I>item</I> exists in the listbox, else 0. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the position of <I>item</I> in the list. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Inserts a new item identified by <I>item</I> in the list at position <I>index</I>. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Any instance of <i>#auto</i> within the item name will be replaced by the |
||||
number of the item in the order of insertion. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-data"><B>-data</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
User data associated to the item. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-fill"><B>-fill</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the foreground color of the label of the item. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-font"><B>-font</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a font for the label of the item. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an image to display at the left of the label of the item. |
||||
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-indent"><B>-indent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the amount of extra space in pixels at the left of the item. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the label of the item. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Item-window"><B>-window</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a pathname to display at the left of the label of the item. |
||||
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="item"><I>pathName</I> <B>item</B></A> |
||||
<I>first</I> |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>items</I> instead.</B><BR> |
||||
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the item at index <I>first</I> in the list, |
||||
or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. |
||||
If <I>last</I> is specified, the command returns a list whose elements are all |
||||
of the items between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, inclusive. |
||||
Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard forms for indices. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the |
||||
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for |
||||
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the |
||||
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated |
||||
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified, |
||||
returns a list describing the current options for the item. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="items"><I>pathName</I> <B>items</B></A> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all items. |
||||
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the item at index |
||||
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. |
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements |
||||
are all of the items between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, |
||||
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard |
||||
forms for indices. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Moves <I>item</I> at position <I>index</I> in the list. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="reorder"><I>pathName</I> <B>reorder</B></A> |
||||
<I>neworder</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Modifies the order of items in the listbox given by <I>neworder</I>. Items that do not |
||||
appear in <I>neworder</I> are no moved. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>item</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Arrange the scrolling area to make <I>item</I> visible. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="selection"><I>pathName</I> <B>selection</B></A> |
||||
<I>cmd</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Modifies the list of selected items following <I>cmd</I>: |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><B>clear</B> |
||||
<DD>remove all items of the selection. |
||||
<DT><B>set</B> |
||||
<DD>set the selection to all items in <I>arg</I> |
||||
<DT><B>add</B> |
||||
<DD>add all items of <I>arg</I> in the selection |
||||
<DT><B>remove</B> |
||||
<DD>remove all items of <I>arg</I> of the selection |
||||
<DT><B>get</B> |
||||
<DD>return the current selected items |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="xview"><I>pathName</I> <B>xview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Standard command to enable horizontal scrolling of <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="yview"><I>pathName</I> <B>yview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Standard command to enable vertical scrolling of <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<b>BINDINGS</b> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
A <b><<ListboxSelect>></b> virtual event is generated any time the |
||||
selection in the listbox changes. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
The listbox has all the standard mouse wheel bindings when it has focus. |
||||
</p> |
||||
</p> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,297 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>MainFrame</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>MainFrame</B> |
||||
- Manage toplevel with menu, toolbar and statusbar |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>MainFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="ProgressBar.html">OPTIONS from <B>ProgressBar</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -progressfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -progressmax (see <B>-maximum</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -progresstype (see <B>-type</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -progressvar (see <B>-variable</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-menu">-menu</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-separator">-separator</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-sizegrip">-sizegrip</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#addindicator"><B>addindicator</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#addtoolbar"><B>addtoolbar</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getindicator"><B>getindicator</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getmenu"><B>getmenu</B></A> |
||||
<I>menuid</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#gettoolbar"><B>gettoolbar</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setmenustate"><B>setmenustate</B></A> |
||||
<I>tag</I> |
||||
<I>state</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#showstatusbar"><B>showstatusbar</B></A> |
||||
<I>name</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#showtoolbar"><B>showtoolbar</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>bool</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
MainFrame manage toplevel to have:<BR> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>simple menu creation, with automatic accelerator bindings and |
||||
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> association, |
||||
<LI>one or more toolbars that user can hide, |
||||
<LI>a status bar, displaying a user message or a menu description, and optionally a |
||||
<A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A>. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the user frame in any of the forms acceptable to |
||||
Tk_GetPixels. If this option is less than or equal to zero (the default) then the window |
||||
will not request any size at all. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-menu"><B>-menu (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
This option describes the menu. This is a list whose each five elements describe |
||||
one cascade menu. It has the following form: |
||||
{<I>menuname</I> <I>tags</I> <I>menuId</I> <I>tearoff</I> <I>menuentries</I>...} |
||||
where <I>menuentries</I> is a list where each element describe one menu entry, which can be: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>for a separator:<BR> |
||||
{<B>separator</B>} |
||||
<LI>for a command:<BR> |
||||
{<B>command</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...} |
||||
<LI>for a check button:<BR> |
||||
{<B>checkbutton</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I>? ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...} |
||||
<LI>for a radio button:<BR> |
||||
{<B>radiobutton</B> <I>menuname</I> ?<I>tags</I>? ?<I>description</I>? ?<I>accelerator</I> ?<I>option</I> <I>value</I>? ...} |
||||
<LI>for a cascade menu:<BR> |
||||
{<B>cascade</B> <I>menuname</I> <I>tags</I> <I>menuId</I> <I>tearoff</I> <I>menuentries</I>} |
||||
</UL> |
||||
where: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>menuname</I> is the name of the menu. If it contains a &, the following character |
||||
is automatically converted to the corresponding <B>-underline</B> option of <B>menu add</B> |
||||
command. |
||||
<LI><I>tags</I> is the tags list for the entry, used for enabling or disabling menu |
||||
entries with <B>MainFrame::setmenustate</B>. |
||||
<LI><I>menuId</I> is an id for the menu, from which you can get menu pathname with |
||||
<B>MainFrame::getmenu</B>. |
||||
<LI><I>tearoff</I> specifies if menu has tearoff entry. |
||||
<LI><I>description</I> specifies a string for <A HREF=\"DynamicHelp.html\">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
<LI><I>accelerator</I> specifies a key sequence. It is a list of two elements, where the first |
||||
is one of <B>Ctrl</B>, <B>Alt</B> or <B>CtrlAlt</B>, and the second as letter or a digit. |
||||
An accelerator string is build and corresponding binding set on the toplevel to invoke the |
||||
menu entry. |
||||
<LI><I>option value</I> specifies additionnal options for the entry (see <B>menu add</B> |
||||
command). |
||||
</UL> |
||||
Each value enclosed by ? are optional and defaulted to empty string, but must be |
||||
provided if one or more following options is not empty. |
||||
<BR>Example: |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
set descmenu { |
||||
"&File" {} {} 0 { |
||||
{command "&New" {} "Create a new document" {Ctrl n} -command Menu::new} |
||||
{command "&Open..." {} "Open an existing document" {Ctrl o} -command Menu::open} |
||||
{command "&Save" open "Save the document" {Ctrl s} -command Menu::save} |
||||
{cascade "&Export" {} export 0 { |
||||
{command "Format &1" open "Export document to format 1" {} -command {Menu::export 1}} |
||||
{command "Format &2" open "Export document to format 2" {} -command {Menu::export 2}} |
||||
}} |
||||
{separator} |
||||
{cascade "&Recent files" {} recent 0 {}} |
||||
{separator} |
||||
{command "E&xit" {} "Exit the application" {} -command Menu::exit} |
||||
} |
||||
"&Options" {} {} 0 { |
||||
{checkbutton "Toolbar" {} "Show/hide toolbar" {} |
||||
-variable Menu::_drawtoolbar |
||||
-command {$Menu::_mainframe showtoolbar toolbar $Menu::_drawtoolbar} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-separator"><B>-separator (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies if separator should be drawn at the top and/or at the bottom of the user window. |
||||
Must be one of the values <B>none</B>, <B>top</B>, <B>bottom</B> or <B>both</B>. |
||||
It depends on the relief of subwidgets of user window. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-textvariable"><B>-textvariable</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the textvariable option for the label of the status bar. |
||||
<A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A> description |
||||
of menu entries are mapped to this variable at the creation of the MainFrame. |
||||
If this variable is changed by MainFrame::configure, menu description will |
||||
not be available. |
||||
<BR>You change the text of the label by modifying the value of the variable. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the user frame in any of the forms acceptable to |
||||
Tk_GetPixels. If this option is less than or equal to zero (the default) then the window |
||||
will not request any size at all. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-sizegrip"><B>-sizegrip (themed, read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
If bool argument is true and themed mode, show a ttk sizegrip widget in the lower-right corner. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="addindicator"><I>pathName</I> <B>addindicator</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Add an indicator box at the right of the status bar. Each indicator are added from left |
||||
to right. An indicator is a Tk label widget configured with option-value pair |
||||
given by ?<I>arg...</I>?. <B>-relief</B> and <B>-borderwidth</B> options are respetively |
||||
defaulted to <I>sunken</I> and 1. Returns the pathname of the created label. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="addtoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>addtoolbar</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Add a toolbar to the MainFrame. Returns the pathname of the new window where to place |
||||
toolbar items. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the user window. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getindicator"><I>pathName</I> <B>getindicator</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added indicator. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getmenu"><I>pathName</I> <B>getmenu</B></A> |
||||
<I>menuid</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the menu whose id is <I>menuid</I>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getmenustate"><I>pathName</I> <B>getmenustate</B></A> |
||||
<I>tag</I> |
||||
<I>state</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the state of the given menu <I>tag</I>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="gettoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>gettoolbar</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added toolbar. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setmenustate"><I>pathName</I> <B>setmenustate</B></A> |
||||
<I>tag</I> |
||||
<I>state</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the <B>-state</B> option value of all the menu entries that have the tag <I>tag</I> |
||||
to <I>state</I>. |
||||
A menu entry is disabled, if one of its associated tags have state <B>disabled</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="showstatusbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>showstatusbar</B></A> |
||||
<I>name</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<I>name</I> is one of <B>none</B>, <B>status</B> or <B>progression</B>. |
||||
Use <B>none</B> to hide the status bar, <B>status</B> to display the label only, or |
||||
<B>progression</B> to display the label and the |
||||
<A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="showtoolbar"><I>pathName</I> <B>showtoolbar</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>bool</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Hide if <I>bool</I> is 0, or show if <I>bool</I> is 1 the <I>index</I>th added toolbar. |
||||
To prevent your toplevel from resizing while hiding/showing toolbar, |
||||
do [wm geometry $top [wm geometry $top]] when it is managed. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>MessageDlg</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>MessageDlg</B> |
||||
- Message dialog box |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>MessageDlg</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor">-anchor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-padx">-padx</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-pady">-pady</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="Dialog.html">OPTIONS from <B>Dialog</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -cancel</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -default</TD> |
||||
<TD> -parent</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-aspect">-aspect</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-buttons">-buttons</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-buttonwidth">-buttonwidth</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-icon">-icon</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-justify">-justify</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-message">-message</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TD> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
MessageDlg provides a simple way to display a message dialog. |
||||
MessageDlg::<B>create</B> creates the message dialog, displays |
||||
it and return the index of the pressed button, or -1 if it is destroyed. |
||||
When returning, the dialog no longer exists. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-aspect"><B>-aspect</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating desired |
||||
aspect ratio for the text. The aspect ratio is specified as |
||||
100*width/height. 100 means the text should |
||||
be as wide as it is tall, 200 means the text should |
||||
be twice as wide as it is tall, 50 means the text should |
||||
be twice as tall as it is wide, and so on. |
||||
Used to choose line length for text if <B>width</B> option |
||||
isn't specified. |
||||
Defaults to 150. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-buttons"><B>-buttons</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a list of buttons to display when <B>type</B> option is <I>user</I>. |
||||
If a button has a symbolic name, its associated text will be displayed. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-buttonwidth"><B>-buttonwidth</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the standard width of the buttons in the dialog. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-icon"><B>-icon</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an icon to display. Must be one of the following: <B>error</B>, <B>info</B>, |
||||
<B>question</B> or <B>warning</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-justify"><B>-justify</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies how to justify lines of text. |
||||
Must be one of <B>left</B>, <B>center</B>, or <B>right</B>. Defaults |
||||
to <B>left</B>. |
||||
This option works together with the <B>anchor</B>, <B>aspect</B>, |
||||
<B>padx</B>, <B>pady</B>, and <B>width</B> options to provide a variety |
||||
of arrangements of the text within the window. |
||||
The <B>aspect</B> and <B>width</B> options determine the amount of |
||||
screen space needed to display the text. |
||||
The <B>anchor</B>, <B>padx</B>, and <B>pady</B> options determine where this |
||||
rectangular area is displayed within the widget's window, and the |
||||
<B>justify</B> option determines how each line is displayed within that |
||||
rectangular region. |
||||
For example, suppose <B>anchor</B> is <B>e</B> and <B>justify</B> is |
||||
<B>left</B>, and that the message window is much larger than needed |
||||
for the text. |
||||
The the text will displayed so that the left edges of all the lines |
||||
line up and the right edge of the longest line is <B>padx</B> from |
||||
the right side of the window; the entire text block will be centered |
||||
in the vertical span of the window. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-message"><B>-message</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the message to display in this message box. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a string to display as the title of the message box. |
||||
If the value is empty (the default), a default title will be set corresponding |
||||
to the <B>icon</B> option. |
||||
The default associated title is in english, and can be modified to set it in |
||||
another language by specifying the resource: |
||||
<PRE> *MessageDlg.<I>name</I>Title: <I>value</I></PRE> |
||||
or the equivalent tcl command: |
||||
<PRE> option add *MessageDlg.<I>name</I>Title <I>value</I></PRE> |
||||
where <I>name</I> is the name of an icon as defined in the <B>icon</B> option. |
||||
<BR>For example, for french language, you can specify for a warning dialog: |
||||
<PRE> option add *MessageDlg.warningTitle "Attention"</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a set of buttons to be displayed. The following values are possible: |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL COMPACT> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>abortretryignore</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays three buttons whose symbolic names are <B>abort</B>, |
||||
<B>retry</B> and <B>ignore</B>.<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>ok</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays one button whose symbolic name is <B>ok</B>.<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>okcancel</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>ok</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>retrycancel</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>retry</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>yesno</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>yes</B> and <B>no</B>.<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>yesnocancel</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays three buttons whose symbolic names are <B>yes</B>, <B>no</B> |
||||
and <B>cancel</B>. |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>user</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays buttons of <B>-buttons</B> option.<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
</DL COMPACT> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the length of lines in the window. |
||||
If this option has a value greater than zero then the <B>aspect</B> |
||||
option is ignored and the <B>width</B> option determines the line |
||||
length. |
||||
If this option has a value less than or equal to zero, then |
||||
the <B>aspect</B> option determines the line length. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,374 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>NoteBook</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>NoteBook</B> |
||||
- Notebook manager widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>NoteBook</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -activebackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -activeforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -borderwidth or -bd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -foreground or -fg</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -repeatdelay</TD> |
||||
<TD> -repeatinterval</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-arcradius">-arcradius</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-homogeneous">-homogeneous</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-tabbevelsize">-tabbevelsize</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-tabpady">-tabpady</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindtabs"><B>bindtabs</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#compute_size"><B>compute_size</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
?<I>destroyframe</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#page"><B>page</B></A> |
||||
<I>first</I> |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#pages"><B>pages</B></A> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#raise"><B>raise</B></A> |
||||
?<I>page</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
NoteBook widget manage a set of pages and displays one of them. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-arcradius"><B>-arcradius</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the amount of rounding effect at the corners of a tab. This value |
||||
can be adjusted from 0 to 8 pixels with the default being 2 pixels. Usually, |
||||
small values are preferable. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default) |
||||
then the window will not request any size at all. |
||||
In this case, user may want to call NoteBook::<B>compute_size</B> to make NoteBook larger |
||||
enough to contains the largest page. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-homogeneous"><B>-homogeneous</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies wether or not the label of the pages must have the same width. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the side where to place the label of the pages. Must be one |
||||
of <B>top</B> or <B>bottom</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-tabbevelsize"><B>-tabbevelsize</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the amount of bevel the tabs should have. This value can be adjusted from |
||||
0 to 8 pixels with the default being 0 pixels. A zero pixel bevel is essentially rectangular |
||||
while non-zero bevel size will look trapezoidal. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-tabpady"><B>-tabpady</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the padding between the text in the tab and the top and bottom |
||||
of the tab. Padding may be a list of two values to specify padding for |
||||
top and bottom separately. Padding defaults to {0 6}. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default) |
||||
then the window will not request any size at all. |
||||
In this case, user may want to call NoteBook::<B>compute_size</B> to make NoteBook larger |
||||
enough to contains the largest page. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindtabs"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindtabs</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command associates a command to execute whenever the event |
||||
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on a tab. The page identifier on which |
||||
the event occurs is appended to the command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="compute_size"><I>pathName</I> <B>compute_size</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command can be called to make the NoteBook large enough to contain the largest page. |
||||
Note that if all pages use -createcmd, they will have no requested size. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
?<I>destroyframe</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Deletes the page <I>page</I>. If <I>destroyframe</I> is 1 (the default), the frame |
||||
associated to <I>page</I> is destroyed. If <I>destroyframe</I> is 0, the frame is not |
||||
destroyed and is reused by further call to <B>insert</B> with the same <I>page</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the page <I>page</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Return the numerical index corresponding to the item. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Insert a new page idendified by <I>page</I> at position <I>index</I> in the pages list. |
||||
<I>index</I> must be numeric or <B>end</B>. The pathname of the new page is returned. |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-createcmd"><B>-createcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called the first time the page is raised. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an image to display for the page at the left of the label |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-leavecmd"><B>-leavecmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when a page is about to be leaved. |
||||
The command must return 0 if the page can not be leaved, or 1 if it can. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-raisecmd"><B>-raisecmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called each time the page is raised. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-state"><B>-state</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the state of the page. Must be <B>normal</B> or <B>disabled</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Page-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a label to display for the page. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the |
||||
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for |
||||
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the |
||||
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated |
||||
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified, |
||||
returns a list describing the current options for the item. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Moves <I>page</I> tab to index <I>index</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="page"><I>pathName</I> <B>page</B></A> |
||||
<I>first</I> |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>pages</I> instead.</B><BR> |
||||
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the page at index <I>first</I>, or an empty string if |
||||
<I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. If <I>last</I> is specified, the command |
||||
returns a list whose elements are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, |
||||
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard |
||||
forms for indices. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="pages"><I>pathName</I> <B>pages</B></A> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all pages. |
||||
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the page at index |
||||
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. |
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements |
||||
are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, |
||||
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard |
||||
forms for indices. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="raise"><I>pathName</I> <B>raise</B></A> |
||||
?<I>page</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Raise the page <I>page</I>, or return the raised page if <I>page</I> is omitted. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Scrolls labels to make the label of the page <I>page</I> visible. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>PagesManager</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>PagesManager</B> |
||||
- Pages manager widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>PagesManager</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#compute_size"><B>compute_size</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#page"><B>page</B></A> |
||||
<I>first</I> |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#pages"><B>pages</B></A> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#raise"><B>raise</B></A> |
||||
?<I>page</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
PagesManager widget manages a set of pages and displays one of them. |
||||
PagesManager does not provide any user access method, as NoteBook |
||||
does, so it can be done through a listbox, a menu, radiobutton, or |
||||
whatever. The widget shows no pages during creation; there must be an |
||||
explicit call to <B>raise</B> to display one. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default) |
||||
then the window will not request any size at all. |
||||
In this case, user may want to call PagesManager::<B>compute_size</B> to make PagesManager |
||||
larger enough to contains the largest page. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the pages. If this option is equal to zero (the default) |
||||
then the window will not request any size at all. |
||||
In this case, user may want to call PagesManager::<B>compute_size</B> to make PagesManager |
||||
larger enough to contains the largest page. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Add a new page identified by <I>page</I>, which is an arbitrary |
||||
identifier. The pathname of the new page is returned and widgets for |
||||
the page should be created with this as the parent or ancestor. |
||||
However, PagesManager manages its own geometry. <B>pack</B>, |
||||
<B>grid</B> or an equivalent should not be used with the pathname |
||||
returned by <B>add</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="compute_size"><I>pathName</I> <B>compute_size</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command can be called to make the PagesManager large enough to contain the largest page. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Deletes the page <I>page</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
<I>page</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the page <I>page</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="page"><I>pathName</I> <B>page</B></A> |
||||
<I>first</I> |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<B>Its use is deprecated. Use <I>pages</I> instead.</B><BR> |
||||
If <I>last</I> is omitted, returns the page at index <I>first</I>, or an empty string if |
||||
<I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. If <I>last</I> is specified, the command |
||||
returns a list whose elements are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, |
||||
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard |
||||
forms for indices. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="pages"><I>pathName</I> <B>pages</B></A> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all pages. |
||||
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the page at index |
||||
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. |
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements |
||||
are all of the pages between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, |
||||
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard |
||||
forms for indices. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="raise"><I>pathName</I> <B>raise</B></A> |
||||
?<I>page</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Raise the page <I>page</I>, or return the raised page if <I>page</I> is omitted. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>PanedWindow</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>PanedWindow</B> |
||||
- Tiled layout manager widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>PanedWindow</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-activator">-activator</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-pad">-pad</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-weights">-weights</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#add"><B>add</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
PanedWindow is a widget that lays out children in |
||||
a vertically or horizontally tiled format. |
||||
The user can adjust the size of the panes, with a pane control sash created |
||||
between children. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-activator"><B>-activator (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
By default, the control sash is either a button or a line depending |
||||
upon the underlying operating system. This sash may be explicitly set |
||||
using this option. If set to <B>line</B> then the sash consists of |
||||
just a dividing line. Otherwise if set to <B>button</B> then it |
||||
constists of a knob that can be dragged. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-pad"><B>-pad (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies additional space between the button of the sash and children. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the side of the sash, which implies the layout: <B>top</B> or <B>bottom</B> |
||||
(horizontal layout), <B>left</B> or <B>right</B> (vertical layout). |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-weights"><B>-weights (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies how the weights specified when adding panes should be used. Must be |
||||
<B>extra</B> or <B>available</B>. When using <I>extra</I>, only extra space is |
||||
devided among the diffferent panes relative to their weight. When using |
||||
<I>available</I>, all space is devided among the diffferent panes relative to |
||||
their weight. Default value for <B>weights</B> is <I>extra</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the width of the button of the sash. This option is ignored |
||||
if the activator is set to <B>line</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command add a new pane. The new pane is placed below the previous pane for |
||||
vertical layout or at right for horizontal layout. This command returns a frame |
||||
where user can place its widget. Valid options are: |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Pane-minsize"><B>-minsize</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the minimum size requested for the pane. |
||||
See the <B>grid</B> command for more information. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Pane-weight"><B>-weight</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the relative weight for apportioning any extra spaces among panes. |
||||
See the <B>grid</B> command for more information. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the pathname of the <I>index</I>th added pane. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>PanelFrame</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>PanelFrame</B> |
||||
- Frame with a boxed title area |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>PanelFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-panelbackground">-panelbackground</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-panelforeground">-panelforeground</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-ipad">-ipad</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
PanelFrame creates a frame area with a boxed title area. The boxed title |
||||
area contains a label ands allows for other items to be placed in it. This |
||||
can serve like a mini-toolbar. |
||||
</P> |
||||
|
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the desired height for the widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-ipad"><B>-ipad</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The spacing to place around individual panel area items. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-panelbackground"><B>-panelbackground</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The color for the panel area background. |
||||
Defaults to the selection highlight background color. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-panelforeground"><B>-panelforeground</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The color for the title text. |
||||
Defaults to the selection highlight foreground color. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the desired width for the widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A> <B>widget</B> |
||||
?<I>option</I> <I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Add a widget to the panel. Widgets are <B>pack</B>ed in. |
||||
Possible options are: |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><B>-side</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Side to place item on (defaults to <B>right</B>).</DD> |
||||
<DT><B>-fill</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Whether to fill space (defaults to <B>none</B>).</DD> |
||||
<DT><B>-expand</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Whether to expand space (defaults to <B>0</B>).</DD> |
||||
<DT><B>-pad</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Override of the widget's <B>-ipad</B> option for this item.</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no |
||||
<I>option</I> is specified, returns a list describing all of the available |
||||
options for <I>pathName</I>. If <I>option</I> is specified with no |
||||
<I>value</I>, then the command returns a list describing the one named |
||||
<I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of |
||||
the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or more |
||||
<I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the |
||||
given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command |
||||
returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<B>widget</B> ?<I>widget</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Delete a widget and associated state from the panel.</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Get the frame widget for the status bar in which status bar items should be |
||||
created.</DD> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="items"><I>pathName</I> <B>items</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD>List of items in the status bar.</DD> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="remove"><I>pathName</I> <B>remove</B></A> |
||||
<B>widget</B> ?<I>widget</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Remove a widget item and associated state from the panel without destroying |
||||
the item.</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>PasswdDlg</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>PasswdDlg</B> |
||||
- Login/Password dialog box |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>PasswdDlg</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="Dialog.html">OPTIONS from <B>Dialog</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -anchor</TD> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -homogeneous</TD> |
||||
<TD> -modal</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -padx</TD> |
||||
<TD> -pady</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -parent</TD> |
||||
<TD> -spacing</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -title</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="LabelEntry.html">OPTIONS from <B>LabelEntry</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -borderwidth or -bd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -entrybg</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -entryfg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -exportselection</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -font</TD> |
||||
<TD> -foreground or -fg</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helptype</TD> |
||||
<TD> -highlightbackground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -highlightcolor</TD> |
||||
<TD> -highlightthickness</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertbackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertborderwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertofftime</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertontime</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertwidth</TD> |
||||
<TD> -labelanchor</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -labelfont</TD> |
||||
<TD> -labelheight</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -labeljustify</TD> |
||||
<TD> -labelwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -loginhelptext (see <B>-helptext</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -loginhelpvar (see <B>-helpvar</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -loginlabel (see <B>-label</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -logintext (see <B>-text</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -logintextvariable (see <B>-textvariable</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -loginunderline (see <B>-underline</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -passwdeditable (see <B>-editable</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -passwdhelptext (see <B>-helptext</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -passwdhelpvar (see <B>-helpvar</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -passwdlabel (see <B>-label</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -passwdstate (see <B>-state</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -passwdtext (see <B>-text</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -passwdtextvariable (see <B>-textvariable</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -passwdunderline (see <B>-underline</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -relief</TD> |
||||
<TD> -selectbackground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -selectborderwidth</TD> |
||||
<TD> -selectforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -wraplength</TD> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
PasswdDlg provides a simple way to display a login/password dialog. |
||||
PasswdDlg::<B>create</B> creates the dialog, displays it, and return the value of login |
||||
and password in a list, or an empty list if it is destroyed or user press cancel. |
||||
When returning, the dialog no longer exists. |
||||
<BR>Additionnal resources can be set to modify other text: |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
*loginName Label for login LabelEntry |
||||
*passwordName Label for password LabelEntry |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to call when user press ok button. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a set of buttons to be displayed. The following values are possible: |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL COMPACT> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>ok</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays one button whose symbolic name is <B>ok</B>.<P> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>okcancel</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Displays two buttons whose symbolic names are <B>ok</B> and <B>cancel</B>.<P> |
||||
</DL COMPACT> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<HR> |
||||
|
||||
<ADRESS>Stephane Lavirotte <A HREF="mailto:Stephane.Lavirotte@sophia.inria.fr">(Stephane.Lavirotte@sophia.inria.fr)</A></ADRESS> |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ProgressBar</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ProgressBar</B> |
||||
- Progress indicator widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ProgressBar</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-orient">-orient</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-maximum">-maximum</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-variable">-variable</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ProgressBar widget indicates the user the progress of a lengthly operation. |
||||
It is used by <A HREF="MainFrame.html">MainFrame</A> |
||||
and <A HREF="ProgressDlg.html">ProgressDlg</A>. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the progress indicator. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-maximum"><B>-maximum</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the maximum value of the variable. This value must be |
||||
greater than zero. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the type of the ProgressBar. Must be one of <B>normal</B>, |
||||
<B>incremental</B>, <B>infinite</B> or <B>nonincremental_infinite</B>. |
||||
|
||||
<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>normal</I>, the progress indicator is drawn |
||||
proportional to the variable value and <B>maximum</B> option each time the |
||||
variable is set. |
||||
|
||||
<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>incremental</I>, the value of the progress |
||||
indicator is maintained internally, and incremented each time the variable is |
||||
set by its value. The progress indicator is drawn proportional to the internal |
||||
value and |
||||
<B>maximum</B> option. |
||||
|
||||
<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>infinite</I>, the value of the progress indicator |
||||
is maintained internally, and incremented each time the variable is set by its |
||||
value. The progress indicator moves from left to right if internal value |
||||
(modulo <B>maximum</B>) is less than <B>maximum</B>/2, and from right to left |
||||
if internal value is greater than <B>maximum</B>/2. |
||||
|
||||
<BR><BR>If <B>type</B> is <I>nonincremental_infinite</I>, the value of the |
||||
progress indicator taken from the variable value, The progress indicator moves |
||||
from left to right if variable value (modulo <B>maximum</B>) is less than |
||||
<B>maximum</B>/2, and from right to left if internal value is greater than |
||||
<B>maximum</B>/2. |
||||
|
||||
<BR><BR>See <B>-variable</B> option for special case of its value, |
||||
|
||||
<BR><BR>Default value for <B>type</B> is <I>normal</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-variable"><B>-variable</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the variable attached to the progress indicator. Progress indicator |
||||
is updated when the value of the variable changes. If the value of the |
||||
variable is negative, the progress indicator is not displayed (it is drawn flat |
||||
with <B>background</B> color - usefull for ProgressDlg to make it |
||||
invisible). If its value 0, progress indicator is reinitialized. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the progress indicator. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ProgressDlg</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ProgressDlg</B> |
||||
- Progress indicator dialog box |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ProgressDlg</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="Dialog.html">OPTIONS from <B>Dialog</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -parent</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -separator</TD> |
||||
<TD> -title</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="ProgressBar.html">OPTIONS from <B>ProgressBar</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -borderwidth or -bd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -foreground or -fg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -maximum</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -relief</TD> |
||||
<TD> -troughcolor</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -type</TD> |
||||
<TD> -variable</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-stop">-stop</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ProgressDlg provides a simple way to display a progress indicator dialog. |
||||
ProgressDlg::<B>create</B> creates the dialog, displays it, set a local |
||||
grab to it and immediatly return. The dialog is updated by modifying the |
||||
value of the variable of options <B>-textvariable</B> and <B>-variable</B>. |
||||
You have to destroy the dialog after use. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to call when user press stop button. Note that it |
||||
is the program's responsibility to periodically call <B>update</B> so |
||||
that button press events can be generated. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a desired height for the label in lines of text. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-stop"><B>-stop</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the text of the button typically used to stop process. If empty, no button will |
||||
be drawn. This can be a symbolic name. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a desired width for the label in characters. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ScrollView</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ScrollView</B> |
||||
- Display the visible area of a scrolled window |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ScrollView</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-fill">-fill</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-window">-window</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ScrollView displays the visible area of a scrolled window within |
||||
its scroll region. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-fill"><B>-fill</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the fill color of the rectangle. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-foreground"><B>-foreground</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the color of the border of the rectangle. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the ScrollView. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the ScrollView. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-window"><B>-window</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the window to view. This widget must have <B>-xscrollcommand</B> and |
||||
<B>-yscrollcommand</B> options, and respond to <B>xview</B> and <B>yview</B> command. |
||||
In order to make ScrollView working with other scrollbar, <B>-xscrollcommand</B> and |
||||
<B>-yscrollcommand</B> options of the widget must be set before the widget is passed to |
||||
the <B>-window</B> option of the ScrollView (for example, if the widget is handled by |
||||
a ScrolledWindow, call <B>setwidget</B> before setting <B>-window</B> option). |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<HR><BR><B>BINDINGS</B><BR><BR> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT>If mouse button 1 is pressed and dragged over the ScrollView, the top left corner of |
||||
the visible area of the scrolled window is moved proportionally to the mouse displacement. |
||||
</DT></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT>If mouse button 3 is pressed over the ScrollView, the top left corner of the visible |
||||
area is proportionally set to this point. |
||||
</DT></DL> |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ScrollableFrame</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ScrollableFrame</B> |
||||
- Scrollable frame containing widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ScrollableFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
<BR> |
||||
Themed widget (<B>Widget::theme true</B>): Options <B>-background</B> and <B>-bg</B> are not available. |
||||
Modify style <B>TFrame</B> property <B>-background</B> instead. |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-areaheight">-areaheight</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-areawidth">-areawidth</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-constrainedheight">-constrainedheight</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-constrainedwidth">-constrainedwidth</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-xscrollincrement">-xscrollincrement</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-yscrollincrement">-yscrollincrement</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>widget</I> |
||||
?<I>vert</I>? |
||||
?<I>horz</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#xview"><B>xview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#yview"><B>yview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ScrollableFrame widget containing widget. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-areaheight"><B>-areaheight</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the height for the scrollable area. If zero, then the height |
||||
of the scrollable area is made just large enough to hold all its children. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-areawidth"><B>-areawidth</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the width for the scrollable area. If zero, then the width |
||||
of the scrollable area window is made just large enough to hold all its children. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-constrainedheight"><B>-constrainedheight</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies whether or not the scrollable area should have the same height of the |
||||
scrolled window. If true, vertical scrollbar is not needed. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-constrainedwidth"><B>-constrainedwidth</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies whether or not the scrollable area should have the same width of the |
||||
scrolled window. If true, horizontal scrollbar is not needed. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the window in pixels. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the window in pixels. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-xscrollincrement"><B>-xscrollincrement</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
See <B>xscrollincrement</B> option of <B>canvas</B> widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-yscrollincrement"><B>-yscrollincrement</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
See <B>yscrollincrement</B> option of <B>canvas</B> widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Return the pathname of the scrolled frame where widget should be created. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>widget</I> |
||||
?<I>vert</I>? |
||||
?<I>horz</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Arrange scrollable area to make <I>widget</I> visible in the window. |
||||
<I>vert</I> and <I>horz</I> specify which part of <I>widget</I> must be preferably |
||||
visible, in case where <I>widget</I> is too tall or too large to be entirely visible. |
||||
<I>vert</I> must be <B>top</B> (the default) or <B>bottom</B>, |
||||
and <I>horz</I> must be <B>left</B> (the default) or <B>right</B>. |
||||
If <I>vert</I> or <I>horz</I> is not a valid value, area is not scrolled in this direction. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="xview"><I>pathName</I> <B>xview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Standard command to enable horizontal scrolling of <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="yview"><I>pathName</I> <B>yview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Standard command to enable vertical scrolling of <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>ScrolledWindow</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>ScrolledWindow</B> |
||||
- Generic scrolled widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>ScrolledWindow</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DT><I>Not themed</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
<DT><I>Themed</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> (<B>-bg</B> has no effect)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-auto">-auto</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-ipad">-ipad</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-managed">-managed</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-scrollbar">-scrollbar</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-sides">-sides</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-size">-size</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setwidget"><B>setwidget</B></A> |
||||
<I>widget</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
ScrolledWindow enables user to create easily a widget with its scrollbar. |
||||
Scrollbars are created by ScrolledWindow and scroll commands are automatically associated to |
||||
a scrollable widget with <B>ScrolledWindow::setwidget</B>. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-auto"><B>-auto</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired auto managed scrollbar: |
||||
<LI><B>none</B> means scrollbar are always drawn |
||||
<LI><B>horizontal</B> means horizontal scrollbar is drawn as needed |
||||
<LI><B>vertical</B> means vertical scrollbar is drawn as needed |
||||
<LI><B>both</B> means horizontal and vertical scrollbars are drawn as needed (default value) |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipad"><B>-ipad (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Padding in pixels between client widget and scrollbars. |
||||
Default value: <B>1</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-managed"><B>-managed (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
If true, scrollbar are managed during creation, so their size are included in the requested size of the |
||||
ScrolledWindow. If false, they are not. |
||||
Default value: <B>true</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-scrollbar"><B>-scrollbar</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired scrollbar: <B>none</B>, <B>horizontal</B>, <B>vertical</B> |
||||
or <B>both</B> (default value). |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-sides"><B>-sides (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Side of the scrollbars. |
||||
Possible values are: <B>ne</B>, <B>en</B>, <B>nw</B>, <B>wn</B>, <B>se</B> (default value), <B>es</B>, <B>sw</B>, <B>ws</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-size"><B>-size (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Size of the scrollbars in pixels. |
||||
Use </B>0</B> for standard size (default value).<BR> |
||||
This option has no effect if widget is <I>themed</I>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Return the pathname of the frame where the scrolled widget should be created. This command |
||||
is no longer needed. You can directly create the scrolled widget as the child |
||||
of <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setwidget"><I>pathName</I> <B>setwidget</B></A> |
||||
<I>widget</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Associate <I>widget</I> to the the scrollbars. <I>widget</I> becomes |
||||
managed by the ScrolledWindow. The user should not attempt to manage |
||||
<I>widget</I> until it is no longer managed by the ScrolledWindow. |
||||
<I>widget</I> must be a scrollable widget, i.e. have the options |
||||
<B>xscrollcommand</B>/<B>yscrollcommand</B> and the command <B>xview</B>/<B>yview</B>, |
||||
such as canvas or text. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>SelectColor</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>SelectColor</B> |
||||
- Color selection widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>SelectColor</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-color">-color</A></td> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-parent">-parent</A></td> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-placement">-placement</A></td> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-title">-title</A></td> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-type">-type</A></td> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>SelectColor::<A HREF="#dialog"><B>dialog</B></A> |
||||
<I>pathName</I> |
||||
<I>?option value ...?</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>SelectColor::<A HREF="#menu"><B>menu</B></A> |
||||
<I>pathName</I> |
||||
<I>placement</I> |
||||
<I>?option value ...?</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>SelectColor::<A HREF="#setcolor"><B>setcolor</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>color</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
SelectColor provides a simple way to select color. It can be displayed |
||||
as a dialog box or as a menubutton. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-color"><B>-color</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the color value of the widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-parent"><B>-parent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Parent of the Dialog. Dialog is centered in its parent. If empty, it is centered in |
||||
root window. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-placement"><B>-placement</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Where to place the <i>popup</i> color dialog when displaying it. |
||||
Must be any of: <b>at</b>, <b>center</b>, <b>left</b>, |
||||
<b>right</b>, <b>above</b>, or <b>below</b>. If <i>-parent</i> is specified, |
||||
placement will be in relation to the parent widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Title of the Dialog toplevel. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type (read-only)</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the type of the SelectColor widget. Must be <B>dialog</B> or |
||||
<B>popup</B>. <BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>dialog</I>, |
||||
SelectColor::<B>create</B> directly creates the dialog, displays it and |
||||
return an empty string if cancel button is pressed or if dialog is destroyed, |
||||
and the selected color if ok button is pressed. In all cases, dialog is |
||||
destroyed. <BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>popup</I>, |
||||
SelectColor::<B>create</B> creates a small, popup dialog with a small set of |
||||
predefined colors and a button to activate a full color dialog. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="dialog">SelectColor::<B>dialog</B></A> |
||||
<I>pathName</I> |
||||
<I>?option value ...?</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Creates a dialog for the user to select a custom color. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="dialog">SelectColor::<B>menu</B></A> |
||||
<I>pathName</I> |
||||
<I>placement</I> |
||||
<I>?option value ...?</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Creates a small, popup dialog for the user to select from a predefined list |
||||
of colors with an additional button to display a full color dialog. |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
<i>placement</i> can be any of <b>at</b>, <b>center</b>, <b>left</b>, |
||||
<b>right</b>, <b>above</b>, or <b>below</b>. If <i>-parent</i> is specified, |
||||
placement will be in relation to the parent widget. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setcolor">SelectColor::<B>setcolor</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>color</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the value of user predefined color at index <I>index</I> to <I>color</I>. |
||||
<I>index</I> must be between 0 and 10. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>SelectFont</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>SelectFont</B> |
||||
- Font selection widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>SelectFont</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-command">-command</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-initialcolor">-initialcolor</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-nosizes">-nosizes</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-parent">-parent</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-sampletext">-sampletext</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-title">-title</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-type">-type</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>SelectFont::<A HREF="#loadfont"><B>loadfont</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
SelectFont provides a simple way to choose font. It can be displayed |
||||
as a dialog box or as a toolbar. |
||||
<BR>Textual items in Dialog box uses <B>-name</B> options so they |
||||
can be translated to any language. Symbolic name used are |
||||
<B>ok</B>, <B>cancel</B>, <B>font</B>, <B>size</B>, <B>style</B>, |
||||
<B>bold</B>, <B>italic</B>, <B>underline</B> and <B>overstrike</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-command"><B>-command</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to call when user select a new font when SelectFont <B>type</B> |
||||
option is <I>toolbar</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-initialcolor"><B>-initialcolor</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
If specified, add an additional button that lets the user pick a |
||||
color. This option is ignored if <B>type</B> is <I>toolbar</I>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-nosizes"><B>-nosizes</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
If true, don't show the listbox containing valid font sizes. This |
||||
option is ignored if <B>type</B> is <I>toolbar</I>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-parent"><B>-parent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Parent of the Dialog. Dialog is centered in its parent. If empty, it is centered in |
||||
root window. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-sampletext"><B>-sampletext</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the text displayed in the preview area. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-title"><B>-title</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Title of the Dialog toplevel. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-type"><B>-type</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the type of the SelectFont widget. Must be <B>dialog</B> or <B>toolbar</B>. |
||||
<BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>dialog</I>, SelectFont::<B>create</B> directly creates the |
||||
dialog, displays it and return an empty string if cancel button is |
||||
pressed or if dialog is destroyed, and the selected font (and color |
||||
if <B>initialcolor</B>) if ok button is pressed. In all cases, dialog |
||||
is destroyed. |
||||
<BR>If <B>type</B> option is <I>toolbar</I>, SelectFont::<B>create</B> returns the pathname |
||||
of the widget created. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="loadfont">SelectFont::<B>loadfont</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Load the font available in the system. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>Separator</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>Separator</B> |
||||
- 3D separator widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Separator</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-orient">-orient</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
Separator is a widget that display an horizontal or vertical 3-D line. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-relief"><B>-relief</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the relief of the Separator. Must be <B>groove</B> (the default) or <B>ridge</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>SpinBox</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>SpinBox</B> |
||||
- SpinBox widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>SpinBox</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">OPTIONS from <B>ArrowButton</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -background or -bg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -foreground or -fg</TD> |
||||
<TD> -repeatdelay</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -repeatinterval</TD> |
||||
<TD> -state</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="Entry.html">OPTIONS from <B>Entry</B></A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLPADDING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -command</TD> |
||||
<TD> -disabledforeground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dragenabled</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dragendcmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dragevent</TD> |
||||
<TD> -draginitcmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dragtype</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dropcmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -dropenabled</TD> |
||||
<TD> -dropovercmd</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -droptypes</TD> |
||||
<TD> -editable</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -entrybg (see <B>-background</B>)</TD> |
||||
<TD> -entryfg (see <B>-foreground</B>)</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -exportselection</TD> |
||||
<TD> -font</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helptext</TD> |
||||
<TD> -helptype</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -helpvar</TD> |
||||
<TD> -highlightbackground</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -highlightcolor</TD> |
||||
<TD> -highlightthickness</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertbackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertborderwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertofftime</TD> |
||||
<TD> -insertontime</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -insertwidth</TD> |
||||
<TD> -justify</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -selectbackground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -selectborderwidth</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -selectforeground</TD> |
||||
<TD> -show</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -state</TD> |
||||
<TD> -takefocus</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -text</TD> |
||||
<TD> -textvariable</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> -width</TD> |
||||
<TD> -xscrollcommand</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-modifycmd">-modifycmd</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-range">-range</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-values">-values</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bind"><B>bind</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getvalue"><B>getvalue</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#setvalue"><B>setvalue</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
SpinBox widget enables the user to select a value among a list given by the <B>values</B> |
||||
option or a set of values defined by a mininum, a maximum and an increment. |
||||
Notice that <B>range</B> option defines a list of values, so <B>getvalue</B> and |
||||
<B>setvalue</B> work with both values and range. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-modifycmd"><B>-modifycmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a Tcl command called when the user modify the value of the SpinBox. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-range"><B>-range</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a list of three intergers (or real) describing the minimum, maximum and increment |
||||
of the SpinBox. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-values"><B>-values</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the values accepted by the SpinBox. This option takes precedence over |
||||
<B>range</B> option. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bind"><I>pathName</I> <B>bind</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set bindings on the entry widget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>getvalue</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the index of the current text of the SpinBox in the list of values, |
||||
or -1 if it doesn't match any value. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setvalue"><I>pathName</I> <B>setvalue</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the text of the SpinBox to the value indicated by <I>index</I> in the list of values. |
||||
<I>index</I> may be specified in any of the following forms: |
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL COMPACT> |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>last</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the last element of the list of values. |
||||
<DT><B>first</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the first element of the list of values. |
||||
<DT> |
||||
<B>next</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the element following the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list |
||||
of values. |
||||
<DT><B>previous</B> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the element preceding the current (ie returned by <B>getvalue</B>) in the list |
||||
of values. |
||||
<DT> |
||||
@<I>number</I> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the integer index in the list of values. |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<HR><BR><B>BINDINGS</B><BR><BR> |
||||
|
||||
When Entry of the SpinBox has the input focus, it has the following bindings, in addition |
||||
to the default Entry bindings: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Page up set the value of the SpinBox to the last value. |
||||
<LI>Page down set the value of the SpinBox to the first value. |
||||
<LI>Arrow up set the value of the SpinBox to the next value. |
||||
<LI>Arrow down set the value of the SpinBox to the previous value. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>StatusBar</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>StatusBar</B> |
||||
- status bar widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>StatusBar</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-orient">-orient</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-showresize">-showresize</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-ipad">-ipad</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-pad">-pad</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
StatusBar widget is a simple container widget with a corner resize control, |
||||
meant to be placed at the bottom of a toplevel dialog. |
||||
</P> |
||||
|
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the desired height for the widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-showresize"><B>-showresize</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies whether to show the corner resize control. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-pad"><B>-pad</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The spacing to place around the status bar. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipad"><B>-ipad</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
The spacing to place around individual status bar items. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the desired width for the widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="add"><I>pathName</I> <B>add</B></A> <B>widget</B> |
||||
?<I>option</I> <I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Add a widget to the status bar. Possible options are: |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><B>-weight</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Weighting of this item for resizing (passed to <B>grid</B>).</DD> |
||||
<DT><B>-separator</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Whether to use a separator for this item.</DD> |
||||
<DT><B>-sticky</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Passed on to grid.</DD> |
||||
<DT><B>-pad</B></DT> |
||||
<DD>Override of the widget's <B>-ipad</B> option for this item.</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no |
||||
<I>option</I> is specified, returns a list describing all of the available |
||||
options for <I>pathName</I>. If <I>option</I> is specified with no |
||||
<I>value</I>, then the command returns a list describing the one named |
||||
<I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding sublist of |
||||
the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or more |
||||
<I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the |
||||
given widget option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command |
||||
returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A> |
||||
<B>widget</B> ?<I>widget</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Delete a widget and associated state from the status bar.</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Get the frame widget for the status bar in which status bar items should be |
||||
created.</DD> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="items"><I>pathName</I> <B>items</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD>List of items in the status bar.</DD> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,107 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>TitleFrame</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>TitleFrame</B> |
||||
- Frame with a title |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>TitleFrame</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-font">-font</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-text">-text</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-baseline">-baseline</A></TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-ipad">-ipad</A></TR> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-side">-side</A></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#getframe"><B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
TitleFrame enables user to create a frame with a title like XmFrame Motif widget. |
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-baseline"><B>-baseline</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the vertical alignment of the title: <B>top</B>, <B>center</B> or <B>bottom</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-ipad"><B>-ipad</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a pad between the border of the frame and the user frame. |
||||
The value is in screen units. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-side"><B>-side</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the horizontal alignment of the title: <B>left</B>, <B>center</B> or <B>right</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is specified, |
||||
returns a list describing all of the available options for <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the command returns a list |
||||
describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will be identical to the corresponding |
||||
sublist of the value returned if no <I>option</I> is specified). If one or |
||||
more <I>option-value</I> pairs are specified, then the command modifies the given widget |
||||
option(s) to have the given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getframe"><I>pathName</I> <B>getframe</B></A> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Return the frame where the user can create any other widget. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,937 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,937 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>Tree</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>Tree</B> |
||||
- Tree widget |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>CREATION</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="#descr"><B>Tree</B></A> <I>pathName</I> ?<I>option value...</I>?</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I>STANDARD OPTIONS</I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-background">-background or -bg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor">-cursor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-relief">-relief</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><TABLE CELLSPACING=0 CELLSPACING=0 BORDER=0> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-closecmd">-closecmd</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-crossfill">-crossfill</A></TD> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-crossclosebitmap">-crossclosebitmap</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-crosscloseimage">-crosscloseimage</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-crossopenbitmap">-crossopenbitmap</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-crossopenimage">-crossopenimage</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-deltax">-deltax</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-deltay">-deltay</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragenabled">-dragenabled</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragendcmd">-dragendcmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragevent">-dragevent</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-draginitcmd">-draginitcmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dragtype">-dragtype</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropcmd">-dropcmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropenabled">-dropenabled</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropovercmd">-dropovercmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-dropovermode">-dropovermode</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-droptypes">-droptypes</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-height">-height</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-linesfill">-linesfill</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-linestipple">-linestipple</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-opencmd">-opencmd</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-padx">-padx</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-redraw">-redraw</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-selectcommand">-selectcommand</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-selectfill">-selectfill</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
<TR> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-showlines">-showlines</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> <A HREF="#-width">-width</A></TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE></DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindArea"><B>bindArea</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindImage"><B>bindImage</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#bindText"><B>bindText</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#closetree"><B>closetree</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#delete"><B>delete</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#edit"><B>edit</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>text</I> |
||||
?<I>verifycmd</I>? |
||||
?<I>clickres</I>? |
||||
?<I>select</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#exists"><B>exists</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#find"><B>find</B></A> |
||||
<I>findinfo</I> |
||||
?<I>confine</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#index"><B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#insert"><B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>parent</I> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemcget"><B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#itemconfigure"><B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#line"><B>line</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#move"><B>move</B></A> |
||||
<I>parent</I> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#nodes"><B>nodes</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#opentree"><B>opentree</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#parent"><B>parent</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#reorder"><B>reorder</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>neworder</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#see"><B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#selection"><B>selection</B></A> |
||||
<I>cmd</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#toggle"><B>toggle</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#visible"><B>visible</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#xview"><B>xview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD><I>pathName</I> <A HREF="#yview"><B>yview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
<B>Tree</B> widget uses canvas to display a hierarchical list of items (called nodes). |
||||
Each node is composed of a label with its own font and foreground attributes, and an optional |
||||
image or window. Each node can have a list of subnodes, which can be collapsed or expanded. |
||||
Each node is drawn in a single line, whose height is defined by the |
||||
<B>deltay</B> option, so they must have at most this height. |
||||
A node is uniquely identified by a string given at creation (by the |
||||
<B>insert</B> command). The node named <I>root</I> is the root of |
||||
the tree and is not drawn. |
||||
The tree structure is directly maintained by the widget. |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wso">WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-closecmd"><B>-closecmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when user close a node. The |
||||
closed node is appended to the command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><A NAME="-crossfill"><B>-crossfill</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies a foreground color for the cross bitmap. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-crossclosebitmap"><B>-crossclosebitmap</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies a bitmap to be displayed in place of the standard cross |
||||
when a node is closed. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-crosscloseimage"><B>-crosscloseimage</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies an image to be displayed in place of the standard cross |
||||
when a node is closed. Overrides the -crossclosebitmap option. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-crossopenbitmap"><B>-crossopenbitmap</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies a bitmap to be displayed in place of the standard cross |
||||
when a node is open. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-crossopenimage"><B>-crossopenimage</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies an image to be displayed in place of the standard cross |
||||
when a node is open. Overrides the -crossopenbitmap option. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltax"><B>-deltax</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies horizontal indentation between a node and its children. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltay"><B>-deltay</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies vertical size of the nodes. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragenabled"><B>-dragenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drag is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragendcmd"><B>-dragendcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when drag ended. |
||||
<B>dragendcmd</B> must be a command conforming to the description of the |
||||
option <B>dragendcmd</B> of <B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragevent"><B>-dragevent</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the number of the mouse button associated to the drag. |
||||
Must be <B>1</B>, <B>2</B> or <B>3</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-draginitcmd"><B>-draginitcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Tree has a command wrapper for <I>drag-init</I> events. This command refused the drag |
||||
if no node is designated. In other cases: |
||||
<BR>If <B>draginitcmd</B> is empty, it returns: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the value of option <B>dragtype</B> or <I>TREE_NODE</I> if empty as the data type, |
||||
<LI><I>{copy move link}</I> as the operations, |
||||
<LI>the node identifier as the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
If <B>draginitcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the tree, |
||||
<LI>the identifier of the dragged node, |
||||
<LI>the toplevel created to represent dragged data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
and must return a value conforming to <B>draginitcmd</B> option described in |
||||
<B>DragSite::<A HREF="DragSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dragtype"><B>-dragtype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an alternate type of dragged object. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropcmd"><B>-dropcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Tree has a command wrapper for <I>drop</I> events. This command stops auto scrolling |
||||
and extract node and position. |
||||
<BR>If <B>dropcmd</B> is not empty, it is called with the following arguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the tree, |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>a list describing where the drop occurs. It can be: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>{</I><B>widget</B><I>}</I>, |
||||
<LI><I>{</I><B>node</B> <I>node}</I> or |
||||
<LI><I>{</I><B>position</B> <I>node index}</I>. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<LI>the current operation, |
||||
<LI>the data type, |
||||
<LI>the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropenabled"><B>-dropenabled</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
A boolean specifying if drop is enabled. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovercmd"><B>-dropovercmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Tree has a command wrapper for <I>drag-over</I> events. This command enables auto scrolling |
||||
and position extraction during the <I>drag-over</I>. |
||||
If <B>dropovercmd</B> is not empty, the command is called with the following aguments: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the tree, |
||||
<LI>the pathname of the drag source, |
||||
<LI>a list describing where the drop can occur, whose elements are: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the string <I>widget</I> if <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>w</I>, else empty string. |
||||
<LI>the targeted node if drag icon points a node and <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>n</I>, else empty string. |
||||
<LI>a list containing a node and the position within the children of the node where drag |
||||
icon points to if <B>dropovertype</B> option contains <I>p</I>, else empty string. |
||||
<LI>optionally, the preferred method if drop can occur both inside a node and between two |
||||
nodes. The value is <I>position</I> or <I>node</I>. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<LI>the current operation, |
||||
<LI>the data type, |
||||
<LI>the data. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
The command must return a list with two elements: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>the drop status, conforming to those described in <B>dropovercmd</B> option of |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>, |
||||
<LI>the choosen method: <I>widget</I>, <I>node</I> or <I>position</I>. |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-dropovermode"><B>-dropovermode</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the type of <I>drop-over</I> interaction. Must be a combination of |
||||
<B>w</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs everywhere on widget, |
||||
<B>p</B>, which specifies that drop can occurs between two nodes, |
||||
and <B>n</B>, which specifies that drop occurs inside nodes. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-droptypes"><B>-droptypes</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a list of accepted dropped object/operation. |
||||
See option <B>droptypes</B> of |
||||
<B>DropSite::<A HREF="DropSite.html#register">register</A></B>. |
||||
for more infromation. |
||||
|
||||
<BR>Default is <I>TREE_NODE</I> with operations <B>copy</B> and <B>move</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-height"><B>-height</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired height for the tree in units of <B>deltay</B> pixels. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-linesfill"><B>-linesfill</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a foreground color for the lines between nodes. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-linestipple"><B>-linestipple</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a stipple bitmap for the lines between nodes. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-opencmd"><B>-opencmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when the user opens a node. The name |
||||
of the opened node is appended to the command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies distance between image or window and text of the nodes. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-redraw"><B>-redraw</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies wether or not the tree should be redrawn when entering idle. |
||||
Set it to false if you call <B>update</B> while modifying the tree. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectcommand"><B>-selectcommand</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a command to be called when the selection is changed. The |
||||
path of the tree widget and the selected nodes are appended to the |
||||
command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-selectfill"><B>-selectfill</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
If true, the selection box will be drawn across the entire tree from |
||||
left-to-right instead of just around the item text. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-showlines"><B>-showlines</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies whether or not lines should be drawn between nodes. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-width"><B>-width</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the desired width for the tree in units of 8 pixels. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
|
||||
<B><A NAME="nodes">NODE NAMES</A></B><BR> |
||||
<p> |
||||
Certain special characters in node names are automatically substituted |
||||
by the tree during operation. These characters are <b>& | ^ !</b>. |
||||
They are all substituted with a <b>_</b> character. This is only to |
||||
avoid errors because the characters are special to the tree widget. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">WIDGET COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindArea"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindArea</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command associates a command to execute whenever the event |
||||
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs anywhere within the Tree area. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindImage"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindImage</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command associates a command to execute whenever the event |
||||
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the image of a node. |
||||
The node idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command and may be used to manipulate the tree (e.g. don't use <B>%W</B>). |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
If <B>-selectfill</B> is given, an eventual binding of the background box by <B>bindText</B> is overwritten. |
||||
</P> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bindText"><I>pathName</I> <B>bindText</B></A> |
||||
<I>event</I> |
||||
<I>script</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command associates a command to execute whenever the event |
||||
sequence given by <I>event</I> occurs on the label of a node. |
||||
The node idenfier on which the event occurs is appended to the command and may be used to manipulate the tree (e.g. don't use <B>%W</B>). |
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
If <B>-selectfill</B> is given, an eventual binding of the background box by <B>bindImage</B> is overwritten. |
||||
</P> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget"><I>pathName</I> <B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of the configuration option given by <I>option</I>. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="closetree"><I>pathName</I> <B>closetree</B></A> <I>node</I> |
||||
?<I>recurse</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command close all the subtree given by <I>node</I>. Recurse |
||||
through the tree starting at <I>node</I> and set <B>open</B> option to 0 |
||||
depending on <I>recurse</I>. Default value of <I>recurse</I> is <I>true</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure"><I>pathName</I> <B>configure</B></A> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget. If no <I>option</I> is |
||||
specified, returns a list describing all of the available options for |
||||
<I>pathName</I>. If <I>option</I> is specified with no <I>value</I>, then the |
||||
command returns a list describing the one named <I>option</I> (this list will |
||||
be identical to the corresponding sublist of the value returned if no |
||||
<I>option</I> is specified). If one or more <I>option-value</I> pairs are |
||||
specified, then the command modifies the given widget option(s) to have the |
||||
given value(s); in this case the command returns an empty string. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the creation command. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="delete"><I>pathName</I> <B>delete</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Deletes all nodes (and children of them) in <I>arg</I>. <I>arg</I> can be a list |
||||
of nodes or a list of list of nodes. |
||||
To delete all the tree, do <I>$pathName delete [$pathName nodes root]</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="edit"><I>pathName</I> <B>edit</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>text</I> |
||||
?<I>verifycmd</I>? |
||||
?<I>clickres</I>? |
||||
?<I>select</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Provides a way for the user to edit in place the label of a node. This is |
||||
possible only if <I>node</I> is visible (all its parents are open). |
||||
<BR>The command takes the initial text as argument and does not modify the label of the |
||||
edited node, but returns an empty string if edition is canceled, or the typed text |
||||
if edition is accepted. |
||||
<BR>When editing, the user can cancel by pressing Escape, or accept by pressing Return. |
||||
<BR><I>clickres</I> specifies what to do if the user click outside the editable area. |
||||
If <I>clickres</I> is 0 (the default), the edition is canceled. |
||||
If <I>clickres</I> is 1, the edition is accepted. |
||||
In all other case, the edition continues. |
||||
<BR>If edition is accepted and <I>modifycmd</I> is not empty, then it is called with |
||||
the new text as argument and must return 1 to accept the new text, 0 to refuse it |
||||
and continue edition. |
||||
<BR><I>select</I> specifies wether or not the initial text should be selected. Default is 1. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="exists"><I>pathName</I> <B>exists</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns whether or not <I>node</I> exists in the tree. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="find"><I>pathName</I> <B>find</B></A> |
||||
<I>findinfo</I> |
||||
?<I>confine</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Returns the node given by the position <I>findinfo</I>. |
||||
<I>findinfo</I> can take the form of a pixel position <I>@x,y</I> or |
||||
of the line number of a currently visible Tree node. The first line |
||||
of the Tree has the value of zero. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
If <I>confine</I> is non-empty, then confine <I>findinfo</I> to only |
||||
match pixel positions for the area consumed by Tree labels, not just |
||||
anywhere on their lines. (<I>confine</I> has no effect if |
||||
<I>findinfo</I> is a line number.) |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="index"><I>pathName</I> <B>index</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the position of <I>node</I> in its parent. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="insert"><I>pathName</I> <B>insert</B></A> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
<I>parent</I> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
?<I>option value...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Inserts a new node identified by <I>node</I> in the children list of |
||||
<I>parent</I> at position <I>index</I>. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Any instance of <i>#auto</i> within the node name will be replaced by the |
||||
number of the item in the order of insertion. The non-printable characters |
||||
\1 to \5 are reserved for internal use and should not be present in node |
||||
names. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
<P> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-anchor"><B>-anchor</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Specifies the anchor of the image or window of the node. Defaults to w. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-data"><B>-data</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
User data associated to the node. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-deltax"><B>-deltax</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the horizontal indentation of the node. If the value is -1, the |
||||
node will be drawn with the deltax for the entire tree. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-drawcross"><B>-drawcross</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies how the cross used to expand or collapse the children of a node |
||||
should be drawn. |
||||
Must be one of <B>auto</B>, <B>always</B> or <B>never</B>. |
||||
<BR>If <B>auto</B>, the cross is drawn only if the node has children. |
||||
If <B>always</B>, the cross is always drawn. |
||||
If <B>never</B>, the cross is never drawn. |
||||
To maintain compatibility with older versions of this widget, |
||||
<B>allways</B> is a deprecated synonym to <B>always</B>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-fill"><B>-fill</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the foreground color of the label of the node. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-font"><B>-font</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a font for the label of the node. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpcmd"><B>-helpcmd</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
If specified, refers to a command to execute to get the help text to display. |
||||
The command must return a string to display. |
||||
If the command returns an empty string, no help is displayed. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptext"><B>-helptext</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Text for dynamic help. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helptype"><B>-helptype</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Type of dynamic help. Use <I>balloon</I> or <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-helpvar"><B>-helpvar</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
Variable to use when <B>helptype</B> option is <I>variable</I>. |
||||
See also <A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-image"><B>-image</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies an image to display at the left of the label of the node. |
||||
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-open"><B>-open</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies wether or not the children of the node should be drawn. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="-padx"><B>-padx</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the distance between image or window and the text of the node. If |
||||
the value is -1, the node will be drawn with the padx for the entire tree. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-selectable"><B>-selectable</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies if the node can be selected or not. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-text"><B>-text</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies the label of the node. |
||||
|
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="Node-window"><B>-window</B></A></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
|
||||
Specifies a pathname to display at the left of the label of the node. |
||||
<B>window</B> option override <B>image</B>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemcget"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the current value of a configuration option for the item. |
||||
<I>Option</I> may have any of the values accepted by the item creation command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="itemconfigure"><I>pathName</I> <B>itemconfigure</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
?<I>option</I>? ?<I>value</I> <I>option</I> <I>value</I> ...? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command is similar to the <B>configure</B> command, except that it applies to the |
||||
options for an individual item, whereas <B>configure</B> applies to the options for |
||||
the widget as a whole. <B>Options</B> may have any of the values accepted by the |
||||
item creation widget command. If options are specified, options are modified as indicated |
||||
in the command and the command returns an empty string. If no options are specified, |
||||
returns a list describing the current options for the item. |
||||
Read-only options are not be modified. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="line"><I>pathName</I> <B>line</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Returns the line number where <I>node</I> was drawn. If the node is |
||||
not visible then return -1. The first line of the tree has the value |
||||
of 0. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="move"><I>pathName</I> <B>move</B></A> |
||||
<I>parent</I> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>index</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Moves <I>node</I> to the children list of <I>parent</I> at position <I>index</I>. |
||||
<I>parent</I> can not be a descendant of <I>node</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="nodes"><I>pathName</I> <B>nodes</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
?<I>first</I>? |
||||
?<I>last</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns parts of the children of <I>node</I>, following <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>.<BR> |
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are omitted, returns the list of all children. |
||||
If <I>first</I> is specified and <I>last</I> omitted, returns the child at index |
||||
<I>first</I>, or an empty string if <I>first</I> refers to a non-existent element. |
||||
If <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> are specified, the command returns a list whose elements |
||||
are all of the children between <I>first</I> and <I>last</I>, |
||||
inclusive. Both <I>first</I> and <I>last</I> may have any of the standard |
||||
forms for indices. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="opentree"><I>pathName</I> <B>opentree</B></A> <I>node</I> ?<I>recurse</I>? |
||||
|
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command open all the subtree given by <I>node</I>. Recurse through the |
||||
tree starting at <I>node</I> and set <B>open</B> option to 1 depending on value |
||||
of <I>recurse</I>. Default value of <I>recurse</I> is <I>true</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="parent"><I>pathName</I> <B>parent</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the parent of <I>node</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="reorder"><I>pathName</I> <B>reorder</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
<I>neworder</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Modifies the order of children of <I>node</I> given by <I>neworder</I>. Children of |
||||
<I>node</I> that do not appear in <I>neworder</I> are no moved. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="see"><I>pathName</I> <B>see</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Arrange the scrolling area to make <I>node</I> visible. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="selection"><I>pathName</I> <B>selection</B></A> |
||||
<I>cmd</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Modifies the list of selected nodes following <I>cmd</I>: |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><B>add</B> |
||||
<DD>Adds all nodes in <I>arg</I> to the selection. |
||||
<DT><B>clear</B> |
||||
<DD>Removes all nodes from the selection. |
||||
<DT><B>get</B> |
||||
<DD>Returns a list containing the indices of current selected nodes. |
||||
<DT><B>includes</B> |
||||
<DD>Tests if the specified node is selected. Returns true if the answer is yes, and false else. |
||||
<DT><B>range</B> |
||||
<DD>Sets the selection to all nodes between the two specified ones. |
||||
<DT><B>remove</B> |
||||
<DD>Removes all nodes in <I>arg</I> from the selection. |
||||
<DT><B>set</B> |
||||
<DD>Sets the selection to all nodes in <I>arg</I>. |
||||
<DT><B>toggle</B> |
||||
<DD>Toggles the selection status of all nodes in <I>arg</I>. |
||||
</DL> |
||||
|
||||
The subcommands <B>add</B>, <B>range</B>, and <B>set</B> silently |
||||
ignore nodes which are declared unselectable. See the node option |
||||
<a href="#Node-selectable">-selectable</a> to influence this. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="toggle"><I>pathName</I> <B>toggle</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Toggle the open/close status of the given <i>node</i>. |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="visible"><I>pathName</I> <B>visible</B></A> |
||||
<I>node</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns whether or not <I>node</I> is visible (all its parents are open). |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="xview"><I>pathName</I> <B>xview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Standard command to enable horizontal scrolling of <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="yview"><I>pathName</I> <B>yview</B></A> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Standard command to enable vertical scrolling of <I>pathName</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<B><A NAME="nodes">BINDINGS</A></B><BR> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
A <b><<TreeSelect>></b> virtual event is generated any time the |
||||
selection in the tree changes. This is the default behavior of an |
||||
item in the tree, but it can be overridden with the bindText or |
||||
bindImage command. If the button 1 binding is overridden, this event may |
||||
not be generated. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
The tree has all the standard mouse wheel bindings when it has focus. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>Widget</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<IMG SRC="constr.gif" WIDTH="40" HEIGHT="40"> Under construction ...<BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><I><A HREF="#descr">NAME</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD><B>Widget</B> |
||||
- The Widget base class |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><I><A HREF="#wc">COMMAND</A></I></DT> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#addmap"><B>addmap</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>subclass</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#bwinclude"><B>bwinclude</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>subclass</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#cget"><B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#configure"><B>configure</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#create"><B>create</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
?<I>rename</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#declare"><B>declare</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>optlist</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#define"><B>define</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>filename</I> |
||||
?<I>class ...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#destroy"><B>destroy</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#focusNext"><B>focusNext</B></A> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#focusOK"><B>focusOK</B></A> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#focusPrev"><B>focusPrev</B></A> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#generate-doc"><B>generate-doc</B></A> |
||||
<I>dir</I> |
||||
<I>widgetlist</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#generate-widget-doc"><B>generate-widget-doc</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>iscmd</I> |
||||
<I>file</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#getoption"><B>getoption</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#getVariable"><B>getVariable</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>varName</I> |
||||
<I>?myVarName?</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#hasChanged"><B>hasChanged</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>pvalue</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#init"><B>init</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#setoption"><B>setoption</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>value</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#subcget"><B>subcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subwidget</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#syncoptions"><B>syncoptions</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>subclass</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
<DD>Widget::<A HREF="#tkinclude"><B>tkinclude</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>tkwidget</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<BR><HR WIDTH="100%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="descr"></A>DESCRIPTION</B><BR> |
||||
<P> |
||||
|
||||
The <B>Widget</B> namespace handle data associated to all BWidget and provide commands |
||||
to easily define BWidget. |
||||
<BR>For commands can be used to define a BWidget: |
||||
<B>tkinclude</B>, <B>bwinclude</B>, <B>declare</B>, <B>addmap</B> and <B>syncoptions</B>. |
||||
Here is the definition of <A HREF="ComboBox.html">ComboBox</A> widget: |
||||
<BR><BR> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE BORDER=2 CELSPACING=2 WIDTH=80%> |
||||
<TR><TD><PRE> |
||||
namespace eval ComboBox { |
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># We're using ArrowButton, Entry and LabelFrame</I></FONT> |
||||
ArrowButton::use |
||||
Entry::use |
||||
LabelFrame::use |
||||
|
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># Include resources of LabelFrame</I></FONT> |
||||
Widget::bwinclude ComboBox LabelFrame .labf \ |
||||
rename {-text -label} \ |
||||
remove {-focus} \ |
||||
prefix {label -justify -width -anchor -height -font} \ |
||||
initialize {-relief sunken -borderwidth 2} |
||||
|
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># Include resources of Entry</I></FONT> |
||||
Widget::bwinclude ComboBox Entry .e \ |
||||
remove {-relief -bd -borderwidth -bg -fg} \ |
||||
rename {-foreground -entryfg -background -entrybg} |
||||
|
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># Declare new resources</I></FONT> |
||||
Widget::declare ComboBox { |
||||
{-height TkResource 0 0 listbox} |
||||
{-values String "" 0} |
||||
{-modifycmd String "" 0} |
||||
{-postcommand String "" 0} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># Map resources to subwidget</I></FONT> |
||||
Widget::addmap ComboBox "" :cmd {-background {}} |
||||
Widget::addmap ComboBox ArrowButton .a \ |
||||
{-foreground {} -background {} -disabledforeground {} -state {}} |
||||
|
||||
<FONT COLOR=red><I># Synchronize subwidget options</I></FONT> |
||||
Widget::syncoptions ComboBox Entry .e {-text {}} |
||||
Widget::syncoptions ComboBox LabelFrame .labf {-label -text -underline {}} |
||||
|
||||
proc use {} {} |
||||
}</PRE> |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE></CENTER> |
||||
|
||||
</P> |
||||
<HR WIDTH="50%"><BR> |
||||
<B><A NAME="wc">COMMAND</A></B><BR> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="addmap">Widget::<B>addmap</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>subclass</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command map some resources to subwidget. |
||||
Mapped resources automatically configure subwidget when widget is configured. |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>class</I> is the class of the new BWidget |
||||
<LI><I>subclass</I> is the class the subwidget (BWidget class, e.g Entry, or empty for Tk widget) |
||||
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the path of the subwidget |
||||
<LI><I>options</I> is the list <I>{option realres ...}</I> of options to map to subwidget |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="bwinclude">Widget::<B>bwinclude</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>subclass</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command includes into a new BWidget the resources of another BWidget. |
||||
Arguments are: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>class</I> class of the new widget |
||||
<LI><I>subclass</I> class name of the BWidget to be included |
||||
<LI><I>subpath</I> path of the widget to configure when BWidget is configured |
||||
<LI><I>options</I> is: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I><B>include</B> {option option ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>list of options to include (all if not defined) |
||||
<LI><I><B>remove</B> {option option ...}</I> |
||||
<BR> list of options to remove |
||||
<LI><I><B>rename</B> {option name option name ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>list of options to rename |
||||
<LI><I><B>prefix</B> {prefix option option ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>pefix all <I>option</I> by <I>prefix</I> |
||||
<LI><I><B>initialize</B> {option value option value ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>default value of options |
||||
<LI><I><B>readonly</B> {option value option value ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>new readonly flag |
||||
</UL></UL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="cget">Widget::<B>cget</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the value of <I>option</I> of BWidget <I>path</I>. <B>cget</B> tests the option |
||||
existence and takes care of synchronization with subwidget. |
||||
Typically called by the BWidget <B>cget</B> command. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="configure">Widget::<B>configure</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="create">Widget::<B>create</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
?<I>rename</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
The standard method for creating a BWidget. The real widget path |
||||
is renamed to $path:cmd, and a new proc is created to replace the |
||||
path which points to the BWidget's commands. |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
If <i>rename</i> is false, the path will not be renamed, but the |
||||
proc will still be created. This is useful when inheriting another |
||||
BWidget who will already have renamed the widget. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
The command returns the widget path. This command is usually the |
||||
last command executed in the ::create command for the widget. |
||||
</p> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="declare">Widget::<B>declare</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>optlist</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command declare new resources for a BWidget. |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>class</I> is class of the new widget |
||||
<LI><I>options</I> is the list describing new options. Each new option is a list |
||||
<B>{option type value ro ?args?}</B> where: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>option</I> is the name of the option |
||||
<LI><I>type</I> is the type of the option |
||||
<LI><I>value</I> is the default value of the option |
||||
<LI><I>ro</I> is the readonly flag of the option |
||||
<LI><I>args</I> depends on type |
||||
</UL></UL> |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<I>type</I> can be: |
||||
<BR> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT><B>TkResource</B></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> denotes a resource of a Tk widget. <I>args</I> must be <I>class</I> or |
||||
<I>{class realoption}</I>. <I>class</I> is the creation command of the Tk widget, e.g. |
||||
<B>entry</B>. |
||||
The second form must be used if <I>option</I> has not the same name in Tk widget, |
||||
but <I>realoption</I>. |
||||
<BR>If <I>value</I> is empty, it is initialized to the default value of the Tk widget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>BwResource</B></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> denotes a resource of a BWidget. <I>args</I> must be <I>class</I> or |
||||
<I>{class realoption}</I>. <I>class</I> is the name of the namespace of the BWidget, e.g. |
||||
<B>LabelFrame</B>. |
||||
The second form must be used if <I>option</I> has not the same name in BWidget, |
||||
but <I>realoption</I>. |
||||
<BR>If <I>value</I> is empty, it is initialized to the default value of the BWidget. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>Int</B></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is an integer. |
||||
<I>args</I> can be <I>{?min? ?max?}</I> to force it to be in a range. The test is |
||||
<I>[expr $option > $min] && [expr $option < $max]</I> so |
||||
if args is <I>{0 10}</I>, value must be beetween 0 and 10 exclude, |
||||
if <I>args</I> is <I>{=0 =10}</I> , value must be beetween 0 and 10 include. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>Boolean</B></DT> |
||||
<DD><I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is a boolean. True values can be <B>1</B>, <B>true</B> or <B>yes</B>. |
||||
False values can be <B>0</B>, <B>false</B> or <B>no</B>. <B>Widget::cget</B> always return |
||||
0 or 1. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>Enum</B></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is a element of a enumeration. <I>args</I> must be the list |
||||
of enumeration, e.g. <I>{top left bottom right}</I>. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>Flag</B></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is a combination of a set of chars. <I>args</I> must be a |
||||
string defining the set. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>String</B></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<DD><I>value</I> of <I>option</I> is any uncontrolled string. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<DT><B>Synonym</B></DT> |
||||
<DD> |
||||
<DD><I>option</I> is a synonym of option <I>args</I>. <I>value</I> has no effect here. |
||||
</DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="define">Widget::<B>define</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>filename</I> |
||||
?<I>class ...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
This command is used to define a new BWidget class. It is |
||||
usually the first command executed in a new widget definition. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<ul> |
||||
<li><i>class</i> is the name of the new widget class.</li> |
||||
<li><i>filename</i> is the name of the file (without extension) in the |
||||
BWidget distribution that defines this class.</li> |
||||
</ul> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Each class defined after the filename is a class that this widget |
||||
depends on. The ::use command will be called for each of these |
||||
classes after the new widget has been defined. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
This command does several things to setup the new class. First, it |
||||
creates an alias in the global namespace for the name of the class |
||||
that points to the class's ::create subcommand. Second, it defines |
||||
a ::use subcommand for the class which other classes can use to load |
||||
this class on the fly. Lastly, it creates a default binding to the |
||||
<Destroy> event for the class that calls Widget::destroy on |
||||
the path. This is the default setup for almost all widgets in the |
||||
BWidget package. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
|
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="destroy">Widget::<B>destroy</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="focusNext">Widget::<B>focusNext</B></A> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="focusOK">Widget::<B>focusOK</B></A> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="focusPrev">Widget::<B>focusPrev</B></A> |
||||
<I>w</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="generate-doc">Widget::<B>generate-doc</B></A> |
||||
<I>dir</I> |
||||
<I>widgetlist</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="generate-widget-doc">Widget::<B>generate-widget-doc</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>iscmd</I> |
||||
<I>file</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getoption">Widget::<B>getoption</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the value of <I>option</I> of BWidget <I>path</I>. This command does not test |
||||
option existence, does not handle synonym and does not take care of synchronization with |
||||
subwidget. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="getVariable">Widget::<B>getVariable</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>varName</I> |
||||
<I>?myVarName?</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
Make the variable <i>varName</i> relational to <i>path</i> accessible in |
||||
the current procedure. The variable will be created in the widget namespace |
||||
for <i>path</i> and can be used for storing widget-specific information. |
||||
When <i>path</i> is destroyed, any variable accessed in this manner will be |
||||
destroyed with it. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
<p> |
||||
If <i>myVarName</i> is specified, the variable will be accessible in the |
||||
current procedure as that name. |
||||
</p> |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="hasChanged">Widget::<B>hasChanged</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>pvalue</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="init">Widget::<B>init</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
Description text |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="setoption">Widget::<B>setoption</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>option</I> |
||||
<I>value</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Set the value of <I>option</I> of BWidget <I>path</I> without option test, subwidget mapping, |
||||
synonym handling and does not set the modification flag. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="subcget">Widget::<B>subcget</B></A> |
||||
<I>path</I> |
||||
<I>subwidget</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
Returns the list of all option/value of BWidget <I>path</I> that are mapped to <I>subwidget</I>. |
||||
|
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="syncoptions">Widget::<B>syncoptions</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>subclass</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
<I>options</I> |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command synchronize options value of a subwidget. |
||||
Used when an option of a subwidget is modified out of the BWidget <B>configure</B> command. |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>class</I> is the class of the new BWidget |
||||
<LI><I>subclass</I> is the class the subwidget (BWidget class, e.g Entry, or empty for Tk widget) |
||||
<LI><I>subpath</I> is the path of the subwidget |
||||
<LI><I>options</I> is the list <I>{option realres ...}</I> of options to synchronize |
||||
with subwidget |
||||
</UL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
<DL><DT><A NAME="tkinclude">Widget::<B>tkinclude</B></A> |
||||
<I>class</I> |
||||
<I>tkwidget</I> |
||||
<I>subpath</I> |
||||
?<I>arg...</I>? |
||||
</DT><DD> |
||||
|
||||
This command includes into a new BWidget the resources of a Tk widget. |
||||
Arguments are: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I>class</I> class of the new widget |
||||
<LI><I>tkwidger</I> command name of the Tk widget to be included |
||||
<LI><I>subpath</I> path of the widget to configure when BWidget is configured |
||||
<LI><I>options</I> is: |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><I><B>include</B> {option option ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>list of options to include (all if not defined) |
||||
<LI><I><B>remove</B> {option option ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>list of options to remove |
||||
<LI><I><B>rename</B> {option name option name ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>list of options to rename |
||||
<LI><I><B>prefix</B> {prefix option option ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>pefix all <I>option</I> by <I>prefix</I> |
||||
<LI><I><B>initialize</B> {option value option value ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>default value of options |
||||
<LI><I><B>readonly</B> {option value option value ...}</I> |
||||
<BR>new readonly flag |
||||
</UL></UL> |
||||
</DD></DL> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,95 @@
|
||||
<HTML><BODY BGCOLOR=white target=Manual> |
||||
<BR><BR><DT><B>Simple Widgets</B> |
||||
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="Label.html">Label</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Label widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="Entry.html">Entry</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Entry widget with <B>state</B> option, dynamic help and drag and drop facilities</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="Button.html">Button</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Button widget with enhanced options</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ArrowButton.html">ArrowButton</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Button widget with an arrow shape.</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ProgressBar.html">ProgressBar</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Progress indicator widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ScrollView.html">ScrollView</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Display the visible area of a scrolled window</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="Separator.html">Separator</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>3D separator widget</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<BR><BR><DT><B>Manager Widgets</B> |
||||
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="MainFrame.html">MainFrame</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Manage toplevel with menu, toolbar and statusbar </TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="LabelFrame.html">LabelFrame</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Frame with a Label</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="TitleFrame.html">TitleFrame</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Frame with a title (consider Tk 8.4+ labelframe instead)</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="PanelFrame.html">PanelFrame</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Frame with a boxed title area</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ScrolledWindow.html">ScrolledWindow</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Generic scrolled widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ScrollableFrame.html">ScrollableFrame</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Scrollable frame containing widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="PanedWindow.html">PanedWindow</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Tiled layout manager widget (consider Tk 8.4+ panedwindow instead)</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ButtonBox.html">ButtonBox</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Set of buttons with horizontal or vertical layout</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="PagesManager.html">PagesManager</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Pages manager widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="NoteBook.html">NoteBook</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Notebook manager widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="Dialog.html">Dialog</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Dialog abstraction with custom buttons</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="StatusBar.html">StatusBar</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Status bar widget with resize control</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<BR><BR><DT><B>Composite Widgets</B> |
||||
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="LabelEntry.html">LabelEntry</A></TD> |
||||
<TD> |
||||
LabelFrame containing an Entry widget. |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ComboBox.html">ComboBox</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>ComboBox widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="SpinBox.html">SpinBox</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>SpinBox widget (consider Tk 8.4+ spinbox instead)</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="Tree.html">Tree</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Tree widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ListBox.html">ListBox</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>ListBox widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="MessageDlg.html">MessageDlg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Message dialog box</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="ProgressDlg.html">ProgressDlg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Progress indicator dialog box</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="PasswdDlg.html">PasswdDlg</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Login/Password dialog box</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="SelectFont.html">SelectFont</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Font selection widget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="SelectColor.html">SelectColor</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Color selection widget</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<BR><BR><DT><B>Commands Classes</B> |
||||
<DD><TABLE BORDER=0 CELLSPACING=0> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="Widget.html">Widget</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>The Widget base class</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="DynamicHelp.html">DynamicHelp</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Provide help to Tk widget or BWidget</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="DragSite.html">DragSite</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Commands set for Drag facilities</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="DropSite.html">DropSite</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Commands set for Drop facilities</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><A HREF="BWidget.html">BWidget</A></TD> |
||||
<TD>Description text</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</DD> |
||||
|
||||
<BR><HR><BR><B>Load BWidget</B><BR><BR> |
||||
|
||||
Possible load sequence: |
||||
<pre> |
||||
# If package msgcat is available, its locale is used for BWidget |
||||
package require msgcat |
||||
# load BWidget |
||||
package require BWidget |
||||
</pre> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
|
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD><TITLE>BWidget Manual Pages</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<FRAMESET COLS="180,*" BORDER=0> |
||||
<FRAME SRC=navtree.html NAME="Menu" SCROLLING=AUTO> |
||||
<FRAME SRC=contents.html NAME="Manual" SCROLLING=AUTO> |
||||
</FRAMESET> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
<HTML><BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG><A HREF="contents.html" TARGET=Manual>Brief description</A></STRONG></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Simple Widgets</STRONG></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Label.html" TARGET=Manual>Label</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Entry.html" TARGET=Manual>Entry</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Button.html" TARGET=Manual>Button</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ArrowButton.html" TARGET=Manual>ArrowButton</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ProgressBar.html" TARGET=Manual>ProgressBar</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ScrollView.html" TARGET=Manual>ScrollView</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Separator.html" TARGET=Manual>Separator</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Manager Widgets</STRONG></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="MainFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>MainFrame</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="LabelFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>LabelFrame</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="TitleFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>TitleFrame</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="PanelFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>PanelFrame</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ScrolledWindow.html" TARGET=Manual>ScrolledWindow</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ScrollableFrame.html" TARGET=Manual>ScrollableFrame</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="PanedWindow.html" TARGET=Manual>PanedWindow</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ButtonBox.html" TARGET=Manual>ButtonBox</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="PagesManager.html" TARGET=Manual>PagesManager</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="NoteBook.html" TARGET=Manual>NoteBook</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Dialog.html" TARGET=Manual>Dialog</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="StatusBar.html" TARGET=Manual>StatusBar</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Composite Widgets</STRONG></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="LabelEntry.html" TARGET=Manual>LabelEntry</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ComboBox.html" TARGET=Manual>ComboBox</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="SpinBox.html" TARGET=Manual>SpinBox</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Tree.html" TARGET=Manual>Tree</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ListBox.html" TARGET=Manual>ListBox</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="MessageDlg.html" TARGET=Manual>MessageDlg</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="ProgressDlg.html" TARGET=Manual>ProgressDlg</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="PasswdDlg.html" TARGET=Manual>PasswdDlg</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="SelectFont.html" TARGET=Manual>SelectFont</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="SelectColor.html" TARGET=Manual>SelectColor</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><STRONG>Commands Classes</STRONG></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="Widget.html" TARGET=Manual>Widget</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="DynamicHelp.html" TARGET=Manual>DynamicHelp</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="DragSite.html" TARGET=Manual>DragSite</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="DropSite.html" TARGET=Manual>DropSite</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
<FONT SIZE=1><A HREF="BWidget.html" TARGET=Manual>BWidget</A></FONT><BR> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,458 @@
|
||||
<HTML><HEAD><TITLE>Tk Built-In Commands - options manual page</TITLE></HEAD> |
||||
<BODY BGCOLOR=white> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M2" NAME="L2">NAME</A> |
||||
<DL><DD>options - Standard options supported by widgets</DL> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M3" NAME="L3">DESCRIPTION</A> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-activebackground" NAME="L4">-activebackground, activeBackground, Foreground</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-activeborderwidth" NAME="L5">-activeborderwidth, activeBorderWidth, BorderWidth</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-activeforeground" NAME="L6">-activeforeground, activeForeground, Background</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-anchor" NAME="L7">-anchor, anchor, Anchor</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-background" NAME="L8">-background or -bg, background, Background</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-bitmap" NAME="L9">-bitmap, bitmap, Bitmap</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-borderwidth" NAME="L10">-borderwidth or -bd, borderWidth, BorderWidth</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-cursor" NAME="L11">-cursor, cursor, Cursor</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledbackground" NAME="L12">-disabledbackground, disabledBackground, DisabledBackground</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-disabledforeground" NAME="L12">-disabledforeground, disabledForeground, DisabledForeground</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-exportselection" NAME="L13">-exportselection, exportSelection, ExportSelection</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-font" NAME="L14">-font, font, Font</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-foreground" NAME="L15">-foreground or -fg, foreground, Foreground</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightbackground" NAME="L16">-highlightbackground, highlightBackground, HighlightBackground</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightcolor" NAME="L17">-highlightcolor, highlightColor, HighlightColor</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-highlightthickness" NAME="L18">-highlightthickness, highlightThickness, HighlightThickness</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-image" NAME="L19">-image, image, Image</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertbackground" NAME="L20">-insertbackground, insertBackground, Foreground</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertborderwidth" NAME="L21">-insertborderwidth, insertBorderWidth, BorderWidth</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertofftime" NAME="L22">-insertofftime, insertOffTime, OffTime</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertontime" NAME="L23">-insertontime, insertOnTime, OnTime</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-insertwidth" NAME="L24">-insertwidth, insertWidth, InsertWidth</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-jump" NAME="L25">-jump, jump, Jump</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-justify" NAME="L26">-justify, justify, Justify</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-orient" NAME="L27">-orient, orient, Orient</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-padx" NAME="L28">-padx, padX, Pad</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-pady" NAME="L29">-pady, padY, Pad</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-relief" NAME="L30">-relief, relief, Relief</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatdelay" NAME="L31">-repeatdelay, repeatDelay, RepeatDelay</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-repeatinterval" NAME="L32">-repeatinterval, repeatInterval, RepeatInterval</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-selectbackground" NAME="L33">-selectbackground, selectBackground, Foreground</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-selectborderwidth" NAME="L34">-selectborderwidth, selectBorderWidth, BorderWidth</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-selectforeground" NAME="L35">-selectforeground, selectForeground, Background</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-setgrid" NAME="L36">-setgrid, setGrid, SetGrid</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-takefocus" NAME="L37">-takefocus, takeFocus, TakeFocus</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-text" NAME="L38">-text, text, Text</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-textvariable" NAME="L39">-textvariable, textVariable, Variable</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-troughcolor" NAME="L40">-troughcolor, troughColor, Background</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-underline" NAME="L41">-underline, underline, Underline</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-wraplength" NAME="L42">-wraplength, wrapLength, WrapLength</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-xscrollcommand" NAME="L43">-xscrollcommand, xScrollCommand, ScrollCommand</A> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M-yscrollcommand" NAME="L44">-yscrollcommand, yScrollCommand, ScrollCommand</A> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
<DD><A HREF="options.htm#M4" NAME="L45">KEYWORDS</A> |
||||
</DL><HR> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="M2">NAME</A></H3> |
||||
options - Standard options supported by widgets |
||||
<H3><A NAME="M3">DESCRIPTION</A></H3> |
||||
This manual entry describes the common configuration options supported |
||||
by widgets in the Tk toolkit. Every widget does not necessarily support |
||||
every option (see the manual entries for individual widgets for a list |
||||
of the standard options supported by that widget), but if a widget does |
||||
support an option with one of the names listed below, then the option |
||||
has exactly the effect described below. |
||||
<P> |
||||
In the descriptions below, ``Command-Line Name'' refers to the |
||||
switch used in class commands and <B>configure</B> widget commands to |
||||
set this value. For example, if an option's command-line switch is |
||||
<B>-foreground</B> and there exists a widget <B>.a.b.c</B>, then the |
||||
command |
||||
<PRE><B>.a.b.c configure -foreground black</B></PRE> |
||||
may be used to specify the value <B>black</B> for the option in the |
||||
the widget <B>.a.b.c</B>. Command-line switches may be abbreviated, |
||||
as long as the abbreviation is unambiguous. |
||||
``Database Name'' refers to the option's name in the option database (e.g. |
||||
in .Xdefaults files). ``Database Class'' refers to the option's class value |
||||
in the option database. |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-activebackground">-activebackground</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>activeBackground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies background color to use when drawing active elements. |
||||
An element (a widget or portion of a widget) is active if the |
||||
mouse cursor is positioned over the element and pressing a mouse button |
||||
will cause some action to occur. |
||||
If strict Motif compliance has been requested by setting the |
||||
<B>tk_strictMotif</B> variable, this option will normally be |
||||
ignored; the normal background color will be used instead. |
||||
For some elements on Windows and Macintosh systems, the active color |
||||
will only be used while mouse button 1 is pressed over the element. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-activeborderwidth">-activeborderwidth</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>activeBorderWidth</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating |
||||
the width of the 3-D border drawn around active elements. See above for |
||||
definition of active elements. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
This option is typically only available in widgets displaying more |
||||
than one element at a time (e.g. menus but not buttons). |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-activeforeground">-activeforeground</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>activeForeground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies foreground color to use when drawing active elements. |
||||
See above for definition of active elements. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-anchor">-anchor</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>anchor</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Anchor</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies how the information in a widget (e.g. text or a bitmap) |
||||
is to be displayed in the widget. |
||||
Must be one of the values <B>n</B>, <B>ne</B>, <B>e</B>, <B>se</B>, |
||||
<B>s</B>, <B>sw</B>, <B>w</B>, <B>nw</B>, or <B>center</B>. |
||||
For example, <B>nw</B> means display the information such that its |
||||
top-left corner is at the top-left corner of the widget. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-background">-background or -bg</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>background</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the normal background color to use when displaying the |
||||
widget. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-bitmap">-bitmap</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>bitmap</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Bitmap</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a bitmap to display in the widget, in any of the forms |
||||
acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetBitmap.htm">Tk_GetBitmap</A></B>. |
||||
The exact way in which the bitmap is displayed may be affected by |
||||
other options such as <B>anchor</B> or <B>justify</B>. |
||||
Typically, if this option is specified then it overrides other |
||||
options that specify a textual value to display in the widget; |
||||
the <B>bitmap</B> option may be reset to an empty string to re-enable |
||||
a text display. |
||||
In widgets that support both <B>bitmap</B> and <B>image</B> options, |
||||
<B>image</B> will usually override <B>bitmap</B>. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-borderwidth">-borderwidth or -bd</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>borderWidth</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width |
||||
of the 3-D border to draw around the outside of the widget (if such a |
||||
border is being drawn; the <B>relief</B> option typically determines |
||||
this). The value may also be used when drawing 3-D effects in the |
||||
interior of the widget. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-cursor">-cursor</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>cursor</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Cursor</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the mouse cursor to be used for the widget. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetCursor.htm">Tk_GetCursor</A></B>. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-disabledforeground">-disabledforeground</A></B> |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-disabledbackground">-disabledbackground</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>disabledBackground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>DisabledBackground</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies background color to use when drawing a disabled element. |
||||
If the option is specified as an empty string (which is typically the |
||||
case on monochrome displays), disabled elements are drawn with the |
||||
normal background color but they are dimmed by drawing them |
||||
with a stippled fill pattern. |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>disabledForeground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>DisabledForeground</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies foreground color to use when drawing a disabled element. |
||||
If the option is specified as an empty string (which is typically the |
||||
case on monochrome displays), disabled elements are drawn with the |
||||
normal foreground color but they are dimmed by drawing them |
||||
with a stippled fill pattern. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-exportselection">-exportselection</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>exportSelection</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>ExportSelection</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies whether or not a selection in the widget should also be |
||||
the X selection. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms accepted by <B><A HREF="../TclLib/GetInt.htm">Tcl_GetBoolean</A></B>, |
||||
such as <B>true</B>, <B>false</B>, <B>0</B>, <B>1</B>, <B>yes</B>, or <B>no</B>. |
||||
If the selection is exported, then selecting in the widget deselects |
||||
the current X selection, selecting outside the widget deselects any |
||||
widget selection, and the widget will respond to selection retrieval |
||||
requests when it has a selection. The default is usually for widgets |
||||
to export selections. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-font">-font</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/font.htm">font</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/font.htm">Font</A></B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the font to use when drawing text inside the widget. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-foreground">-foreground or -fg</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>foreground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the normal foreground color to use when displaying the widget. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-highlightbackground">-highlightbackground</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>highlightBackground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>HighlightBackground</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the color to display in the traversal highlight region when |
||||
the widget does not have the input focus. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-highlightcolor">-highlightcolor</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>highlightColor</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>HighlightColor</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the color to use for the traversal highlight rectangle that is |
||||
drawn around the widget when it has the input focus. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-highlightthickness">-highlightthickness</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>highlightThickness</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>HighlightThickness</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width of the highlight |
||||
rectangle to draw around the outside of the widget when it has the |
||||
input focus. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
If the value is zero, no focus highlight is drawn around the widget. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-image">-image</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>image</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Image</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies an image to display in the widget, which must have been |
||||
created with the <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/image.htm">image create</A></B> command. |
||||
Typically, if the <B>image</B> option is specified then it overrides other |
||||
options that specify a bitmap or textual value to display in the widget; |
||||
the <B>image</B> option may be reset to an empty string to re-enable |
||||
a bitmap or text display. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertbackground">-insertbackground</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertBackground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the color to use as background in the area covered by the |
||||
insertion cursor. This color will normally override either the normal |
||||
background for the widget (or the selection background if the insertion |
||||
cursor happens to fall in the selection). |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertborderwidth">-insertborderwidth</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertBorderWidth</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width |
||||
of the 3-D border to draw around the insertion cursor. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertofftime">-insertofftime</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertOffTime</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>OffTime</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating the number of |
||||
milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain ``off'' in each blink cycle. |
||||
If this option is zero then the cursor doesn't blink: it is on |
||||
all the time. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertontime">-insertontime</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertOnTime</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>OnTime</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative integer value indicating the number of |
||||
milliseconds the insertion cursor should remain ``on'' in each blink cycle. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-insertwidth">-insertwidth</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>insertWidth</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>InsertWidth</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a value indicating the total width of the insertion cursor. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
If a border has been specified for the insertion |
||||
cursor (using the <B>insertBorderWidth</B> option), the border |
||||
will be drawn inside the width specified by the <B>insertWidth</B> |
||||
option. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-jump">-jump</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>jump</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Jump</B> |
||||
<DD>For widgets with a slider that can be dragged to adjust a value, |
||||
such as scrollbars, this option determines when |
||||
notifications are made about changes in the value. |
||||
The option's value must be a boolean of the form accepted by |
||||
<B><A HREF="../TclLib/GetInt.htm">Tcl_GetBoolean</A></B>. |
||||
If the value is false, updates are made continuously as the |
||||
slider is dragged. |
||||
If the value is true, updates are delayed until the mouse button |
||||
is released to end the drag; at that point a single notification |
||||
is made (the value ``jumps'' rather than changing smoothly). |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-justify">-justify</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>justify</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Justify</B> |
||||
<DD>When there are multiple lines of text displayed in a widget, this |
||||
option determines how the lines line up with each other. |
||||
Must be one of <B>left</B>, <B>center</B>, or <B>right</B>. |
||||
<B>Left</B> means that the lines' left edges all line up, <B>center</B> |
||||
means that the lines' centers are aligned, and <B>right</B> means |
||||
that the lines' right edges line up. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-orient">-orient</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>orient</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Orient</B> |
||||
<DD>For widgets that can lay themselves out with either a horizontal |
||||
or vertical orientation, such as scrollbars, this option specifies |
||||
which orientation should be used. Must be either <B>horizontal</B> |
||||
or <B>vertical</B> or an abbreviation of one of these. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-padx">-padx</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>padX</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Pad</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space |
||||
to request for the widget in the X-direction. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
When computing how large a window it needs, the widget will |
||||
add this amount to the width it would normally need (as determined |
||||
by the width of the things displayed in the widget); if the geometry |
||||
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra |
||||
internal space to the left and/or right of what it displays inside. |
||||
Most widgets only use this option for padding text: if they are |
||||
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding |
||||
options. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-pady">-pady</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>padY</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Pad</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating how much extra space |
||||
to request for the widget in the Y-direction. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
When computing how large a window it needs, the widget will add |
||||
this amount to the height it would normally need (as determined by |
||||
the height of the things displayed in the widget); if the geometry |
||||
manager can satisfy this request, the widget will end up with extra |
||||
internal space above and/or below what it displays inside. |
||||
Most widgets only use this option for padding text: if they are |
||||
displaying a bitmap or image, then they usually ignore padding |
||||
options. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-relief">-relief</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>relief</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Relief</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the 3-D effect desired for the widget. Acceptable |
||||
values are <B>raised</B>, <B>sunken</B>, <B>flat</B>, <B>ridge</B>, |
||||
<B>solid</B>, and <B>groove</B>. |
||||
The value |
||||
indicates how the interior of the widget should appear relative |
||||
to its exterior; for example, <B>raised</B> means the interior of |
||||
the widget should appear to protrude from the screen, relative to |
||||
the exterior of the widget. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-repeatdelay">-repeatdelay</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>repeatDelay</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>RepeatDelay</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the number of milliseconds a button or key must be held |
||||
down before it begins to auto-repeat. Used, for example, on the |
||||
up- and down-arrows in scrollbars. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-repeatinterval">-repeatinterval</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>repeatInterval</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>RepeatInterval</B> |
||||
<DD>Used in conjunction with <B>repeatDelay</B>: once auto-repeat |
||||
begins, this option determines the number of milliseconds between |
||||
auto-repeats. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-selectbackground">-selectbackground</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>selectBackground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Foreground</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the background color to use when displaying selected |
||||
items. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-selectborderwidth">-selectborderwidth</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>selectBorderWidth</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>BorderWidth</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a non-negative value indicating the width |
||||
of the 3-D border to draw around selected items. |
||||
The value may have any of the forms acceptable to <B><A HREF="../TkLib/GetPixels.htm">Tk_GetPixels</A></B>. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-selectforeground">-selectforeground</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>selectForeground</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the foreground color to use when displaying selected |
||||
items. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-setgrid">-setgrid</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>setGrid</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>SetGrid</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a boolean value that determines whether this widget controls the |
||||
resizing grid for its top-level window. |
||||
This option is typically used in text widgets, where the information |
||||
in the widget has a natural size (the size of a character) and it makes |
||||
sense for the window's dimensions to be integral numbers of these units. |
||||
These natural window sizes form a grid. |
||||
If the <B>setGrid</B> option is set to true then the widget will |
||||
communicate with the window manager so that when the user interactively |
||||
resizes the top-level window that contains the widget, the dimensions of |
||||
the window will be displayed to the user in grid units and the window |
||||
size will be constrained to integral numbers of grid units. |
||||
See the section GRIDDED GEOMETRY MANAGEMENT in the <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/wm.htm">wm</A></B> manual |
||||
entry for more details. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-takefocus">-takefocus</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>takeFocus</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>TakeFocus</B> |
||||
<DD>Determines whether the window accepts the focus during keyboard |
||||
traversal (e.g., Tab and Shift-Tab). |
||||
Before setting the focus to a window, the traversal scripts |
||||
consult the value of the <B>takeFocus</B> option. |
||||
A value of <B>0</B> means that the window should be skipped entirely |
||||
during keyboard traversal. |
||||
<B>1</B> means that the window should receive the input |
||||
focus as long as it is viewable (it and all of its ancestors are mapped). |
||||
An empty value for the option means that the traversal scripts make |
||||
the decision about whether or not to focus on the window: the current |
||||
algorithm is to skip the window if it is |
||||
disabled, if it has no key bindings, or if it is not viewable. |
||||
If the value has any other form, then the traversal scripts take |
||||
the value, append the name of the window to it (with a separator space), |
||||
and evaluate the resulting string as a Tcl script. |
||||
The script must return <B>0</B>, <B>1</B>, or an empty string: a |
||||
<B>0</B> or <B>1</B> value specifies whether the window will receive |
||||
the input focus, and an empty string results in the default decision |
||||
described above. |
||||
Note: this interpretation of the option is defined entirely by |
||||
the Tcl scripts that implement traversal: the widget implementations |
||||
ignore the option entirely, so you can change its meaning if you |
||||
redefine the keyboard traversal scripts. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-text">-text</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/text.htm">text</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B><A HREF="../TkCmd/text.htm">Text</A></B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies a string to be displayed inside the widget. The way in which |
||||
the string is displayed depends on the particular widget and may be |
||||
determined by other options, such as <B>anchor</B> or <B>justify</B>. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-textvariable">-textvariable</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>textVariable</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B><A HREF="../TclCmd/variable.htm">Variable</A></B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the name of a variable. The value of the variable is a text |
||||
string to be displayed inside the widget; if the variable value changes |
||||
then the widget will automatically update itself to reflect the new value. |
||||
The way in which the string is displayed in the widget depends on the |
||||
particular widget and may be determined by other options, such as |
||||
<B>anchor</B> or <B>justify</B>. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-troughcolor">-troughcolor</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>troughColor</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Background</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the color to use for the rectangular trough areas |
||||
in widgets such as scrollbars and scales. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-underline">-underline</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>underline</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>Underline</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the integer index of a character to underline in the widget. |
||||
This option is used by the default bindings to implement keyboard |
||||
traversal for menu buttons and menu entries. |
||||
0 corresponds to the first character of the text displayed in the |
||||
widget, 1 to the next character, and so on. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-wraplength">-wraplength</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>wrapLength</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>WrapLength</B> |
||||
<DD>For widgets that can perform word-wrapping, this option specifies |
||||
the maximum line length. |
||||
Lines that would exceed this length are wrapped onto the next line, |
||||
so that no line is longer than the specified length. |
||||
The value may be specified in any of the standard forms for |
||||
screen distances. |
||||
If this value is less than or equal to 0 then no wrapping is done: lines |
||||
will break only at newline characters in the text. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-xscrollcommand">-xscrollcommand</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>xScrollCommand</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>ScrollCommand</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the prefix for a command used to communicate with horizontal |
||||
scrollbars. |
||||
When the view in the widget's window changes (or |
||||
whenever anything else occurs that could change the display in a |
||||
scrollbar, such as a change in the total size of the widget's |
||||
contents), the widget will |
||||
generate a Tcl command by concatenating the scroll command and |
||||
two numbers. |
||||
Each of the numbers is a fraction between 0 and 1, which indicates |
||||
a position in the document. 0 indicates the beginning of the document, |
||||
1 indicates the end, .333 indicates a position one third the way through |
||||
the document, and so on. |
||||
The first fraction indicates the first information in the document |
||||
that is visible in the window, and the second fraction indicates |
||||
the information just after the last portion that is visible. |
||||
The command is |
||||
then passed to the Tcl interpreter for execution. Typically the |
||||
<B>xScrollCommand</B> option consists of the path name of a scrollbar |
||||
widget followed by ``set'', e.g. ``.x.scrollbar set'': this will cause |
||||
the scrollbar to be updated whenever the view in the window changes. |
||||
If this option is not specified, then no command will be executed. |
||||
<P><DT>Command-Line Name: <B><A NAME="M-yscrollcommand">-yscrollcommand</A></B> |
||||
<DT>Database Name: <B>yScrollCommand</B> |
||||
<DT>Database Class: <B>ScrollCommand</B> |
||||
<DD>Specifies the prefix for a command used to communicate with vertical |
||||
scrollbars. This option is treated in the same way as the |
||||
<B>xScrollCommand</B> option, except that it is used for vertical |
||||
scrollbars and is provided by widgets that support vertical scrolling. |
||||
See the description of <B>xScrollCommand</B> for details |
||||
on how this option is used. |
||||
|
||||
</DL> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="M4">KEYWORDS</A></H3> |
||||
<A href="../Keywords/C.htm#class">class</A>, <A href="../Keywords/N.htm#name">name</A>, <A href="../Keywords/S.htm#standard option">standard option</A>, <A href="../Keywords/S.htm#switch">switch</A> |
||||
<HR><PRE> |
||||
<A HREF="../copyright.htm">Copyright</A> © 1990-1994 The Regents of the University of California. |
||||
<A HREF="../copyright.htm">Copyright</A> © 1994-1996 Sun Microsystems, Inc. |
||||
<A HREF="../copyright.htm">Copyright</A> © 1995-1997 Roger E. Critchlow Jr.</PRE> |
||||
</BODY></HTML> |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
|
||||
____________________________________________________________ |
||||
BWidget 1.2.1 (07/09/1999) |
||||
|
||||
CHANGES FROM 1.2 TO 1.2.1 |
||||
|
||||
This version is the first patch of 1.2. It does not introduce |
||||
incompatibilites. |
||||
This patch include some new requested features, that I think |
||||
can't wait for 1.3: |
||||
- special menu handling (see MainFrame) |
||||
- tabs bindings in NoteBook |
||||
- label alignment of LabelFrame |
||||
- -repeatdelay and -repeatinterval options on SpinBox |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* Entry |
||||
- <Destroy> event added to tag BwDisabledEntry |
||||
- fixed bug when -textvariable use a variable containing space |
||||
|
||||
* MainFrame |
||||
- fixed bug when -textvariable use a variable containing space |
||||
- menubar entry creation modified to use the menuid as the |
||||
subpathname to permit special menu (help, system, apple) |
||||
|
||||
* LabelFrame |
||||
- LabelFrame::align command added |
||||
|
||||
* ScrollableFrame |
||||
- fixed typo bug |
||||
|
||||
* PagesManager |
||||
- fixed bug of window size |
||||
- 'pages' modified to optionally include first and last indices. |
||||
('page' is still available but deprecated) |
||||
|
||||
* NoteBook |
||||
- new command 'bindtabs' |
||||
- fixed bug in handling result of -leavecmd command |
||||
- 'pages' modified to optionally include first and last indices. |
||||
('page' is still available but deprecated) |
||||
|
||||
* ComboBox |
||||
- little border added around the popdown list, which appeared |
||||
to have no border under windows when popped above a widget |
||||
with the same background color. |
||||
|
||||
* SpinBox |
||||
- options -repeatdelay and -repeatinterval added. |
||||
|
||||
* Tree |
||||
- fixed strange behaviour when editing: 'selection range' |
||||
replaced by 'selection from'/'selection to' |
||||
- widget is redrawn if needed in 'edit' and 'see' |
||||
- fixed bug in see |
||||
- nodes modified to optionally include first and last indices. |
||||
- _subdelete modified to iterative method |
||||
|
||||
* ListBox |
||||
- fixed strange behaviour when editing: 'selection range' |
||||
replaced by 'selection from'/'selection to' |
||||
- ListBox is redrawn if needed in 'edit' and 'see' |
||||
- fixed bug in see |
||||
- 'items' modified to optionally include first and last indices. |
||||
('item' is still available but deprecated) |
||||
|
||||
* SelectColor |
||||
- fixed bug in call to GlobalVar::trace renamed GlobalVar::tracevar |
||||
|
||||
* DragSite and DropSite |
||||
- fixed bug introduced by new button event. |
||||
|
||||
* DynamicHelp |
||||
- restored version of 1.1, due to the bug under windows |
||||
|
||||
* BWidget::place |
||||
- fixed bug when x or y is 0. |
||||
|
||||
* es.rc resource file included |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
____________________________________________________________ |
||||
BWidget 1.2 (05/21/1999) |
||||
|
||||
CHANGES FROM 1.1 TO 1.2 |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
* 4 new widget: |
||||
- ScrollableFrame |
||||
- ScrollView |
||||
- PagesManager |
||||
- PasswdDlg (contributed by Stephane Lavirotte) |
||||
|
||||
* Widget: |
||||
- Flag option type added |
||||
- option resource database read while widget creation, |
||||
not while widget class creation. |
||||
- better handling of BWidget definition using another BWidget as a top pathname. |
||||
|
||||
* MainFrame |
||||
- more options included for ProgressBar |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY: option -variable renamed -progressvar) |
||||
- -menu option modified to have tags on entries and menu id on cascad menu |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY of option -menu) |
||||
- new command: getmenu |
||||
- new command: setmenustate |
||||
|
||||
* DropSite |
||||
- operations completly reworked |
||||
- option -droptypes modified (INCOMPATIBILITY) |
||||
- return code of -dropovercmd modified |
||||
bit 'ok' and bit 'recall' reverted |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY in -dropovercmd command) |
||||
- new command: setoperation |
||||
|
||||
* DragSite: |
||||
- Drag now initiates while <ButtonPress-x> followed by <Bx-Motion> of |
||||
4 pixels, so it is possible to have a <ButtonPress-x> event and |
||||
drag event on the same button. |
||||
- -dragevent option modified: must be the number of the button: 1, 2 or 3 |
||||
Option is now defaulted to 1, but Entry widget keep it to 3. |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY) |
||||
- return result of -draginitcmd modified (INCOMPATIBILITY) |
||||
|
||||
* ListBox: |
||||
- edit command improved. |
||||
new arguments: initial text, and command to verify the text before accept it. |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY in call to edit) |
||||
- Drag and Drop modified |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY in -dropovercmd command) |
||||
- new command: reorder |
||||
|
||||
* Tree: |
||||
- edit command improved. |
||||
new arguments: initial text, and command to verify the text before accept it. |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY in call to edit) |
||||
- Drag and Drop modified |
||||
(INCOMPATIBILITY in -dropovercmd command) |
||||
- new command: reorder |
||||
- new command: visible |
||||
- less full-redraw |
||||
|
||||
* NoteBook: |
||||
- relief reworked |
||||
- added option -leavecmd on pages |
||||
- option -image implemented |
||||
- new command: move |
||||
- delete command now accept an optionnal argument specifying |
||||
whether the frame of the page should be destroyed or not. |
||||
If not, this frame is reused by insert command for the same page. |
||||
|
||||
* Entry and LabelEntry: |
||||
- direct access to entry command |
||||
- bind command added on the entry subwidget |
||||
|
||||
* ComboBox: |
||||
- option -postcommand added |
||||
- bind command added on the entry subwidget |
||||
|
||||
* SpinBox: |
||||
- bind command added on the entry subwidget |
||||
- floating point fixed - work needed |
||||
|
||||
* ProgressBar: |
||||
- now can be incremental or not limited ('unknow-time' processing) |
||||
|
||||
* Bitmap: |
||||
- xpm image type added with use of xpm-to-image by Roger E. Critchlow Jr. |
||||
|
||||
* Lots of focus problem solved |
||||
|
||||
* ...and bugs corrected. |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INCOMPATIBILITIES |
||||
|
||||
Incompatibilities are very localized, so we hope that it will |
||||
not be painfull to upgrade to 1.2. |
||||
|
||||
* MainFrame related imcompatibilities |
||||
- Upgrade MainFrame -menu option and change -variable option |
||||
by -progressvar. |
||||
|
||||
* Drag and drop related imcompatibilities |
||||
- Upgrade -dragevent option, and command associated to -draginitcmd |
||||
and -dropovercmd. |
||||
- Upgrade -dragendcmd/-dragovercmd command of Tree and ListBox widget |
||||
|
||||
* Edition in Tree and ListBox |
||||
- Verify arguments passed in call to edit command of |
||||
Tree and ListBox |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
____________________________________________________________ |
||||
BWidget 1.1 (03/12/1999) |
||||
|
||||
CHANGES FROM 1.0 TO 1.1 |
||||
|
||||
WHAT'S NEW |
||||
|
||||
The most important change in BWidget 1.1 is the support |
||||
of tk path command, but the old syntax is always available. |
||||
configure command now returns a valid configuration information list. |
||||
|
||||
(I hope that) All submitted bugs have been corrected. |
||||
|
||||
Following widget have been reworked: |
||||
|
||||
* ListBox: |
||||
- ListBox items have now a -indent option. |
||||
- insert command modified to look more as a tk |
||||
listbox insert command (see INCOMPATIBILITIES) |
||||
- item command added to retreive one or more items |
||||
|
||||
* Tree: |
||||
- insert command modified to look more as a |
||||
listbox insert command (see INCOMPATIBILITIES) |
||||
|
||||
* LabelEntry: |
||||
- -value and -variable options renamed to -text and -textvariable |
||||
(see INCOMPATIBILITIES) |
||||
|
||||
* SpinBox and ComboBox: |
||||
- -value and -variable options renamed to -text and -textvariable |
||||
(see INCOMPATIBILITIES) |
||||
- New command getvalue and setvalue added to manipulate |
||||
current value by index. |
||||
|
||||
* NoteBook: |
||||
- Pages have now an identifier. |
||||
- insert command modififed (see INCOMPATIBILITIES) |
||||
- page command added to retreive one or more pages |
||||
- getframe command added |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
INCOMPATIBILITIES (sorry for this) |
||||
|
||||
* LabelEntry, SpinBox and ComboBox: |
||||
- -value and -variable options renamed to -text and -textvariable |
||||
|
||||
* Entry and LabelEntry: |
||||
- setfocus doesn't exist anymore. Directly use tk command focus. |
||||
|
||||
* NoteBook: |
||||
- Pages have now an identifier, which modifies insert command: |
||||
NoteBook::insert $nb index ?option value ...? |
||||
is now |
||||
$nb insert index page ?option value ...? |
||||
|
||||
* Tree: |
||||
- insert command modified: |
||||
Tree::insert $nb $parent $node $index ?option value ...? |
||||
becomes |
||||
$tree insert $index $parent $node ?option value ...? |
||||
|
||||
* ListBox: |
||||
- insert command modified: |
||||
ListBox::insert $list $item $index ?option value ...? |
||||
becomes |
||||
$list insert $index $item ?option value ...? |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
____________________________________________________________ |
||||
BWidget 1.0 (02/19/1999) |
||||
|
||||
First release. |
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
|
||||
BWidget ToolKit |
||||
Copyright (c) 1998-1999 UNIFIX. |
||||
Copyright (c) 2001-2002 ActiveState Corp. |
||||
|
||||
The following terms apply to all files associated with the software |
||||
unless explicitly disclaimed in individual files. |
||||
|
||||
The authors hereby grant permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, |
||||
and license this software and its documentation for any purpose, provided |
||||
that existing copyright notices are retained in all copies and that this |
||||
notice is included verbatim in any distributions. No written agreement, |
||||
license, or royalty fee is required for any of the authorized uses. |
||||
Modifications to this software may be copyrighted by their authors |
||||
and need not follow the licensing terms described here, provided that |
||||
the new terms are clearly indicated on the first page of each file where |
||||
they apply. |
||||
|
||||
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR DISTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE TO ANY PARTY |
||||
FOR DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES |
||||
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, ITS DOCUMENTATION, OR ANY |
||||
DERIVATIVES THEREOF, EVEN IF THE AUTHORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE |
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. |
||||
|
||||
THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, |
||||
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, |
||||
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. THIS SOFTWARE |
||||
IS PROVIDED ON AN "AS IS" BASIS, AND THE AUTHORS AND DISTRIBUTORS HAVE |
||||
NO OBLIGATION TO PROVIDE MAINTENANCE, SUPPORT, UPDATES, ENHANCEMENTS, OR |
||||
MODIFICATIONS. |
||||
|
||||
GOVERNMENT USE: If you are acquiring this software on behalf of the |
||||
U.S. government, the Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" |
||||
in the software and related documentation as defined in the Federal |
||||
Acquisition Regulations (FARs) in Clause 52.227.19 (c) (2). If you |
||||
are acquiring the software on behalf of the Department of Defense, the |
||||
software shall be classified as "Commercial Computer Software" and the |
||||
Government shall have only "Restricted Rights" as defined in Clause |
||||
252.227-7013 (c) (1) of DFARs. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the |
||||
authors grant the U.S. Government and others acting in its behalf |
||||
permission to use and distribute the software in accordance with the |
||||
terms specified in this license. |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
BWidget ToolKit 1.9.0 July 2009 |
||||
Copyright (c) 1998-1999 UNIFIX. |
||||
Copyright (c) 2001-2002 ActiveState Corp. |
||||
|
||||
See the file LICENSE.txt for license info (uses Tcl's BSD-style license). |
||||
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
WHAT IS BWIDGET ? |
||||
|
||||
The BWidget Toolkit is a high-level Widget Set for Tcl/Tk built using |
||||
native Tcl/Tk 8.x namespaces. |
||||
|
||||
The BWidgets have a professional look&feel as in other well known |
||||
Toolkits (Tix or Incr Widgets), but the concept is radically different |
||||
because everything is pure Tcl/Tk. No platform dependencies, and no |
||||
compiling required. The code is 100% Pure Tcl/Tk. |
||||
|
||||
The BWidget library was originally developed by UNIFIX Online, and |
||||
released under both the GNU Public License and the Tcl license. |
||||
BWidget is now maintained as a community project, hosted by |
||||
Sourceforge. Scores of fixes and enhancements have been added by |
||||
community developers. See the ChangeLog file for details. |
||||
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
WIDGET LIST (1.9) |
||||
|
||||
Simple Widgets |
||||
Label Extended Label widget |
||||
Entry Extended Entry widget |
||||
Button Extended Button widget |
||||
ArrowButton Button widget with an arrow shape. |
||||
ProgressBar Progress indicator widget |
||||
ScrollView Display the visible area of a scrolled window |
||||
Separator 3D separator widget |
||||
|
||||
Manager Widgets |
||||
MainFrame Manage toplevel with menu, toolbar and statusbar |
||||
LabelFrame Frame with a Label |
||||
TitleFrame Frame with a title |
||||
ScrolledWindow Generic scrolled widget |
||||
ScrollableFrame Scrollable frame containing widget |
||||
PanedWindow Tiled layout manager widget |
||||
ButtonBox Set of buttons with horizontal or vertical layout |
||||
PagesManager Pages manager widget |
||||
NoteBook Notebook manager widget |
||||
Dialog Dialog abstraction with custom buttons |
||||
|
||||
Composite Widgets |
||||
LabelEntry LabelFrame containing an Entry widget. |
||||
ComboBox ComboBox widget |
||||
SpinBox SpinBox widget |
||||
Tree Tree widget |
||||
ListBox ListBox widget |
||||
MessageDlg Message dialog box |
||||
ProgressDlg Progress indicator dialog box |
||||
PasswdDlg Login/Password dialog box (contributed by Stephane Lavirotte) |
||||
SelectFont Font selection widget |
||||
SelectColor Color selection widget |
||||
|
||||
Commands Classes |
||||
Widget The Widget base class |
||||
DynamicHelp Provide help to Tk widget or BWidget |
||||
DragSite Commands set for Drag facilities |
||||
DropSite Commands set for Drop facilities |
||||
BWidget Utilities |
||||
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
INSTALLATION AND USE |
||||
|
||||
- On Unix Platform: |
||||
Uncompress the file BWidget-<version>.tar.Z|gz |
||||
|
||||
To use the BWidget: |
||||
- If you have uncompressed the archive file under the Tcl Library Path |
||||
directory, you only need to do: |
||||
% package require BWidget |
||||
- If not, you have to specify the BWidget installation path in auto_path |
||||
global variable: |
||||
% lappend auto_path <install_path> |
||||
% package require BWidget |
||||
|
||||
To launch the demo, you need to cd into the demo subdirectory: |
||||
$ cd <install_path>/demo |
||||
$ wish demo.tcl |
||||
|
||||
- On Windows and others Platforms: |
||||
Uncompress the file BWidget-<version>.zip |
||||
|
||||
To use the BWidget: |
||||
- If you uncompressed the archive file under the Tcl Library Path |
||||
directory, you only need to do: |
||||
% package require BWidget |
||||
- If not, you have to specify the BWidget installation path in auto_path |
||||
global variable: |
||||
% lappend auto_path your_path |
||||
% package require BWidget |
||||
|
||||
To launch the demo : |
||||
Double click on demo.tcl in the demo subdirectory |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Distribution contains these directories: |
||||
|
||||
BWidget-<version> Root directory and BWidget Tcl sources |
||||
BWman HTML manual pages |
||||
images images used by BWidget |
||||
lang Resources for language customization |
||||
demo Demo sources |
||||
tests BWidgets test suite |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
DOCUMENTATION |
||||
|
||||
HTML manual pages are available in the BWman subdirectory. Point to |
||||
index.html for frame version with tree navigation, or to contents.html |
||||
for no frame version. |
||||
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
CONTACTS |
||||
|
||||
The BWidget toolkit is maintained on Sourceforge, at |
||||
http://www.sourceforge.net/projects/tcllib/ |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,551 @@
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# arrow.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# Public commands |
||||
# - ArrowButton::create |
||||
# - ArrowButton::configure |
||||
# - ArrowButton::cget |
||||
# - ArrowButton::invoke |
||||
# Private commands (redraw commands) |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_redraw |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_redraw_state |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_redraw_relief |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_redraw_whole |
||||
# Private commands (event bindings) |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_destroy |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_enter |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_leave |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_press |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_release |
||||
# - ArrowButton::_repeat |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval ArrowButton { |
||||
Widget::define ArrowButton arrow DynamicHelp |
||||
|
||||
Widget::tkinclude ArrowButton button .c \ |
||||
include [list \ |
||||
-borderwidth -bd \ |
||||
-relief -highlightbackground \ |
||||
-highlightcolor -highlightthickness -takefocus] |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare ArrowButton [list \ |
||||
[list -type Enum button 0 [list arrow button]] \ |
||||
[list -dir Enum top 0 [list top bottom left right]] \ |
||||
[list -width Int 15 0 "%d >= 0"] \ |
||||
[list -height Int 15 0 "%d >= 0"] \ |
||||
[list -ipadx Int 0 0 "%d >= 0"] \ |
||||
[list -ipady Int 0 0 "%d >= 0"] \ |
||||
[list -clean Int 2 0 "%d >= 0 && %d <= 2"] \ |
||||
[list -activeforeground TkResource "" 0 button] \ |
||||
[list -activebackground TkResource "" 0 button] \ |
||||
[list -disabledforeground TkResource "" 0 button] \ |
||||
[list -foreground TkResource "" 0 button] \ |
||||
[list -background TkResource "" 0 button] \ |
||||
[list -state TkResource "" 0 button] \ |
||||
[list -troughcolor TkResource "" 0 scrollbar] \ |
||||
[list -arrowbd Int 1 0 "%d >= 0 && %d <= 2"] \ |
||||
[list -arrowrelief Enum raised 0 [list raised sunken]] \ |
||||
[list -command String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -armcommand String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -disarmcommand String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -repeatdelay Int 0 0 "%d >= 0"] \ |
||||
[list -repeatinterval Int 0 0 "%d >= 0"] \ |
||||
[list -fg Synonym -foreground] \ |
||||
[list -bg Synonym -background] \ |
||||
] |
||||
DynamicHelp::include ArrowButton balloon |
||||
|
||||
bind BwArrowButtonC <Enter> {ArrowButton::_enter %W} |
||||
bind BwArrowButtonC <Leave> {ArrowButton::_leave %W} |
||||
bind BwArrowButtonC <ButtonPress-1> {ArrowButton::_press %W} |
||||
bind BwArrowButtonC <ButtonRelease-1> {ArrowButton::_release %W} |
||||
bind BwArrowButtonC <Key-space> {ArrowButton::invoke %W; break} |
||||
bind BwArrowButtonC <Return> {ArrowButton::invoke %W; break} |
||||
bind BwArrowButton <Configure> {ArrowButton::_redraw_whole %W %w %h} |
||||
bind BwArrowButton <Destroy> {ArrowButton::_destroy %W} |
||||
|
||||
variable _grab |
||||
variable _moved |
||||
|
||||
array set _grab {current "" pressed "" oldstate "normal" oldrelief ""} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::create |
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ArrowButton::create { path args } { |
||||
# Initialize configuration mappings and parse arguments |
||||
array set submaps [list ArrowButton [list ] .c [list ]] |
||||
array set submaps [Widget::parseArgs ArrowButton $args] |
||||
|
||||
# Create the class frame (so we can do the option db queries) |
||||
frame $path -class ArrowButton -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 |
||||
Widget::initFromODB ArrowButton $path $submaps(ArrowButton) |
||||
|
||||
# Create the canvas with the initial options |
||||
eval [list canvas $path.c] $submaps(.c) |
||||
|
||||
# Compute the width and height of the canvas from the width/height |
||||
# of the ArrowButton and the borderwidth/hightlightthickness. |
||||
set w [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -width] |
||||
set h [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -height] |
||||
set bd [Widget::cget $path -borderwidth] |
||||
set ht [Widget::cget $path -highlightthickness] |
||||
set pad [expr {2*($bd+$ht)}] |
||||
|
||||
$path.c configure -width [expr {$w-$pad}] -height [expr {$h-$pad}] |
||||
bindtags $path [list $path BwArrowButton [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
bindtags $path.c [list $path.c BwArrowButtonC [winfo toplevel $path.c] all] |
||||
pack $path.c -expand yes -fill both |
||||
|
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path.c 1 |
||||
|
||||
set ::ArrowButton::_moved($path) 0 |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create ArrowButton $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::configure |
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ArrowButton::configure { path args } { |
||||
set res [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
|
||||
set ch1 [expr {[Widget::hasChanged $path -width w] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -height h] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -borderwidth bd] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -highlightthickness ht]}] |
||||
set ch2 [expr {[Widget::hasChanged $path -type val] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -ipadx val] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -ipady val] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -arrowbd val] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -clean val] | |
||||
[Widget::hasChanged $path -dir val]}] |
||||
|
||||
if { $ch1 } { |
||||
set pad [expr {2*($bd+$ht)}] |
||||
$path.c configure \ |
||||
-width [expr {$w-$pad}] -height [expr {$h-$pad}] \ |
||||
-borderwidth $bd -highlightthickness $ht |
||||
set ch2 1 |
||||
} |
||||
if { $ch2 } { |
||||
_redraw_whole $path [winfo width $path] [winfo height $path] |
||||
} else { |
||||
_redraw_relief $path |
||||
_redraw_state $path |
||||
} |
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path.c |
||||
|
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::cget |
||||
# ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ArrowButton::cget { path option } { |
||||
return [Widget::cget $path $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::invoke |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::invoke { path } { |
||||
if { ![string equal [winfo class $path] "ArrowButton"] } { |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
} |
||||
if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
set oldstate [Widget::getoption $path -state] |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
set oldrelief [Widget::getoption $path -relief] |
||||
configure $path -state active -relief sunken |
||||
} else { |
||||
set oldrelief [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief] |
||||
configure $path -state active -arrowrelief sunken |
||||
} |
||||
update idletasks |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -armcommand]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
after 10 |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
configure $path -state $oldstate -relief $oldrelief |
||||
} else { |
||||
configure $path -state $oldstate -arrowrelief $oldrelief |
||||
} |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -disarmcommand]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -command]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_redraw |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_redraw { path width height } { |
||||
variable _moved |
||||
|
||||
set _moved($path) 0 |
||||
set type [Widget::getoption $path -type] |
||||
set dir [Widget::getoption $path -dir] |
||||
set bd [expr {[$path.c cget -borderwidth] + [$path.c cget -highlightthickness] + 1}] |
||||
set clean [Widget::getoption $path -clean] |
||||
if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } { |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag rect]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create rectangle $bd $bd [expr {$width-$bd-1}] [expr {$height-$bd-1}] -tags rect |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $bd $bd [expr {$width-$bd-1}] [expr {$height-$bd-1}] |
||||
} |
||||
$path.c lower rect |
||||
set arrbd [Widget::getoption $path -arrowbd] |
||||
set bd [expr {$bd+$arrbd-1}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c delete rect |
||||
} |
||||
# w and h are max width and max height of arrow |
||||
set w [expr {$width - 2*([Widget::getoption $path -ipadx]+$bd)}] |
||||
set h [expr {$height - 2*([Widget::getoption $path -ipady]+$bd)}] |
||||
|
||||
if { $w < 2 } {set w 2} |
||||
if { $h < 2 } {set h 2} |
||||
|
||||
if { $clean > 0 } { |
||||
# arrange for base to be odd |
||||
if { [string equal $dir "top"] || [string equal $dir "bottom"] } { |
||||
if { !($w % 2) } { |
||||
incr w -1 |
||||
} |
||||
if { $clean == 2 } { |
||||
# arrange for h = (w+1)/2 |
||||
set h2 [expr {($w+1)/2}] |
||||
if { $h2 > $h } { |
||||
set w [expr {2*$h-1}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set h $h2 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { !($h % 2) } { |
||||
incr h -1 |
||||
} |
||||
if { $clean == 2 } { |
||||
# arrange for w = (h+1)/2 |
||||
set w2 [expr {($h+1)/2}] |
||||
if { $w2 > $w } { |
||||
set h [expr {2*$w-1}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set w $w2 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set x0 [expr {($width-$w)/2}] |
||||
set y0 [expr {($height-$h)/2}] |
||||
set x1 [expr {$x0+$w-1}] |
||||
set y1 [expr {$y0+$h-1}] |
||||
|
||||
switch $dir { |
||||
top { |
||||
set xd [expr {($x0+$x1)/2}] |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create polygon $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0 -tags poly |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0 |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } { |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0 -tags bot |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x1 $y1 $xd $y0 |
||||
} |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x0 $y1 $xd $y0 -tags top |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $xd $y0 |
||||
} |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c delete top |
||||
$path.c delete bot |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
bottom { |
||||
set xd [expr {($x0+$x1)/2}] |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create polygon $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1 -tags poly |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1 |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } { |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1 -tags top |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x0 $y0 $xd $y1 |
||||
} |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x1 $y0 $xd $y1 -tags bot |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $xd $y1 |
||||
} |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c delete top |
||||
$path.c delete bot |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
left { |
||||
set yd [expr {($y0+$y1)/2}] |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create polygon $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd -tags poly |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } { |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd -tags bot |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x1 $y1 $x0 $yd |
||||
} |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x1 $y0 $x0 $yd -tags top |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x1 $y0 $x0 $yd |
||||
} |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c delete top |
||||
$path.c delete bot |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
right { |
||||
set yd [expr {($y0+$y1)/2}] |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag poly]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create polygon $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd -tags poly |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal $type "arrow"] } { |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag top]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd -tags top |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x0 $y0 $x1 $yd |
||||
} |
||||
if { [set id [$path.c find withtag bot]] == "" } { |
||||
$path.c create line $x0 $y1 $x1 $yd -tags bot |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c coords $id $x0 $y1 $x1 $yd |
||||
} |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure top -width $arrbd |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure bot -width $arrbd |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.c delete top |
||||
$path.c delete bot |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_redraw_state |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_redraw_state { path } { |
||||
set state [Widget::getoption $path -state] |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
switch $state { |
||||
normal {set bg -background; set fg -foreground} |
||||
active {set bg -activebackground; set fg -activeforeground} |
||||
disabled {set bg -background; set fg -disabledforeground} |
||||
} |
||||
set fg [Widget::getoption $path $fg] |
||||
$path.c configure -background [Widget::getoption $path $bg] |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure poly -fill $fg -outline $fg |
||||
} else { |
||||
switch $state { |
||||
normal {set stipple ""; set bg [Widget::getoption $path -background] } |
||||
active {set stipple ""; set bg [Widget::getoption $path -activebackground] } |
||||
disabled {set stipple gray50; set bg black } |
||||
} |
||||
set thrc [Widget::getoption $path -troughcolor] |
||||
$path.c configure -background [Widget::getoption $path -background] |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure rect -fill $thrc -outline $thrc |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure poly -fill $bg -outline $bg -stipple $stipple |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_redraw_relief |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_redraw_relief { path } { |
||||
variable _moved |
||||
|
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -relief] "sunken"] } { |
||||
if { !$_moved($path) } { |
||||
$path.c move poly 1 1 |
||||
set _moved($path) 1 |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { $_moved($path) } { |
||||
$path.c move poly -1 -1 |
||||
set _moved($path) 0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set col3d [BWidget::get3dcolor $path [Widget::getoption $path -background]] |
||||
switch [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief] { |
||||
raised {set top [lindex $col3d 1]; set bot [lindex $col3d 0]} |
||||
sunken {set top [lindex $col3d 0]; set bot [lindex $col3d 1]} |
||||
} |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure top -fill $top |
||||
$path.c itemconfigure bot -fill $bot |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_redraw_whole |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_redraw_whole { path width height } { |
||||
_redraw $path $width $height |
||||
_redraw_relief $path |
||||
_redraw_state $path |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_enter |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_enter { path } { |
||||
variable _grab |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
set _grab(current) $path |
||||
if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
set _grab(oldstate) [Widget::getoption $path -state] |
||||
configure $path -state active |
||||
if { $_grab(pressed) == $path } { |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -relief] |
||||
configure $path -relief sunken |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief] |
||||
configure $path -arrowrelief sunken |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_leave |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_leave { path } { |
||||
variable _grab |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
set _grab(current) "" |
||||
if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
configure $path -state $_grab(oldstate) |
||||
if { $_grab(pressed) == $path } { |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
configure $path -relief $_grab(oldrelief) |
||||
} else { |
||||
configure $path -arrowrelief $_grab(oldrelief) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_press |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_press { path } { |
||||
variable _grab |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
if { ![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
set _grab(pressed) $path |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -relief] |
||||
configure $path -relief sunken |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _grab(oldrelief) [Widget::getoption $path -arrowrelief] |
||||
configure $path -arrowrelief sunken |
||||
} |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -armcommand]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
if { [set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatdelay]] > 0 || |
||||
[set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatinterval]] > 0 } { |
||||
after $delay [list ArrowButton::_repeat $path] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_release |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_release { path } { |
||||
variable _grab |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
if { $_grab(pressed) == $path } { |
||||
set _grab(pressed) "" |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -type] "button"] } { |
||||
configure $path -relief $_grab(oldrelief) |
||||
} else { |
||||
configure $path -arrowrelief $_grab(oldrelief) |
||||
} |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -disarmcommand]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
if { $_grab(current) == $path && |
||||
![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] && |
||||
[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -command]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_repeat |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_repeat { path } { |
||||
variable _grab |
||||
if { $_grab(current) == $path && $_grab(pressed) == $path && |
||||
![string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "disabled"] && |
||||
[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -armcommand]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
if { $_grab(pressed) == $path && |
||||
([set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatinterval]] > 0 || |
||||
[set delay [Widget::getoption $path -repeatdelay]] > 0) } { |
||||
after $delay [list ArrowButton::_repeat $path] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ArrowButton::_destroy |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ArrowButton::_destroy { path } { |
||||
variable _moved |
||||
Widget::destroy $path |
||||
unset _moved($path) |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# bitmap.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: bitmap.tcl,v 1.4 2003/10/20 21:23:52 damonc Exp $ |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - Bitmap::get |
||||
# - Bitmap::_init |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
namespace eval Bitmap { |
||||
Widget::define Bitmap bitmap -classonly |
||||
|
||||
variable path |
||||
variable _bmp |
||||
variable _types { |
||||
photo .gif |
||||
photo .ppm |
||||
bitmap .xbm |
||||
photo .xpm |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc use {} {} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Bitmap::get |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Bitmap::get { name } { |
||||
variable path |
||||
variable _bmp |
||||
variable _types |
||||
|
||||
if {[info exists _bmp($name)]} { |
||||
return $_bmp($name) |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# --- Nom de fichier avec extension --------------------------------- |
||||
set ext [file extension $name] |
||||
if { $ext != "" } { |
||||
if { ![info exists _bmp($ext)] } { |
||||
error "$ext not supported" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [file exists $name] } { |
||||
if {[string equal $ext ".xpm"]} { |
||||
set _bmp($name) [xpm-to-image $name] |
||||
return $_bmp($name) |
||||
} |
||||
if {![catch {set _bmp($name) [image create $_bmp($ext) -file $name]}]} { |
||||
return $_bmp($name) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
foreach dir $path { |
||||
foreach {type ext} $_types { |
||||
if { [file exists [file join $dir $name$ext]] } { |
||||
if {[string equal $ext ".xpm"]} { |
||||
set _bmp($name) [xpm-to-image [file join $dir $name$ext]] |
||||
return $_bmp($name) |
||||
} else { |
||||
if {![catch {set _bmp($name) [image create $type -file [file join $dir $name$ext]]}]} { |
||||
return $_bmp($name) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return -code error "$name not found" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Bitmap::_init |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Bitmap::_init { } { |
||||
global env |
||||
variable path |
||||
variable _bmp |
||||
variable _types |
||||
|
||||
set path [list "." [file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY images]] |
||||
set supp [image types] |
||||
foreach {type ext} $_types { |
||||
if { [lsearch $supp $type] != -1} { |
||||
set _bmp($ext) $type |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Bitmap::_init |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,393 @@
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# button.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# Public commands |
||||
# - Button::create |
||||
# - Button::configure |
||||
# - Button::cget |
||||
# - Button::invoke |
||||
# Private commands (event bindings) |
||||
# - Button::_destroy |
||||
# - Button::_enter |
||||
# - Button::_leave |
||||
# - Button::_press |
||||
# - Button::_release |
||||
# - Button::_repeat |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval Button { |
||||
Widget::define Button button DynamicHelp |
||||
|
||||
set remove [list -command -relief -text -textvariable -underline -state] |
||||
if {[info tclversion] > 8.3} { |
||||
lappend remove -repeatdelay -repeatinterval |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::tkinclude Button button :cmd remove $remove |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare Button { |
||||
{-name String "" 0} |
||||
{-text String "" 0} |
||||
{-textvariable String "" 0} |
||||
{-underline Int -1 0 "%d >= -1"} |
||||
{-armcommand String "" 0} |
||||
{-disarmcommand String "" 0} |
||||
{-command String "" 0} |
||||
{-state TkResource "" 0 button} |
||||
{-repeatdelay Int 0 0 "%d >= 0"} |
||||
{-repeatinterval Int 0 0 "%d >= 0"} |
||||
{-relief Enum raised 0 {raised sunken flat ridge solid groove link}} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
DynamicHelp::include Button balloon |
||||
|
||||
Widget::syncoptions Button "" :cmd {-text {} -underline {}} |
||||
|
||||
variable _current "" |
||||
variable _pressed "" |
||||
|
||||
bind BwButton <Enter> {Button::_enter %W} |
||||
bind BwButton <Leave> {Button::_leave %W} |
||||
bind BwButton <ButtonPress-1> {Button::_press %W} |
||||
bind BwButton <ButtonRelease-1> {Button::_release %W} |
||||
bind BwButton <Key-space> {Button::invoke %W; break} |
||||
bind BwButton <Return> {Button::invoke %W; break} |
||||
bind BwButton <<Invoke>> {Button::invoke %W; break} |
||||
bind BwButton <Destroy> {Widget::destroy %W} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::create |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::create { path args } { |
||||
array set maps [list Button {} :cmd {}] |
||||
array set maps [Widget::parseArgs Button $args] |
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
eval [concat [list ttk::button $path] $maps(:cmd)] |
||||
} else { |
||||
eval [concat [list button $path] $maps(:cmd)] |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::initFromODB Button $path $maps(Button) |
||||
|
||||
# Do some extra configuration on the button |
||||
set var [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -textvariable] |
||||
set st [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -state] |
||||
if { ![string length $var] } { |
||||
set desc [BWidget::getname [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -name]] |
||||
if { [llength $desc] } { |
||||
set text [lindex $desc 0] |
||||
set under [lindex $desc 1] |
||||
Widget::configure $path [list -text $text] |
||||
Widget::configure $path [list -underline $under] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set text [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -text] |
||||
set under [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -underline] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set under -1 |
||||
set text "" |
||||
Widget::configure $path [list -underline $under] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
$path configure -text $text -underline $under \ |
||||
-textvariable $var -state $st |
||||
# Map relief flat on Toolbutton for ttk |
||||
set relief [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -relief] |
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
if { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
$path configure -style Toolbutton |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
set relief "flat" |
||||
} |
||||
$path configure -relief $relief |
||||
} |
||||
bindtags $path [list $path BwButton [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
|
||||
set accel1 [string tolower [string index $text $under]] |
||||
set accel2 [string toupper $accel1] |
||||
if { $accel1 != "" } { |
||||
bind [winfo toplevel $path] <Alt-$accel1> [list Button::invoke $path] |
||||
bind [winfo toplevel $path] <Alt-$accel2> [list Button::invoke $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path 1 |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create Button $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::configure |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::configure { path args } { |
||||
set oldunder [$path:cmd cget -underline] |
||||
if { $oldunder != -1 } { |
||||
set oldaccel1 [string tolower [string index [$path:cmd cget -text] $oldunder]] |
||||
set oldaccel2 [string toupper $oldaccel1] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set oldaccel1 "" |
||||
set oldaccel2 "" |
||||
} |
||||
set res [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
|
||||
# Extract all the modified bits we're interested in |
||||
foreach {cr cs cv cn ct cu} [Widget::hasChangedX $path \ |
||||
-relief -state -textvariable -name -text -underline] break |
||||
if { $cr || $cs } { |
||||
set relief [Widget::cget $path -relief] |
||||
set state [Widget::cget $path -state] |
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
if { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -style Toolbutton |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -style "" |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
if { [string equal $state "active"] } { |
||||
set relief "raised" |
||||
} else { |
||||
set relief "flat" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief $relief |
||||
} |
||||
$path:cmd configure -state $state |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $cv || $cn || $ct || $cu } { |
||||
set var [Widget::cget $path -textvariable] |
||||
set text [Widget::cget $path -text] |
||||
set under [Widget::cget $path -underline] |
||||
if { ![string length $var] } { |
||||
set desc [BWidget::getname [Widget::cget $path -name]] |
||||
if { [llength $desc] } { |
||||
set text [lindex $desc 0] |
||||
set under [lindex $desc 1] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set under -1 |
||||
set text "" |
||||
} |
||||
set top [winfo toplevel $path] |
||||
if { $oldaccel1 != "" } { |
||||
bind $top <Alt-$oldaccel1> {} |
||||
bind $top <Alt-$oldaccel2> {} |
||||
} |
||||
set accel1 [string tolower [string index $text $under]] |
||||
set accel2 [string toupper $accel1] |
||||
if { $accel1 != "" } { |
||||
bind $top <Alt-$accel1> [list Button::invoke $path] |
||||
bind $top <Alt-$accel2> [list Button::invoke $path] |
||||
} |
||||
$path:cmd configure -text $text -underline $under -textvariable $var |
||||
} |
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path |
||||
|
||||
set res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::cget |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::cget { path option } { |
||||
Widget::cget $path $option |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::identify |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::identify { path args } { |
||||
eval $path:cmd identify $args |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::instate |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::instate { path args } { |
||||
eval $path:cmd instate $args |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::state |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::state { path args } { |
||||
eval $path:cmd state $args |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::invoke |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::invoke { path } { |
||||
if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -state active |
||||
$path:cmd state pressed |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -state active -relief sunken |
||||
} |
||||
update idletasks |
||||
set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -armcommand] |
||||
if { $cmd != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
after 100 |
||||
$path:cmd configure -state [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -state] |
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
$path:cmd state !pressed |
||||
} else { |
||||
set relief [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -relief] |
||||
if { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
set relief flat |
||||
} |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief $relief |
||||
} |
||||
set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -disarmcommand] |
||||
if { $cmd != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -command] |
||||
if { $cmd != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::_enter |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::_enter { path } { |
||||
variable _current |
||||
variable _pressed |
||||
|
||||
set _current $path |
||||
if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -state active |
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme } { |
||||
# $path:cmd state active |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { $_pressed == $path } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief sunken |
||||
} elseif { [string equal [Widget::cget $path -relief] "link"] } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief raised |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::_leave |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::_leave { path } { |
||||
variable _current |
||||
variable _pressed |
||||
|
||||
set _current "" |
||||
if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -state [Widget::cget $path -state] |
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme } { |
||||
} else { |
||||
set relief [Widget::cget $path -relief] |
||||
if { $_pressed == $path } { |
||||
if { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
set relief raised |
||||
} |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief $relief |
||||
} elseif { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief flat |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::_press |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::_press { path } { |
||||
variable _pressed |
||||
|
||||
if { ![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
set _pressed $path |
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
ttk::clickToFocus $path |
||||
$path state pressed |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief sunken |
||||
} |
||||
set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -armcommand] |
||||
if { $cmd != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
set repeatdelay [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatdelay] |
||||
set repeatint [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatinterval] |
||||
if { $repeatdelay > 0 } { |
||||
after $repeatdelay "Button::_repeat $path" |
||||
} elseif { $repeatint > 0 } { |
||||
after $repeatint "Button::_repeat $path" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::_release |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::_release { path } { |
||||
variable _current |
||||
variable _pressed |
||||
|
||||
if { $_pressed == $path } { |
||||
set _pressed "" |
||||
after cancel "Button::_repeat $path" |
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
$path state !pressed |
||||
} else { |
||||
set relief [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -relief] |
||||
if { [string equal $relief "link"] } { |
||||
set relief raised |
||||
} |
||||
$path:cmd configure -relief $relief |
||||
} |
||||
set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -disarmcommand] |
||||
if { $cmd != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
if { $_current == $path && |
||||
![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] && \ |
||||
[set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -command]] != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Button::_repeat |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Button::_repeat { path } { |
||||
variable _current |
||||
variable _pressed |
||||
|
||||
if { $_current == $path && $_pressed == $path && |
||||
![string equal [$path:cmd cget -state] "disabled"] && |
||||
[set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -armcommand]] != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
if { $_pressed == $path && |
||||
([set delay [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatinterval]] >0 || |
||||
[set delay [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -repeatdelay]] > 0) } { |
||||
after $delay "Button::_repeat $path" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,419 @@
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# buttonbox.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - ButtonBox::create |
||||
# - ButtonBox::configure |
||||
# - ButtonBox::cget |
||||
# - ButtonBox::add |
||||
# - ButtonBox::itemconfigure |
||||
# - ButtonBox::itemcget |
||||
# - ButtonBox::setfocus |
||||
# - ButtonBox::invoke |
||||
# - ButtonBox::index |
||||
# - ButtonBox::_destroy |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval ButtonBox { |
||||
Widget::define ButtonBox buttonbox Button |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare ButtonBox { |
||||
{-background TkResource "" 0 frame} |
||||
{-orient Enum horizontal 1 {horizontal vertical}} |
||||
{-state Enum "normal" 0 {normal disabled}} |
||||
{-homogeneous Boolean 1 1} |
||||
{-spacing Int 10 0 "%d >= 0"} |
||||
{-padx TkResource "" 0 button} |
||||
{-pady TkResource "" 0 button} |
||||
{-default Int -1 0 "%d >= -1"} |
||||
{-bg Synonym -background} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::addmap ButtonBox "" :cmd {-background {}} |
||||
|
||||
bind ButtonBox <Destroy> [list ButtonBox::_destroy %W] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::create |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::create { path args } { |
||||
Widget::init ButtonBox $path $args |
||||
|
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
eval [list frame $path] [Widget::subcget $path :cmd] \ |
||||
[list -class ButtonBox -takefocus 0 -highlightthickness 0] |
||||
# For 8.4+ we don't want to inherit the padding |
||||
catch {$path configure -padx 0 -pady 0} |
||||
|
||||
set data(max) 0 |
||||
set data(nbuttons) 0 |
||||
set data(buttons) [list] |
||||
set data(default) [Widget::getoption $path -default] |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create ButtonBox $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::configure |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::configure { path args } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
set res [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
|
||||
if { [Widget::hasChanged $path -default val] } { |
||||
if { $data(default) != -1 && $val != -1 } { |
||||
set but $path.b$data(default) |
||||
if { [winfo exists $but] } { |
||||
$but configure -default normal |
||||
} |
||||
set but $path.b$val |
||||
if { [winfo exists $but] } { |
||||
$but configure -default active |
||||
} |
||||
set data(default) $val |
||||
} else { |
||||
Widget::setoption $path -default $data(default) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::hasChanged $path -state val]} { |
||||
foreach i $data(buttons) { |
||||
$path.b$i configure -state $val |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::cget |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::cget { path option } { |
||||
return [Widget::cget $path $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::add |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::add { path args } { |
||||
return [eval [linsert $args 0 insert $path end]] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ButtonBox::insert { path idx args } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
set but $path.b$data(nbuttons) |
||||
set spacing [Widget::getoption $path -spacing] |
||||
|
||||
## Save the current spacing setting for this button. Buttons |
||||
## appended to the end of the box have their spacing applied |
||||
## to their left while all other have their spacing applied |
||||
## to their right. |
||||
if {$idx == "end"} { |
||||
set data(spacing,$data(nbuttons)) [list left $spacing] |
||||
lappend data(buttons) $data(nbuttons) |
||||
} else { |
||||
set data(spacing,$data(nbuttons)) [list right $spacing] |
||||
set data(buttons) [linsert $data(buttons) $idx $data(nbuttons)] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $data(nbuttons) == $data(default) } { |
||||
set style active |
||||
} elseif { $data(default) == -1 } { |
||||
set style disabled |
||||
} else { |
||||
set style normal |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
array set flags $args |
||||
set tags "" |
||||
if { [info exists flags(-tags)] } { |
||||
set tags $flags(-tags) |
||||
unset flags(-tags) |
||||
set args [array get flags] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
eval [list Button::create $but] \ |
||||
$args [list -default $style] |
||||
} else { |
||||
eval [list Button::create $but \ |
||||
-background [Widget::getoption $path -background]\ |
||||
-padx [Widget::getoption $path -padx] \ |
||||
-pady [Widget::getoption $path -pady]] \ |
||||
$args [list -default $style] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ericm@scriptics.com: set up tags, just like the menu items |
||||
foreach tag $tags { |
||||
lappend data(tags,$tag) $but |
||||
if { ![info exists data(tagstate,$tag)] } { |
||||
set data(tagstate,$tag) 0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
set data(buttontags,$but) $tags |
||||
# ericm@scriptics.com |
||||
|
||||
_redraw $path |
||||
|
||||
incr data(nbuttons) |
||||
|
||||
return $but |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ButtonBox::delete { path idx } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
set i [lindex $data(buttons) $idx] |
||||
set data(buttons) [lreplace $data(buttons) $idx $idx] |
||||
destroy $path.b$i |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ButtonBox::setbuttonstate -- |
||||
# |
||||
# Set the state of a given button tag. If this makes any buttons |
||||
# enable-able (ie, all of their tags are TRUE), enable them. |
||||
# |
||||
# Arguments: |
||||
# path the button box widget name |
||||
# tag the tag to modify |
||||
# state the new state of $tag (0 or 1) |
||||
# |
||||
# Results: |
||||
# None. |
||||
|
||||
proc ButtonBox::setbuttonstate {path tag state} { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
# First see if this is a real tag |
||||
if { [info exists data(tagstate,$tag)] } { |
||||
set data(tagstate,$tag) $state |
||||
foreach but $data(tags,$tag) { |
||||
set expression "1" |
||||
foreach buttontag $data(buttontags,$but) { |
||||
append expression " && $data(tagstate,$buttontag)" |
||||
} |
||||
if { [expr $expression] } { |
||||
set state normal |
||||
} else { |
||||
set state disabled |
||||
} |
||||
$but configure -state $state |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ButtonBox::getbuttonstate -- |
||||
# |
||||
# Retrieve the state of a given button tag. |
||||
# |
||||
# Arguments: |
||||
# path the button box widget name |
||||
# tag the tag to modify |
||||
# |
||||
# Results: |
||||
# None. |
||||
|
||||
proc ButtonBox::getbuttonstate {path tag} { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
# First see if this is a real tag |
||||
if { [info exists data(tagstate,$tag)] } { |
||||
return $data(tagstate,$tag) |
||||
} else { |
||||
error "unknown tag $tag" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::itemconfigure |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::itemconfigure { path index args } { |
||||
if { [set idx [lsearch $args -default]] != -1 } { |
||||
set args [lreplace $args $idx [expr {$idx+1}]] |
||||
} |
||||
return [eval [list Button::configure $path.b[index $path $index]] $args] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::itemcget |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::itemcget { path index option } { |
||||
return [Button::cget $path.b[index $path $index] $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::setfocus |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::setfocus { path index } { |
||||
set but $path.b[index $path $index] |
||||
if { [winfo exists $but] } { |
||||
focus $but |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::invoke |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::invoke { path index } { |
||||
set but $path.b[index $path $index] |
||||
if { [winfo exists $but] } { |
||||
Button::invoke $but |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::index |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::index { path index } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
set n [expr {$data(nbuttons) - 1}] |
||||
|
||||
if {[string equal $index "default"]} { |
||||
set res [Widget::getoption $path -default] |
||||
} elseif {$index == "end" || $index == "last"} { |
||||
set res $n |
||||
} elseif {![string is integer -strict $index]} { |
||||
## It's not an integer. Search the text of each button |
||||
## in the box and return the index that matches. |
||||
foreach i $data(buttons) { |
||||
set w $path.b$i |
||||
lappend text [$w cget -text] |
||||
lappend names [$w cget -name] |
||||
} |
||||
set res [lsearch -exact [concat $names $text] $index] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set res $index |
||||
if {$index > $n} { set res $n } |
||||
} |
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ButtonBox::gettags -- |
||||
# |
||||
# Return a list of all the tags on all the buttons in a buttonbox. |
||||
# |
||||
# Arguments: |
||||
# path the buttonbox to query. |
||||
# |
||||
# Results: |
||||
# taglist a list of tags on the buttons in the buttonbox |
||||
|
||||
proc ButtonBox::gettags {path} { |
||||
upvar ::ButtonBox::$path data |
||||
set taglist {} |
||||
foreach tag [array names data "tags,*"] { |
||||
lappend taglist [string range $tag 5 end] |
||||
} |
||||
return $taglist |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::_redraw |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::_redraw { path } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
Widget::getVariable $path buttons |
||||
|
||||
# For tk >= 8.4, -uniform gridding option is used. |
||||
# Otherwise, there is the constraint, that button size may not change after |
||||
# creation. |
||||
set uniformAvailable [expr {0 <= [package vcompare [info patchlevel] 8.4.0]}] |
||||
|
||||
## We re-grid the buttons from left-to-right. As we go through |
||||
## each button, we check its spacing and which direction the |
||||
## spacing applies to. Once spacing has been applied to an index, |
||||
## it is not changed. This means spacing takes precedence from |
||||
## left-to-right. |
||||
|
||||
set idx 0 |
||||
set idxs [list] |
||||
foreach i $data(buttons) { |
||||
set dir [lindex $data(spacing,$i) 0] |
||||
set spacing [lindex $data(spacing,$i) 1] |
||||
set but $path.b$i |
||||
if {[string equal [Widget::getoption $path -orient] "horizontal"]} { |
||||
grid $but -column $idx -row 0 -sticky nsew |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption $path -homogeneous] } { |
||||
if {$uniformAvailable} { |
||||
grid columnconfigure $path $idx -uniform koen -weight 1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set req [winfo reqwidth $but] |
||||
if { $req > $data(max) } { |
||||
grid columnconfigure $path [expr {2*$i}] -minsize $req |
||||
set data(max) $req |
||||
} |
||||
grid columnconfigure $path $idx -weight 1 |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
grid columnconfigure $path $idx -weight 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set col [expr {$idx - 1}] |
||||
if {[string equal $dir "right"]} { set col [expr {$idx + 1}] } |
||||
if {$col > 0 && [lsearch $idxs $col] < 0} { |
||||
lappend idxs $col |
||||
grid columnconfigure $path $col -minsize $spacing |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
grid $but -column 0 -row $idx -sticky nsew |
||||
grid rowconfigure $path $idx -weight 0 |
||||
|
||||
set row [expr {$idx - 1}] |
||||
if {[string equal $dir "right"]} { set row [expr {$idx + 1}] } |
||||
if {$row > 0 && [lsearch $idxs $row] < 0} { |
||||
lappend idxs $row |
||||
grid rowconfigure $path $row -minsize $spacing |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
incr idx 2 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {!$uniformAvailable} { |
||||
# Now that the maximum size has been calculated, go back through |
||||
# and correctly set the size for homogeneous horizontal buttons. |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -orient] "horizontal"] && [Widget::getoption $path -homogeneous] } { |
||||
set idx 0 |
||||
foreach i $data(buttons) { |
||||
grid columnconfigure $path $idx -minsize $data(max) |
||||
incr idx 2 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ButtonBox::_destroy |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ButtonBox::_destroy { path } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
Widget::destroy $path |
||||
unset data |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,493 @@
|
||||
namespace eval SelectColor { |
||||
Widget::define SelectColor color Dialog |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare SelectColor { |
||||
{-title String "Select a color" 0} |
||||
{-parent String "" 0} |
||||
{-color TkResource "" 0 {label -background}} |
||||
{-type Enum "dialog" 1 {dialog popup}} |
||||
{-placement String "center" 1} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
variable _baseColors { |
||||
\#0000ff \#00ff00 \#00ffff \#ff0000 \#ff00ff \#ffff00 |
||||
\#000099 \#009900 \#009999 \#990000 \#990099 \#999900 |
||||
\#000000 \#333333 \#666666 \#999999 \#cccccc \#ffffff |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
variable _userColors { |
||||
\#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff |
||||
\#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff \#ffffff |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[string equal $::tcl_platform(platform) "unix"]} { |
||||
set useTkDialogue 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set useTkDialogue 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
variable _selectype |
||||
variable _selection |
||||
variable _wcolor |
||||
variable _image |
||||
variable _hsv |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::create { path args } { |
||||
Widget::init SelectColor $path $args |
||||
|
||||
set type [Widget::cget $path -type] |
||||
|
||||
switch -- [Widget::cget $path -type] { |
||||
"dialog" { |
||||
return [eval [list SelectColor::dialog $path] $args] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
"popup" { |
||||
set list [list at center left right above below] |
||||
set placement [Widget::cget $path -placement] |
||||
set where [lindex $placement 0] |
||||
|
||||
if {[lsearch $list $where] < 0} { |
||||
return -code error \ |
||||
[BWidget::badOptionString placement $placement $list] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
## If they specified a parent and didn't pass a second argument |
||||
## in the placement, set the placement relative to the parent. |
||||
set parent [Widget::cget $path -parent] |
||||
if {[string length $parent]} { |
||||
if {[llength $placement] == 1} { lappend placement $parent } |
||||
} |
||||
return [eval [list SelectColor::menu $path $placement] $args] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::menu {path placement args} { |
||||
variable _baseColors |
||||
variable _userColors |
||||
variable _wcolor |
||||
variable _selectype |
||||
variable _selection |
||||
|
||||
Widget::init SelectColor $path $args |
||||
set top [toplevel $path] |
||||
set parent [winfo toplevel [winfo parent $top]] |
||||
wm withdraw $top |
||||
wm transient $top $parent |
||||
wm overrideredirect $top 1 |
||||
catch { wm attributes $top -topmost 1 } |
||||
|
||||
set frame [frame $top.frame \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-relief raised -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set col 0 |
||||
set row 0 |
||||
set count 0 |
||||
set colors [concat $_baseColors $_userColors] |
||||
foreach color $colors { |
||||
set f [frame $frame.c$count \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 2 \ |
||||
-highlightcolor white \ |
||||
-relief solid -borderwidth 1 \ |
||||
-width 16 -height 16 -background $color] |
||||
bind $f <1> "set SelectColor::_selection $count; break" |
||||
bind $f <Enter> {focus %W} |
||||
grid $f -column $col -row $row |
||||
incr count |
||||
if {[incr col] == 6 } { |
||||
set col 0 |
||||
incr row |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
set f [label $frame.c$count \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 2 \ |
||||
-highlightcolor white \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 \ |
||||
-width 16 -height 16 -image [Bitmap::get palette]] |
||||
grid $f -column $col -row $row |
||||
bind $f <1> "set SelectColor::_selection $count; break" |
||||
bind $f <Enter> {focus %W} |
||||
pack $frame |
||||
|
||||
bind $top <1> {set SelectColor::_selection -1} |
||||
bind $top <Escape> {set SelectColor::_selection -2} |
||||
bind $top <FocusOut> [subst {if {"%W" == "$top"} \ |
||||
{set SelectColor::_selection -2}}] |
||||
eval [list BWidget::place $top 0 0] $placement |
||||
|
||||
wm deiconify $top |
||||
raise $top |
||||
if {$::tcl_platform(platform) == "unix"} { |
||||
tkwait visibility $top |
||||
update |
||||
} |
||||
BWidget::SetFocusGrab $top $frame.c0 |
||||
|
||||
vwait SelectColor::_selection |
||||
BWidget::RestoreFocusGrab $top $frame.c0 destroy |
||||
Widget::destroy $top |
||||
if {$_selection == $count} { |
||||
array set opts { |
||||
-parent -parent |
||||
-title -title |
||||
-color -initialcolor |
||||
} |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
set native 1 |
||||
set nativecmd [list tk_chooseColor -parent $parent] |
||||
foreach {key val} $args { |
||||
if {![info exists opts($key)]} { |
||||
set native 0 |
||||
break |
||||
} |
||||
lappend nativecmd $opts($key) $val |
||||
} |
||||
if {$native} { |
||||
return [eval $nativecmd] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return [eval [list dialog $path] $args] |
||||
} else { |
||||
return [lindex $colors $_selection] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::dialog {path args} { |
||||
variable _baseColors |
||||
variable _userColors |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
variable _selection |
||||
variable _image |
||||
variable _hsv |
||||
|
||||
Widget::init SelectColor $path:SelectColor $args |
||||
set top [Dialog::create $path \ |
||||
-title [Widget::cget $path:SelectColor -title] \ |
||||
-parent [Widget::cget $path:SelectColor -parent] \ |
||||
-separator 1 -default 0 -cancel 1 -anchor e] |
||||
wm resizable $top 0 0 |
||||
set dlgf [$top getframe] |
||||
set fg [frame $dlgf.fg] |
||||
set desc [list \ |
||||
base _baseColors "Base colors" \ |
||||
user _userColors "User colors"] |
||||
set count 0 |
||||
foreach {type varcol defTitle} $desc { |
||||
set col 0 |
||||
set lin 0 |
||||
set title [lindex [BWidget::getname "${type}Colors"] 0] |
||||
if {![string length $title]} { |
||||
set title $defTitle |
||||
} |
||||
set titf [TitleFrame $fg.$type -text $title] |
||||
set subf [$titf getframe] |
||||
foreach color [set $varcol] { |
||||
set fround [frame $fg.round$count \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 1 \ |
||||
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set fcolor [frame $fg.color$count -width 16 -height 12 \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 \ |
||||
-background $color] |
||||
pack $fcolor -in $fround |
||||
grid $fround -in $subf -row $lin -column $col -padx 1 -pady 1 |
||||
|
||||
bind $fround <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_rgb $count] |
||||
bind $fcolor <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_rgb $count] |
||||
|
||||
bind $fround <Double-1> \ |
||||
"SelectColor::_select_rgb [list $count]; [list $top] invoke 0" |
||||
bind $fcolor <Double-1> \ |
||||
"SelectColor::_select_rgb [list $count]; [list $top] invoke 0" |
||||
|
||||
incr count |
||||
if {[incr col] == 6} { |
||||
incr lin |
||||
set col 0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
pack $titf -anchor w -pady 2 |
||||
} |
||||
set fround [frame $fg.round \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set fcolor [frame $fg.color \ |
||||
-width 50 \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0] |
||||
pack $fcolor -in $fround -fill y -expand yes |
||||
pack $fround -anchor e -pady 2 -fill y -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
set fd [frame $dlgf.fd] |
||||
set f1 [frame $fd.f1 -relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set f2 [frame $fd.f2 -relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set c1 [canvas $f1.c -width 200 -height 200 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0] |
||||
set c2 [canvas $f2.c -width 15 -height 200 -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0] |
||||
|
||||
for {set val 0} {$val < 40} {incr val} { |
||||
$c2 create rectangle 0 [expr {5*$val}] 15 [expr {5*$val+5}] -tags val[expr {39-$val}] |
||||
} |
||||
$c2 create polygon 0 0 10 5 0 10 -fill black -outline white -tags target |
||||
|
||||
pack $c1 $c2 |
||||
pack $f1 $f2 -side left -padx 10 -anchor n |
||||
|
||||
pack $fg $fd -side left -anchor n -fill y |
||||
|
||||
bind $c1 <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_hue_sat %x %y] |
||||
bind $c1 <B1-Motion> [list SelectColor::_select_hue_sat %x %y] |
||||
|
||||
bind $c2 <ButtonPress-1> [list SelectColor::_select_value %x %y] |
||||
bind $c2 <B1-Motion> [list SelectColor::_select_value %x %y] |
||||
|
||||
if {![info exists _image] || [catch {image type $_image}]} { |
||||
set _image [image create photo -width 200 -height 200] |
||||
for {set x 0} {$x < 200} {incr x 4} { |
||||
for {set y 0} {$y < 200} {incr y 4} { |
||||
$_image put \ |
||||
[eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] \ |
||||
[hsvToRgb [expr {$x/196.0}] [expr {(196-$y)/196.0}] 0.85]] \ |
||||
-to $x $y [expr {$x+4}] [expr {$y+4}] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
$c1 create image 0 0 -anchor nw -image $_image |
||||
$c1 create bitmap 0 0 \ |
||||
-bitmap @[file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "images" "target.xbm"] \ |
||||
-anchor nw -tags target |
||||
|
||||
set _selection -1 |
||||
set _widget(fcolor) $fg |
||||
set _widget(chs) $c1 |
||||
set _widget(cv) $c2 |
||||
set rgb [winfo rgb $path [Widget::cget $path:SelectColor -color]] |
||||
set _hsv [eval rgbToHsv $rgb] |
||||
_set_rgb [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] $rgb] |
||||
_set_hue_sat [lindex $_hsv 0] [lindex $_hsv 1] |
||||
_set_value [lindex $_hsv 2] |
||||
|
||||
$top add -name ok |
||||
$top add -name cancel |
||||
set res [$top draw] |
||||
if {$res == 0} { |
||||
set color [$fg.color cget -background] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set color "" |
||||
} |
||||
destroy $top |
||||
return $color |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::setcolor { idx color } { |
||||
variable _userColors |
||||
set _userColors [lreplace $_userColors $idx $idx $color] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::_select_rgb {count} { |
||||
variable _baseColors |
||||
variable _userColors |
||||
variable _selection |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
variable _hsv |
||||
|
||||
set frame $_widget(fcolor) |
||||
if {$_selection >= 0} { |
||||
$frame.round$_selection configure \ |
||||
-relief sunken -highlightthickness 1 -borderwidth 2 |
||||
} |
||||
$frame.round$count configure \ |
||||
-relief flat -highlightthickness 2 -borderwidth 1 |
||||
focus $frame.round$count |
||||
set _selection $count |
||||
set bg [$frame.color$count cget -background] |
||||
set user [expr {$_selection-[llength $_baseColors]}] |
||||
if {$user >= 0 && |
||||
[string equal \ |
||||
[winfo rgb $frame.color$_selection $bg] \ |
||||
[winfo rgb $frame.color$_selection white]]} { |
||||
set bg [$frame.color cget -bg] |
||||
$frame.color$_selection configure -background $bg |
||||
set _userColors [lreplace $_userColors $user $user $bg] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _hsv [eval rgbToHsv [winfo rgb $frame.color$count $bg]] |
||||
_set_hue_sat [lindex $_hsv 0] [lindex $_hsv 1] |
||||
_set_value [lindex $_hsv 2] |
||||
$frame.color configure -background $bg |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::_set_rgb {rgb} { |
||||
variable _selection |
||||
variable _baseColors |
||||
variable _userColors |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
set frame $_widget(fcolor) |
||||
$frame.color configure -background $rgb |
||||
set user [expr {$_selection-[llength $_baseColors]}] |
||||
if {$user >= 0} { |
||||
$frame.color$_selection configure -background $rgb |
||||
set _userColors [lreplace $_userColors $user $user $rgb] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::_select_hue_sat {x y} { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
variable _hsv |
||||
|
||||
if {$x < 0} { |
||||
set x 0 |
||||
} elseif {$x > 200} { |
||||
set x 200 |
||||
} |
||||
if {$y < 0 } { |
||||
set y 0 |
||||
} elseif {$y > 200} { |
||||
set y 200 |
||||
} |
||||
set hue [expr {$x/200.0}] |
||||
set sat [expr {(200-$y)/200.0}] |
||||
set _hsv [lreplace $_hsv 0 1 $hue $sat] |
||||
$_widget(chs) coords target [expr {$x-9}] [expr {$y-9}] |
||||
_draw_values $hue $sat |
||||
_set_rgb [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] [eval [list hsvToRgb] $_hsv]] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::_set_hue_sat {hue sat} { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
set x [expr {$hue*200-9}] |
||||
set y [expr {(1-$sat)*200-9}] |
||||
$_widget(chs) coords target $x $y |
||||
_draw_values $hue $sat |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::_select_value {x y} { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
variable _hsv |
||||
|
||||
if {$y < 0} { |
||||
set y 0 |
||||
} elseif {$y > 200} { |
||||
set y 200 |
||||
} |
||||
$_widget(cv) coords target 0 [expr {$y-5}] 10 $y 0 [expr {$y+5}] |
||||
set _hsv [lreplace $_hsv 2 2 [expr {(200-$y)/200.0}]] |
||||
_set_rgb [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] [eval [list hsvToRgb] $_hsv]] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::_draw_values {hue sat} { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
for {set val 0} {$val < 40} {incr val} { |
||||
set l [hsvToRgb $hue $sat [expr {$val/39.0}]] |
||||
set col [eval [list format "\#%04x%04x%04x"] $l] |
||||
$_widget(cv) itemconfigure val$val -fill $col -outline $col |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::_set_value {value} { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
set y [expr {int((1-$value)*200)}] |
||||
$_widget(cv) coords target 0 [expr {$y-5}] 10 $y 0 [expr {$y+5}] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# -- |
||||
# Taken from tk8.0/demos/tcolor.tcl |
||||
# -- |
||||
# The procedure below converts an HSB value to RGB. It takes hue, saturation, |
||||
# and value components (floating-point, 0-1.0) as arguments, and returns a |
||||
# list containing RGB components (integers, 0-65535) as result. The code |
||||
# here is a copy of the code on page 616 of "Fundamentals of Interactive |
||||
# Computer Graphics" by Foley and Van Dam. |
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::hsvToRgb {hue sat val} { |
||||
set v [expr {round(65535.0*$val)}] |
||||
if {$sat == 0} { |
||||
return [list $v $v $v] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set hue [expr {$hue*6.0}] |
||||
if {$hue >= 6.0} { |
||||
set hue 0.0 |
||||
} |
||||
set i [expr {int($hue)}] |
||||
set f [expr {$hue-$i}] |
||||
set p [expr {round(65535.0*$val*(1 - $sat))}] |
||||
set q [expr {round(65535.0*$val*(1 - ($sat*$f)))}] |
||||
set t [expr {round(65535.0*$val*(1 - ($sat*(1 - $f))))}] |
||||
switch $i { |
||||
0 {return [list $v $t $p]} |
||||
1 {return [list $q $v $p]} |
||||
2 {return [list $p $v $t]} |
||||
3 {return [list $p $q $v]} |
||||
4 {return [list $t $p $v]} |
||||
5 {return [list $v $p $q]} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# -- |
||||
# Taken from tk8.0/demos/tcolor.tcl |
||||
# -- |
||||
# The procedure below converts an RGB value to HSB. It takes red, green, |
||||
# and blue components (0-65535) as arguments, and returns a list containing |
||||
# HSB components (floating-point, 0-1) as result. The code here is a copy |
||||
# of the code on page 615 of "Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics" |
||||
# by Foley and Van Dam. |
||||
|
||||
proc SelectColor::rgbToHsv {red green blue} { |
||||
if {$red > $green} { |
||||
set max $red.0 |
||||
set min $green.0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set max $green.0 |
||||
set min $red.0 |
||||
} |
||||
if {$blue > $max} { |
||||
set max $blue.0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
if {$blue < $min} { |
||||
set min $blue.0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
set range [expr {$max-$min}] |
||||
if {$max == 0} { |
||||
set sat 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set sat [expr {($max-$min)/$max}] |
||||
} |
||||
if {$sat == 0} { |
||||
set hue 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set rc [expr {($max - $red)/$range}] |
||||
set gc [expr {($max - $green)/$range}] |
||||
set bc [expr {($max - $blue)/$range}] |
||||
if {$red == $max} { |
||||
set hue [expr {.166667*($bc - $gc)}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
if {$green == $max} { |
||||
set hue [expr {.166667*(2 + $rc - $bc)}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set hue [expr {.166667*(4 + $gc - $rc)}] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if {$hue < 0.0} { |
||||
set hue [expr {$hue + 1.0}] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return [list $hue $sat [expr {$max/65535}]] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,913 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,913 @@
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# combobox.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: combobox.tcl,v 1.42.2.2 2011/03/02 13:11:12 oehhar Exp $ |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - ComboBox::create |
||||
# - ComboBox::configure |
||||
# - ComboBox::cget |
||||
# - ComboBox::setvalue |
||||
# - ComboBox::getvalue |
||||
# - ComboBox::clearvalue |
||||
# - ComboBox::_create_popup |
||||
# - ComboBox::_mapliste |
||||
# - ComboBox::_unmapliste |
||||
# - ComboBox::_select |
||||
# - ComboBox::_modify_value |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
# ComboBox uses the 8.3 -listvariable listbox option |
||||
package require Tk 8.3 |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval ComboBox { |
||||
Widget::define ComboBox combobox ArrowButton Entry ListBox |
||||
|
||||
Widget::tkinclude ComboBox frame :cmd \ |
||||
include {-relief -borderwidth -bd -background} \ |
||||
initialize {-relief sunken -borderwidth 2} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::bwinclude ComboBox Entry .e \ |
||||
remove {-relief -bd -borderwidth -bg} \ |
||||
rename {-background -entrybg} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare ComboBox { |
||||
{-height TkResource 0 0 listbox} |
||||
{-values String "" 0} |
||||
{-images String "" 0} |
||||
{-indents String "" 0} |
||||
{-modifycmd String "" 0} |
||||
{-postcommand String "" 0} |
||||
{-expand Enum none 0 {none tab}} |
||||
{-autocomplete Boolean 0 0} |
||||
{-autopost Boolean 0 0} |
||||
{-bwlistbox Boolean 0 0} |
||||
{-listboxwidth Int 0 0} |
||||
{-hottrack Boolean 0 0} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::addmap ComboBox ArrowButton .a { |
||||
-background {} -foreground {} -disabledforeground {} -state {} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::syncoptions ComboBox Entry .e {-text {}} |
||||
|
||||
::bind BwComboBox <FocusIn> [list after idle {BWidget::refocus %W %W.e}] |
||||
::bind BwComboBox <Destroy> [list ComboBox::_destroy %W] |
||||
|
||||
::bind ListBoxHotTrack <Motion> { |
||||
%W selection clear 0 end |
||||
%W activate @%x,%y |
||||
%W selection set @%x,%y |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
variable _index |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ComboBox::create -- |
||||
# |
||||
# Create a combobox widget with the given options. |
||||
# |
||||
# Arguments: |
||||
# path name of the new widget. |
||||
# args optional arguments to the widget. |
||||
# |
||||
# Results: |
||||
# path name of the new widget. |
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::create { path args } { |
||||
array set maps [list ComboBox {} :cmd {} .e {} .a {}] |
||||
array set maps [Widget::parseArgs ComboBox $args] |
||||
|
||||
eval [list frame $path] $maps(:cmd) \ |
||||
[list -highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -class ComboBox] |
||||
Widget::initFromODB ComboBox $path $maps(ComboBox) |
||||
|
||||
bindtags $path [list $path BwComboBox [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
set entry [eval [list Entry::create $path.e] $maps(.e) \ |
||||
[list -takefocus 1]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set entry [eval [list Entry::create $path.e] $maps(.e) \ |
||||
[list -relief flat -borderwidth 0 -takefocus 1]] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
::bind $path.e <FocusOut> [list $path _focus_out] |
||||
::bind $path <<TraverseIn>> [list $path _traverse_in] |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -autocomplete]} { |
||||
::bind $path.e <KeyRelease> [list $path _auto_complete %K] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -autopost]} { |
||||
::bind $path.e <KeyRelease> +[list $path _auto_post %K] |
||||
} else { |
||||
::bind $entry <Key-Up> [list ComboBox::_unmapliste $path] |
||||
::bind $entry <Key-Down> [list ComboBox::_mapliste $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[string equal [tk windowingsystem] "x11"]} { |
||||
set ipadx 0 |
||||
set width 11 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set ipadx 2 |
||||
set width 15 |
||||
} |
||||
set height [winfo reqheight $entry] |
||||
set arrow [eval [list ArrowButton::create $path.a] $maps(.a) \ |
||||
[list -width $width -height $height \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -borderwidth 1 -takefocus 0 \ |
||||
-dir bottom -type button -ipadx $ipadx \ |
||||
-command [list ComboBox::_mapliste $path] \ |
||||
]] |
||||
|
||||
pack $arrow -side right -fill y |
||||
pack $entry -side left -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
set editable [Widget::cget $path -editable] |
||||
Entry::configure $path.e -editable $editable |
||||
if {$editable} { |
||||
::bind $entry <ButtonPress-1> [list ComboBox::_unmapliste $path] |
||||
} else { |
||||
::bind $entry <ButtonPress-1> [list ArrowButton::invoke $path.a] |
||||
if { ![string equal [Widget::cget $path -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
Entry::configure $path.e -takefocus 1 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
::bind $path <ButtonPress-1> [list ComboBox::_unmapliste $path] |
||||
::bind $entry <Control-Up> [list ComboBox::_modify_value $path previous] |
||||
::bind $entry <Control-Down> [list ComboBox::_modify_value $path next] |
||||
::bind $entry <Control-Prior> [list ComboBox::_modify_value $path first] |
||||
::bind $entry <Control-Next> [list ComboBox::_modify_value $path last] |
||||
|
||||
if {$editable} { |
||||
set expand [Widget::cget $path -expand] |
||||
if {[string equal "tab" $expand]} { |
||||
# Expand entry value on Tab (from -values) |
||||
::bind $entry <Tab> "[list ComboBox::_expand $path]; break" |
||||
} elseif {[string equal "auto" $expand]} { |
||||
# Expand entry value anytime (from -values) |
||||
#::bind $entry <Key> "[list ComboBox::_expand $path]; break" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
## If we have images, we have to use a BWidget ListBox. |
||||
set bw [Widget::cget $path -bwlistbox] |
||||
if {[llength [Widget::cget $path -images]]} { |
||||
Widget::configure $path [list -bwlistbox 1] |
||||
} else { |
||||
Widget::configure $path [list -bwlistbox $bw] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set ComboBox::_index($path) -1 |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create ComboBox $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ComboBox::configure -- |
||||
# |
||||
# Configure subcommand for ComboBox widgets. Works like regular |
||||
# widget configure command. |
||||
# |
||||
# Arguments: |
||||
# path Name of the ComboBox widget. |
||||
# args Additional optional arguments: |
||||
# ?-option? |
||||
# ?-option value ...? |
||||
# |
||||
# Results: |
||||
# Depends on arguments. If no arguments are given, returns a complete |
||||
# list of configuration information. If one argument is given, returns |
||||
# the configuration information for that option. If more than one |
||||
# argument is given, returns nothing. |
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::configure { path args } { |
||||
set res [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
set entry $path.e |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
set list [list -images -values -bwlistbox -hottrack -autocomplete -autopost] |
||||
foreach {ci cv cb ch cac cap} [eval [linsert $list 0 Widget::hasChangedX $path]] { break } |
||||
|
||||
if { $ci } { |
||||
set images [Widget::cget $path -images] |
||||
if {[llength $images]} { |
||||
Widget::configure $path [list -bwlistbox 1] |
||||
} else { |
||||
Widget::configure $path [list -bwlistbox 0] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
## If autocomplete toggled, turn bindings on/off |
||||
if { $cac } { |
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -autocomplete]} { |
||||
::bind $entry <KeyRelease> +[list $path _auto_complete %K] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set bindings [split [::bind $entry <KeyRelease>] \n] |
||||
if {[set idx [lsearch $bindings [list $path _auto_complete %K]]] != -1} { |
||||
::bind $entry <KeyRelease> [join [lreplace $bindings $idx $idx] \n] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
## If autopost toggled, turn bindings on/off |
||||
if { $cap } { |
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -autopost]} { |
||||
::bind $entry <KeyRelease> +[list $path _auto_post %K] |
||||
set bindings [split [::bind $entry <Key-Up>] \n] |
||||
if {[set idx [lsearch $bindings [list ComboBox::_unmapliste $path]]] != -1} { |
||||
::bind $entry <Key-Up> [join [lreplace $bindings $idx $idx] \n] |
||||
} |
||||
set bindings [split [::bind $entry <Key-Down>] \n] |
||||
if {[set idx [lsearch $bindings [list ComboBox::_mapliste $path]]] != -1} { |
||||
::bind $entry <Key-Down> [join [lreplace $bindings $idx $idx] \n] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set bindings [split [::bind $entry <KeyRelease>] \n] |
||||
if {[set idx [lsearch $bindings [list $path _auto_post %K]]] != -1} { |
||||
::bind $entry <KeyRelease> [join [lreplace $bindings $idx $idx] \n] |
||||
} |
||||
::bind $entry <Key-Up> +[list ComboBox::_unmapliste $path] |
||||
::bind $entry <Key-Down> +[list ComboBox::_mapliste $path] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set bw [Widget::cget $path -bwlistbox] |
||||
|
||||
## If the images, bwlistbox, hottrack or values have changed, |
||||
## destroy the shell so that it will re-create itself the next |
||||
## time around. |
||||
if { $ci || $cb || $ch || ($bw && $cv) } { |
||||
destroy $path.shell |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set chgedit [Widget::hasChangedX $path -editable] |
||||
if {$chgedit} { |
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -editable]} { |
||||
::bind $entry <ButtonPress-1> [list ComboBox::_unmapliste $path] |
||||
Entry::configure $entry -editable true |
||||
} else { |
||||
::bind $entry <ButtonPress-1> [list ArrowButton::invoke $path.a] |
||||
Entry::configure $entry -editable false |
||||
|
||||
# Make sure that non-editable comboboxes can still be tabbed to. |
||||
|
||||
if { ![string equal [Widget::cget $path -state] "disabled"] } { |
||||
Entry::configure $entry -takefocus 1 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {$chgedit || [Widget::hasChangedX $path -expand]} { |
||||
# Unset what we may have created. |
||||
::bind $entry <Tab> {} |
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -editable]} { |
||||
set expand [Widget::cget $path -expand] |
||||
if {[string equal "tab" $expand]} { |
||||
# Expand entry value on Tab (from -values) |
||||
::bind $entry <Tab> "[list ComboBox::_expand $path]; break" |
||||
} elseif {[string equal "auto" $expand]} { |
||||
# Expand entry value anytime (from -values) |
||||
#::bind $entry <Key> "[list ComboBox::_expand $path]; break" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# if state changed to normal and -editable false, the edit must take focus |
||||
if { [Widget::hasChangedX $path -state] \ |
||||
&& ![string equal [Widget::cget $path -state] "disabled"] \ |
||||
&& ![Widget::cget $path -editable] } { |
||||
Entry::configure $entry -takefocus 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# if the dropdown listbox is shown, simply force the actual entry |
||||
# colors into it. If it is not shown, the next time the dropdown |
||||
# is shown it'll get the actual colors anyway |
||||
if {[winfo exists $path.shell.listb]} { |
||||
$path.shell.listb configure \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -entrybg] \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground] \ |
||||
-selectbackground [Widget::cget $path -selectbackground] \ |
||||
-selectforeground [Widget::cget $path -selectforeground] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::cget |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::cget { path option } { |
||||
return [Widget::cget $path $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::setvalue |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::setvalue { path index } { |
||||
variable _index |
||||
|
||||
set values [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -values] |
||||
set value [Entry::cget $path.e -text] |
||||
switch -- $index { |
||||
next { |
||||
if { [set idx [lsearch -exact $values $value]] != -1 } { |
||||
incr idx |
||||
} else { |
||||
set idx [lsearch -exact $values "$value*"] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
previous { |
||||
if { [set idx [lsearch -exact $values $value]] != -1 } { |
||||
incr idx -1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set idx [lsearch -exact $values "$value*"] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
first { |
||||
set idx 0 |
||||
} |
||||
last { |
||||
set idx [expr {[llength $values]-1}] |
||||
} |
||||
default { |
||||
if { [string index $index 0] == "@" } { |
||||
set idx [string range $index 1 end] |
||||
if { ![string is integer -strict $idx] } { |
||||
return -code error "bad index \"$index\"" |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
return -code error "bad index \"$index\"" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if { $idx >= 0 && $idx < [llength $values] } { |
||||
set newval [lindex $values $idx] |
||||
set _index($path) $idx |
||||
Entry::configure $path.e -text $newval |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::icursor { path idx } { |
||||
return [$path.e icursor $idx] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::get { path } { |
||||
return [$path.e get] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::getvalue |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::getvalue { path } { |
||||
variable _index |
||||
set values [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -values] |
||||
set value [Entry::cget $path.e -text] |
||||
# Check if an index was saved by the last setvalue operation |
||||
# If this index still matches it is returned |
||||
# This is necessary for the case when values is not unique |
||||
if { $_index($path) >= 0 \ |
||||
&& $_index($path) < [llength $values] \ |
||||
&& $value eq [lindex $values $_index($path)]} { |
||||
return $_index($path) |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return [lsearch -exact $values $value] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::getlistbox { path } { |
||||
_create_popup $path |
||||
return $path.shell.listb |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::post |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::post { path } { |
||||
_mapliste $path |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::unpost { path } { |
||||
_unmapliste $path |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::bind |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::bind { path args } { |
||||
return [eval [list ::bind $path.e] $args] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::insert { path idx args } { |
||||
upvar #0 [Widget::varForOption $path -values] values |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -bwlistbox]} { |
||||
set l [$path getlistbox] |
||||
set i [eval [linsert $args 0 $l insert $idx #auto]] |
||||
set text [$l itemcget $i -text] |
||||
if {$idx == "end"} { |
||||
lappend values $text |
||||
} else { |
||||
set values [linsert $values $idx $text] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set values [eval [list linsert $values $idx] $args] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::clearvalue |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::clearvalue { path } { |
||||
Entry::configure $path.e -text "" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_create_popup |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_create_popup { path } { |
||||
set shell $path.shell |
||||
|
||||
if {[winfo exists $shell]} { return } |
||||
|
||||
set lval [Widget::cget $path -values] |
||||
set h [Widget::cget $path -height] |
||||
set bw [Widget::cget $path -bwlistbox] |
||||
|
||||
if { $h <= 0 } { |
||||
set len [llength $lval] |
||||
if { $len < 3 } { |
||||
set h 3 |
||||
} elseif { $len > 10 } { |
||||
set h 10 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set h $len |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[string equal [tk windowingsystem] "x11"]} { |
||||
set sbwidth 11 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set sbwidth 15 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
toplevel $shell -relief solid -bd 1 |
||||
wm withdraw $shell |
||||
wm overrideredirect $shell 1 |
||||
# these commands cause the combobox to behave strangely on OS X |
||||
if {! $Widget::_aqua } { |
||||
update idle |
||||
wm transient $shell [winfo toplevel $path] |
||||
catch { wm attributes $shell -topmost 1 } |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow $shell.sw -managed 1 -size $sbwidth -ipad 0] |
||||
|
||||
if {$bw} { |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
set listb [ListBox $shell.listb \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-selectmode single -selectfill 1 -autofocus 0 -height $h \ |
||||
-font [Widget::cget $path -font] \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -entrybg] \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set listb [ListBox $shell.listb \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-selectmode single -selectfill 1 -autofocus 0 -height $h \ |
||||
-font [Widget::cget $path -font] \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -entrybg] \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground] \ |
||||
-selectbackground [Widget::cget $path -selectbackground] \ |
||||
-selectforeground [Widget::cget $path -selectforeground]] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set values [Widget::cget $path -values] |
||||
set images [Widget::cget $path -images] |
||||
foreach value $values image $images { |
||||
$listb insert end #auto -text $value -image $image |
||||
} |
||||
$listb bindText <1> [list ComboBox::_select $path] |
||||
$listb bindImage <1> [list ComboBox::_select $path] |
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -hottrack]} { |
||||
$listb bindText <Enter> [list $listb selection set] |
||||
$listb bindImage <Enter> [list $listb selection set] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
set listb [listbox $shell.listb \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-exportselection false \ |
||||
-font [Widget::cget $path -font] \ |
||||
-height $h \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -entrybg] \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground] \ |
||||
-listvariable [Widget::varForOption $path -values]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set listb [listbox $shell.listb \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-exportselection false \ |
||||
-font [Widget::cget $path -font] \ |
||||
-height $h \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -entrybg] \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground] \ |
||||
-selectbackground [Widget::cget $path -selectbackground] \ |
||||
-selectforeground [Widget::cget $path -selectforeground] \ |
||||
-listvariable [Widget::varForOption $path -values]] |
||||
} |
||||
::bind $listb <ButtonRelease-1> [list ComboBox::_select $path @%x,%y] |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::cget $path -hottrack]} { |
||||
bindtags $listb [concat [bindtags $listb] ListBoxHotTrack] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
pack $sw -fill both -expand yes |
||||
$sw setwidget $listb |
||||
|
||||
::bind $listb <Return> "ComboBox::_select [list $path] \[$listb curselection\]" |
||||
::bind $listb <Escape> [list ComboBox::_unmapliste $path] |
||||
::bind $listb <FocusOut> [list ComboBox::_focus_out $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::_recreate_popup { path } { |
||||
variable background |
||||
variable foreground |
||||
|
||||
set shell $path.shell |
||||
set lval [Widget::cget $path -values] |
||||
set h [Widget::cget $path -height] |
||||
set bw [Widget::cget $path -bwlistbox] |
||||
|
||||
if { $h <= 0 } { |
||||
set len [llength $lval] |
||||
if { $len < 3 } { |
||||
set h 3 |
||||
} elseif { $len > 10 } { |
||||
set h 10 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set h $len |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [string equal [tk windowingsystem] "x11"] } { |
||||
set sbwidth 11 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set sbwidth 15 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_create_popup $path |
||||
|
||||
if {![Widget::cget $path -editable]} { |
||||
if {[info exists background]} { |
||||
$path.e configure -bg $background |
||||
$path.e configure -fg $foreground |
||||
unset background |
||||
unset foreground |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set listb $shell.listb |
||||
destroy $shell.sw |
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow $shell.sw -managed 1 -size $sbwidth -ipad 0] |
||||
$listb configure \ |
||||
-height $h \ |
||||
-font [Widget::cget $path -font] \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -entrybg] \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground] |
||||
if {![Widget::theme]} { |
||||
$listb configure \ |
||||
-selectbackground [Widget::cget $path -selectbackground] \ |
||||
-selectforeground [Widget::cget $path -selectforeground] |
||||
} |
||||
pack $sw -fill both -expand yes |
||||
$sw setwidget $listb |
||||
raise $listb |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_mapliste |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_mapliste { path } { |
||||
set listb $path.shell.listb |
||||
if {[winfo exists $path.shell] && |
||||
[string equal [wm state $path.shell] "normal"]} { |
||||
_unmapliste $path |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [Widget::cget $path -state] == "disabled" } { |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -postcommand]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
if { ![llength [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -values]] } { |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_recreate_popup $path |
||||
|
||||
ArrowButton::configure $path.a -relief sunken |
||||
update |
||||
|
||||
set bw [Widget::cget $path -bwlistbox] |
||||
|
||||
$listb selection clear 0 end |
||||
set values [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -values] |
||||
set curval [Entry::cget $path.e -text] |
||||
if { [set idx [lsearch -exact $values $curval]] != -1 || |
||||
[set idx [lsearch -exact $values "$curval*"]] != -1 } { |
||||
if {$bw} { |
||||
set idx [$listb items $idx] |
||||
} else { |
||||
$listb activate $idx |
||||
} |
||||
$listb selection set $idx |
||||
$listb see $idx |
||||
} else { |
||||
set idx 0 |
||||
if {$bw} { |
||||
set idx [$listb items 0] |
||||
} else { |
||||
$listb activate $idx |
||||
} |
||||
$listb selection set $idx |
||||
$listb see $idx |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set width [Widget::cget $path -listboxwidth] |
||||
if {!$width} { set width [winfo width $path] } |
||||
BWidget::place $path.shell $width 0 below $path |
||||
wm deiconify $path.shell |
||||
raise $path.shell |
||||
BWidget::focus set $listb |
||||
if {! $Widget::_aqua } { |
||||
BWidget::grab global $path |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_unmapliste |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_unmapliste { path {refocus 1} } { |
||||
# On aqua, state is zoomed, otherwise normal |
||||
if {[winfo exists $path.shell] && \ |
||||
( [string equal [wm state $path.shell] "normal"] || |
||||
[string equal [wm state $path.shell] "zoomed"] ) } { |
||||
if {! $Widget::_aqua } { |
||||
BWidget::grab release $path |
||||
BWidget::focus release $path.shell.listb $refocus |
||||
# Update now because otherwise [focus -force...] makes the app hang! |
||||
if {$refocus} { |
||||
update |
||||
focus -force $path.e |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
wm withdraw $path.shell |
||||
ArrowButton::configure $path.a -relief raised |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_select |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_select { path index } { |
||||
set index [$path.shell.listb index $index] |
||||
_unmapliste $path |
||||
if { $index != -1 } { |
||||
if { [setvalue $path @$index] } { |
||||
set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -modifycmd] |
||||
if {[llength $cmd]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
$path.e selection clear |
||||
if {[$path.e cget -exportselection]} { |
||||
$path.e selection range 0 end |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_modify_value |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_modify_value { path direction } { |
||||
if {[setvalue $path $direction] |
||||
&& [llength [set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -modifycmd]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_expand |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_expand {path} { |
||||
set values [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -values] |
||||
if {![llength $values]} { |
||||
bell |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set found {} |
||||
set curval [Entry::cget $path.e -text] |
||||
set curlen [$path.e index insert] |
||||
if {$curlen < [string length $curval]} { |
||||
# we are somewhere in the middle of a string. |
||||
# if the full value matches some string in the listbox, |
||||
# reorder values to start matching after that string. |
||||
set idx [lsearch -exact $values $curval] |
||||
if {$idx >= 0} { |
||||
set values [concat [lrange $values [expr {$idx+1}] end] \ |
||||
[lrange $values 0 $idx]] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if {$curlen == 0} { |
||||
set found $values |
||||
} else { |
||||
foreach val $values { |
||||
if {[string equal -length $curlen $curval $val]} { |
||||
lappend found $val |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if {[llength $found]} { |
||||
Entry::configure $path.e -text [lindex $found 0] |
||||
if {[llength $found] > 1} { |
||||
set best [_best_match $found [string range $curval 0 $curlen]] |
||||
set blen [string length $best] |
||||
$path.e icursor $blen |
||||
$path.e selection range $blen end |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
bell |
||||
} |
||||
return [llength $found] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# best_match -- |
||||
# finds the best unique match in a list of names |
||||
# The extra $e in this argument allows us to limit the innermost loop a |
||||
# little further. |
||||
# Arguments: |
||||
# l list to find best unique match in |
||||
# e currently best known unique match |
||||
# Returns: |
||||
# longest unique match in the list |
||||
# |
||||
proc ComboBox::_best_match {l {e {}}} { |
||||
set ec [lindex $l 0] |
||||
if {[llength $l]>1} { |
||||
set e [string length $e]; incr e -1 |
||||
set ei [string length $ec]; incr ei -1 |
||||
foreach l $l { |
||||
while {$ei>=$e && [string first $ec $l]} { |
||||
set ec [string range $ec 0 [incr ei -1]] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return $ec |
||||
} |
||||
# possibly faster |
||||
#proc match {string1 string2} { |
||||
# set i 1 |
||||
# while {[string equal -length $i $string1 $string2]} { incr i } |
||||
# return [string range $string1 0 [expr {$i-2}]] |
||||
#} |
||||
#proc matchlist {list} { |
||||
# set list [lsort $list] |
||||
# return [match [lindex $list 0] [lindex $list end]] |
||||
#} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_traverse_in |
||||
# Called when widget receives keyboard focus due to keyboard traversal. |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_traverse_in { path } { |
||||
if {[$path.e selection present] != 1} { |
||||
# Autohighlight the selection, but not if one existed |
||||
$path.e selection range 0 end |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_focus_out |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc ComboBox::_focus_out { path } { |
||||
if {[string first $path [focus]] != 0} { |
||||
# we lost focus to some other app or window, so remove the listbox |
||||
return [_unmapliste $path 0] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::_auto_complete { path key } { |
||||
## Any key string with more than one character and is not entirely |
||||
## lower-case is considered a function key and is thus ignored. |
||||
if {[string length $key] > 1 && [string tolower $key] != $key} { return } |
||||
|
||||
set text [string map [list {[} {\[} {]} {\]}] [$path.e get]] |
||||
if {[string equal $text ""]} { return } |
||||
set values [Widget::cget $path -values] |
||||
set x [lsearch $values $text*] |
||||
if {$x < 0} { return } |
||||
|
||||
set idx [$path.e index insert] |
||||
$path.e configure -text [lindex $values $x] |
||||
$path.e icursor $idx |
||||
$path.e select range insert end |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc ComboBox::_auto_post { path key } { |
||||
if {[string equal $key "Escape"] || [string equal $key "Return"]} { |
||||
_unmapliste $path |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
if {[catch {$path.shell.listb curselection} x] || $x == ""} { |
||||
if {[string equal $key "Up"]} { |
||||
_unmapliste $path |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
set x -1 |
||||
} |
||||
if {([string length $key] > 1 && [string tolower $key] != $key) && \ |
||||
[string equal $key "BackSpace"] != 0 && \ |
||||
[string equal $key "Up"] != 0 && \ |
||||
[string equal $key "Down"] != 0} { |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# post the listbox |
||||
_create_popup $path |
||||
set width [Widget::cget $path -listboxwidth] |
||||
if {!$width} { set width [winfo width $path] } |
||||
BWidget::place $path.shell $width 0 below $path |
||||
wm deiconify $path.shell |
||||
BWidget::grab release $path |
||||
BWidget::focus release $path.shell.listb 1 |
||||
focus -force $path.e |
||||
|
||||
set values [Widget::cget $path -values] |
||||
switch -- $key { |
||||
Up { |
||||
if {[incr x -1] < 0} { |
||||
set x 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
Entry::configure $path.e -text [lindex $values $x] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
Down { |
||||
if {[incr x] >= [llength $values]} { |
||||
set x [expr {[llength $values] - 1}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
Entry::configure $path.e -text [lindex $values $x] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
default { |
||||
# auto-select within the listbox the item closest to the entry's value |
||||
set text [string map [list {[} {\[} {]} {\]}] [$path.e get]] |
||||
if {[string equal $text ""]} { |
||||
set x 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set x [lsearch $values $text*] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {$x >= 0} { |
||||
$path.shell.listb selection clear 0 end |
||||
$path.shell.listb selection set $x |
||||
$path.shell.listb see $x |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command ComboBox::_destroy |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc ComboBox::_destroy { path } { |
||||
variable _index |
||||
Widget::destroy $path |
||||
unset _index($path) |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,199 @@
|
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DemoBasic { |
||||
variable var |
||||
variable count 0 |
||||
variable id "" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::create { nb } { |
||||
set frame [$nb insert end demoBasic -text "Basic"] |
||||
|
||||
set topf [frame $frame.topf] |
||||
set titf1 [TitleFrame $topf.titf1 -text "Label"] |
||||
set titf2 [TitleFrame $topf.titf2 -text "Entry"] |
||||
set titf3 [TitleFrame $frame.titf3 -text "Button and ArrowButton"] |
||||
|
||||
_label [$titf1 getframe] |
||||
_entry [$titf2 getframe] |
||||
_button [$titf3 getframe] |
||||
|
||||
pack $titf1 $titf2 -side left -fill both -padx 4 -expand yes |
||||
pack $topf -pady 2 -fill x |
||||
pack $titf3 -pady 2 -padx 4 -fill x |
||||
|
||||
return $frame |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_label { parent } { |
||||
variable var |
||||
|
||||
set lab [Label $parent.label -text "This is a Label widget" \ |
||||
-helptext "Label widget"] |
||||
set chk [checkbutton $parent.chk -text "Disabled" \ |
||||
-variable DemoBasic::var($lab,-state) \ |
||||
-onvalue disabled -offvalue normal \ |
||||
-command "$lab configure -state \$DemoBasic::var($lab,-state)"] |
||||
pack $lab -anchor w -pady 4 |
||||
pack $chk -anchor w |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_entry { parent } { |
||||
set ent [Entry $parent.entry -text "Press enter" \ |
||||
-command {set DemoBasic::var(entcmd) "-command called" ; after 500 {set DemoBasic::var(entcmd) ""}} \ |
||||
-helptext "Entry widget"] |
||||
set chk1 [checkbutton $parent.chk1 -text "Disabled" \ |
||||
-variable DemoBasic::var($ent,state) \ |
||||
-onvalue disabled -offvalue normal \ |
||||
-command "$ent configure -state \$DemoBasic::var($ent,state)"] |
||||
set chk2 [checkbutton $parent.chk2 -text "Non editable" \ |
||||
-variable DemoBasic::var($ent,editable) \ |
||||
-onvalue false -offvalue true \ |
||||
-command "$ent configure -editable \$DemoBasic::var($ent,editable)"] |
||||
set lab [label $parent.cmd -textvariable DemoBasic::var(entcmd) -foreground red] |
||||
pack $ent -pady 4 -anchor w |
||||
pack $chk1 $chk2 -anchor w |
||||
pack $lab -pady 4 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_button { parent } { |
||||
variable var |
||||
|
||||
set frame [frame $parent.butfr] |
||||
set but [Button $frame.but -text "Press me!" \ |
||||
-repeatdelay 300 \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_butcmd command" \ |
||||
-helptext "This is a Button widget"] |
||||
set sep1 [Separator $frame.sep1 -orient vertical] |
||||
set arr1 [ArrowButton $frame.arr1 -type button \ |
||||
-width 25 -height 25 \ |
||||
-repeatdelay 300 \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_butcmd command" \ |
||||
-helptext "This is an ArrowButton widget\nof type button"] |
||||
set sep2 [Separator $frame.sep2 -orient vertical] |
||||
set arr2 [ArrowButton $frame.arr2 -type arrow \ |
||||
-width 25 -height 25 -relief sunken -ipadx 0 -ipady 0 \ |
||||
-repeatdelay 300 \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_butcmd command" \ |
||||
-helptext "This is an ArrowButton widget\nof type arrow"] |
||||
|
||||
pack $but -side left -padx 4 |
||||
pack $sep1 -side left -padx 4 -fill y |
||||
pack $arr1 -side left -padx 4 |
||||
pack $sep2 -side left -padx 4 -fill y |
||||
pack $arr2 -side left -padx 4 |
||||
pack $frame |
||||
|
||||
set sep3 [Separator $parent.sep3 -orient horizontal] |
||||
pack $sep3 -fill x -pady 10 |
||||
|
||||
set labf1 [LabelFrame $parent.labf1 -text "Command" -side top \ |
||||
-anchor w -relief sunken -borderwidth 1] |
||||
set subf [$labf1 getframe] |
||||
set chk1 [checkbutton $subf.chk1 -text "Disabled" \ |
||||
-variable DemoBasic::var(bstate) -onvalue disabled -offvalue normal \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_bstate \$DemoBasic::var(bstate) $but $arr1 $arr2"] |
||||
set chk2 [checkbutton $subf.chk2 -text "Use -armcommand/\n-disarmcommand" \ |
||||
-justify left \ |
||||
-variable DemoBasic::var(barmcmd) \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_barmcmd \$DemoBasic::var(barmcmd) $but $arr1 $arr2"] |
||||
pack $chk1 $chk2 -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
set label [label $parent.label -textvariable DemoBasic::var(butcmd) -foreground red] |
||||
pack $label -side bottom -pady 4 |
||||
|
||||
set labf2 [LabelFrame $parent.labf2 -text "Direction" -side top \ |
||||
-anchor w -relief sunken -borderwidth 1] |
||||
set subf [$labf2 getframe] |
||||
set var(bside) top |
||||
foreach dir {top left bottom right} { |
||||
set rad [radiobutton $subf.$dir -text "$dir arrow" \ |
||||
-variable DemoBasic::var(bside) -value $dir \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_bside \$DemoBasic::var(bside) $arr1 $arr2"] |
||||
pack $rad -anchor w |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set labf3 [LabelFrame $parent.labf3 -text "Relief" -side top \ |
||||
-anchor w -relief sunken -borderwidth 1] |
||||
set subf [$labf3 getframe] |
||||
set var(brelief) raised |
||||
foreach {f lrelief} {f1 {raised sunken ridge groove} f2 {flat solid link}} { |
||||
set f [frame $subf.$f] |
||||
foreach relief $lrelief { |
||||
set rad [radiobutton $f.$relief -text $relief \ |
||||
-variable DemoBasic::var(brelief) -value $relief \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_brelief \$DemoBasic::var(brelief) $but $arr1 $arr2"] |
||||
pack $rad -anchor w |
||||
} |
||||
pack $f -side left -padx 2 -anchor n |
||||
} |
||||
pack $labf1 $labf2 $labf3 -side left -fill y -padx 4 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_bstate { state but arr1 arr2 } { |
||||
foreach but [list $but $arr1 $arr2] { |
||||
$but configure -state $state |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_brelief { relief but arr1 arr2 } { |
||||
$but configure -relief $relief |
||||
if { $relief != "link" } { |
||||
foreach arr [list $arr1 $arr2] { |
||||
$arr configure -relief $relief |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_bside { side args } { |
||||
foreach arr $args { |
||||
$arr configure -dir $side |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_barmcmd { value but arr1 arr2 } { |
||||
if { $value } { |
||||
$but configure \ |
||||
-armcommand "DemoBasic::_butcmd arm" \ |
||||
-disarmcommand "DemoBasic::_butcmd disarm" \ |
||||
-command {} |
||||
foreach arr [list $arr1 $arr2] { |
||||
$arr configure \ |
||||
-armcommand "DemoBasic::_butcmd arm" \ |
||||
-disarmcommand "DemoBasic::_butcmd disarm" \ |
||||
-command {} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
$but configure -armcommand {} -disarmcommand {} \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_butcmd command" |
||||
foreach arr [list $arr1 $arr2] { |
||||
$arr configure -armcommand {} -disarmcommand {} \ |
||||
-command "DemoBasic::_butcmd command" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoBasic::_butcmd { reason } { |
||||
variable count |
||||
variable id |
||||
|
||||
catch {after cancel $id} |
||||
if { $reason == "arm" } { |
||||
incr count |
||||
set DemoBasic::var(butcmd) "$reason command called ($count)" |
||||
} else { |
||||
set count 0 |
||||
set DemoBasic::var(butcmd) "$reason command called" |
||||
} |
||||
set id [after 500 {set DemoBasic::var(butcmd) ""}] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
|
||||
#define bwidget_width 76 |
||||
#define bwidget_height 64 |
||||
static char bwidget_bits[] = { |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xb6,0x6d,0xdb,0x16,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xdb,0xb6,0x6d,0xab,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x55,0x55,0x55,0x75, |
||||
0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x6d,0xdb,0xb6,0xad,0x02,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xb6,0x6d,0xdb,0xb6,0x05,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x55,0x55,0x55,0x55, |
||||
0x05,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xda,0xb6,0xad,0x6d,0x0b,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x6b,0x03,0xc0,0xb6,0x05,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x56,0x05,0x00,0x55, |
||||
0x0d,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xbb,0x05,0x80,0xdb,0x06,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xca,0x06,0x00,0x6c,0x0b,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xb6,0x02,0x00,0xaa, |
||||
0x0a,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xab,0x05,0x00,0x6c,0x0b,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xdd,0x06,0x00,0xb6,0x05,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xaa,0x02,0x00,0x55, |
||||
0x05,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xb7,0x05,0xc0,0xda,0x02,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xd9,0x06,0x50,0x6b,0x01,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x56,0xb5,0xad,0xad, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xdb,0xd6,0x76,0x15,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x6a,0xab,0xaa,0x2d,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x56,0x75,0xad,0xb6, |
||||
0x02,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xbb,0xad,0xd6,0xaa,0x05,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xca,0xb6,0x6b,0xdb,0x2a,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x77,0xd5,0x5c,0x6d, |
||||
0x2d,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x99,0x05,0x00,0xaa,0x56,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xee,0x06,0x00,0x6c,0xbb,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0xaa,0x02,0x00,0xb0, |
||||
0x55,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x55,0x05,0x00,0xa8,0xd6,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xee,0x06,0x00,0xd0,0x6a,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x55,0x03,0x00,0x68, |
||||
0xb7,0xfc,0x00,0x7e,0xf0,0x00,0x6d,0x05,0x00,0xa8,0xaa,0xfc,0x80,0x7e,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xb6,0x05,0x00,0x50,0xbb,0xfe,0x01,0x7e,0xf0,0x00,0x55,0x05,0x00,0x78, |
||||
0xad,0xfe,0x81,0x1f,0xf0,0x00,0xb6,0x05,0x00,0xa4,0xb5,0xfe,0x81,0x1f,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x5b,0x05,0x80,0xba,0x56,0xfe,0x83,0x1f,0xf0,0x00,0xaa,0x6b,0x5b,0xd5, |
||||
0x5a,0xff,0x85,0x1f,0xf0,0x00,0xdb,0x5a,0xad,0x57,0x2b,0xff,0xc7,0x0f,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x6d,0xad,0xd5,0x6a,0x0d,0xff,0xc7,0x0f,0xf0,0x00,0xaa,0xd6,0xb6,0xba, |
||||
0x05,0xdf,0xc7,0x0f,0xf0,0x00,0xb7,0xb5,0x5a,0xab,0x8a,0xdf,0xcf,0x0f,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0xd9,0x5a,0xab,0x6d,0x8f,0xcf,0xef,0x07,0xf0,0x00,0x56,0xad,0x75,0xb5, |
||||
0xaf,0x8f,0xef,0x07,0xf0,0x00,0xb5,0xeb,0x5a,0x00,0x9f,0xcf,0xef,0x07,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x8f,0xff,0x07,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, |
||||
0xfe,0x87,0xff,0x03,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xff,0x03,0xff,0x03,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0x03,0xff,0x03,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, |
||||
0xfe,0x03,0xff,0x01,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfc,0x01,0xff,0x03,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xfe,0x01,0xfe,0x01,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, |
||||
0xfc,0x01,0xfe,0x01,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0, |
||||
0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0xf0}; |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
#!/bin/sh |
||||
# The next line is executed by /bin/sh, but not tcl \ |
||||
exec wish "$0" ${1+"$@"} |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval Demo { |
||||
variable _wfont |
||||
|
||||
variable notebook |
||||
variable mainframe |
||||
variable status |
||||
variable prgtext |
||||
variable prgindic |
||||
variable font |
||||
variable font_name |
||||
variable toolbar1 1 |
||||
variable toolbar2 1 |
||||
|
||||
set pwd [pwd] |
||||
cd [file dirname [info script]] |
||||
variable DEMODIR [pwd] |
||||
cd $pwd |
||||
|
||||
foreach script { |
||||
manager.tcl basic.tcl select.tcl dnd.tcl tree.tcl tmpldlg.tcl |
||||
} { |
||||
namespace inscope :: source $DEMODIR/$script |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc Demo::create { } { |
||||
global tk_patchLevel |
||||
variable _wfont |
||||
variable notebook |
||||
variable mainframe |
||||
variable font |
||||
variable prgtext |
||||
variable prgindic |
||||
|
||||
set prgtext "Please wait while loading font..." |
||||
set prgindic -1 |
||||
_create_intro |
||||
update |
||||
SelectFont::loadfont |
||||
|
||||
bind all <F12> { catch {console show} } |
||||
|
||||
# Menu description |
||||
set descmenu { |
||||
"&File" all file 0 { |
||||
{command "E&xit" {} "Exit BWidget demo" {} -command exit} |
||||
} |
||||
"&Options" all options 0 { |
||||
{checkbutton "Toolbar &1" {all option} "Show/hide toolbar 1" {} |
||||
-variable Demo::toolbar1 |
||||
-command {$Demo::mainframe showtoolbar 0 $Demo::toolbar1} |
||||
} |
||||
{checkbutton "Toolbar &2" {all option} "Show/hide toolbar 2" {} |
||||
-variable Demo::toolbar2 |
||||
-command {$Demo::mainframe showtoolbar 1 $Demo::toolbar2} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set prgtext "Creating MainFrame..." |
||||
set prgindic 0 |
||||
set mainframe [MainFrame .mainframe \ |
||||
-menu $descmenu \ |
||||
-textvariable Demo::status \ |
||||
-progressvar Demo::prgindic] |
||||
|
||||
# toolbar 1 creation |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set tb1 [$mainframe addtoolbar] |
||||
set bbox [ButtonBox $tb1.bbox1 -spacing 0 -padx 1 -pady 1] |
||||
$bbox add -image [Bitmap::get new] \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -relief link -borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Create a new file" |
||||
$bbox add -image [Bitmap::get open] \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -relief link -borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Open an existing file" |
||||
$bbox add -image [Bitmap::get save] \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -relief link -borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Save file" |
||||
pack $bbox -side left -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
set sep [Separator $tb1.sep -orient vertical] |
||||
pack $sep -side left -fill y -padx 4 -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set bbox [ButtonBox $tb1.bbox2 -spacing 0 -padx 1 -pady 1] |
||||
$bbox add -image [Bitmap::get cut] \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -relief link -borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Cut selection" |
||||
$bbox add -image [Bitmap::get copy] \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -relief link -borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Copy selection" |
||||
$bbox add -image [Bitmap::get paste] \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -relief link -borderwidth 1 -padx 1 -pady 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Paste selection" |
||||
pack $bbox -side left -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
# toolbar 2 creation |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set tb2 [$mainframe addtoolbar] |
||||
set _wfont [SelectFont $tb2.font -type toolbar \ |
||||
-command "Demo::update_font \[$tb2.font cget -font\]"] |
||||
set font [$_wfont cget -font] |
||||
pack $_wfont -side left -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
$mainframe addindicator -text "BWidget [package version BWidget]" |
||||
$mainframe addindicator -textvariable tk_patchLevel |
||||
|
||||
# NoteBook creation |
||||
set frame [$mainframe getframe] |
||||
set notebook [NoteBook $frame.nb] |
||||
|
||||
set prgtext "Creating Manager..." |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set f0 [DemoManager::create $notebook] |
||||
set prgtext "Creating Basic..." |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set f1 [DemoBasic::create $notebook] |
||||
set prgtext "Creating Select..." |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set f2 [DemoSelect::create $notebook] |
||||
set prgtext "Creating Dialog..." |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set f3b [DemoDlg::create $notebook] |
||||
set prgtext "Creating Drag and Drop..." |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set f4 [DemoDnd::create $notebook] |
||||
set prgtext "Creating Tree..." |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
set f5 [DemoTree::create $notebook] |
||||
|
||||
set prgtext "Done" |
||||
incr prgindic |
||||
$notebook compute_size |
||||
pack $notebook -fill both -expand yes -padx 4 -pady 4 |
||||
$notebook raise [$notebook page 0] |
||||
|
||||
pack $mainframe -fill both -expand yes |
||||
update idletasks |
||||
destroy .intro |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc Demo::update_font { newfont } { |
||||
variable _wfont |
||||
variable notebook |
||||
variable font |
||||
variable font_name |
||||
|
||||
. configure -cursor watch |
||||
if { $font != $newfont } { |
||||
$_wfont configure -font $newfont |
||||
$notebook configure -font $newfont |
||||
set font $newfont |
||||
} |
||||
. configure -cursor "" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc Demo::_create_intro { } { |
||||
variable DEMODIR |
||||
|
||||
set top [toplevel .intro -relief raised -borderwidth 2] |
||||
|
||||
wm withdraw $top |
||||
wm overrideredirect $top 1 |
||||
|
||||
set ximg [label $top.x -bitmap @$DEMODIR/x1.xbm \ |
||||
-foreground grey90 -background white] |
||||
set bwimg [label $ximg.bw -bitmap @$DEMODIR/bwidget.xbm \ |
||||
-foreground grey90 -background white] |
||||
set frame [frame $ximg.f -background white] |
||||
set lab1 [label $frame.lab1 -text "Loading demo" \ |
||||
-background white -font {times 8}] |
||||
set lab2 [label $frame.lab2 -textvariable Demo::prgtext \ |
||||
-background white -font {times 8} -width 35] |
||||
set prg [ProgressBar $frame.prg -width 50 -height 10 -background white \ |
||||
-variable Demo::prgindic -maximum 10] |
||||
pack $lab1 $lab2 $prg |
||||
place $frame -x 0 -y 0 -anchor nw |
||||
place $bwimg -relx 1 -rely 1 -anchor se |
||||
pack $ximg |
||||
BWidget::place $top 0 0 center |
||||
wm deiconify $top |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc Demo::main {} { |
||||
variable DEMODIR |
||||
|
||||
lappend ::auto_path [file dirname $DEMODIR] |
||||
package require BWidget |
||||
|
||||
option add *TitleFrame.l.font {helvetica 11 bold italic} |
||||
|
||||
wm withdraw . |
||||
wm title . "BWidget demo" |
||||
|
||||
Demo::create |
||||
BWidget::place . 0 0 center |
||||
wm deiconify . |
||||
raise . |
||||
focus -force . |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Demo::main |
||||
wm geom . [wm geom .] |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DemoDnd { |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDnd::create { nb } { |
||||
|
||||
set frame [$nb insert end demoDnd -text "Drag and Drop"] |
||||
|
||||
set titf1 [TitleFrame $frame.titf1 -text "Drag sources"] |
||||
set subf [$titf1 getframe] |
||||
|
||||
set ent1 [LabelEntry $subf.e1 -label "Entry" -labelwidth 14 -dragenabled 1 -dragevent 3] |
||||
set labf1 [LabelFrame $subf.f1 -text "Label (text)" -width 14] |
||||
set f [$labf1 getframe] |
||||
set lab [Label $f.l -text "Drag this text" -dragenabled 1 -dragevent 3] |
||||
pack $lab |
||||
|
||||
set labf2 [LabelFrame $subf.f2 -text "Label (bitmap)" -width 14] |
||||
set f [$labf2 getframe] |
||||
set lab [Label $f.l -bitmap info -dragenabled 1 -dragevent 3] |
||||
pack $lab |
||||
|
||||
pack $ent1 $labf1 $labf2 -side top -fill x -pady 4 |
||||
|
||||
set titf2 [TitleFrame $frame.titf2 -text "Drop targets"] |
||||
set subf [$titf2 getframe] |
||||
|
||||
set ent1 [LabelEntry $subf.e1 -label "Entry" -labelwidth 14 -dropenabled 1] |
||||
set labf1 [LabelFrame $subf.f1 -text "Label" -width 14] |
||||
set f [$labf1 getframe] |
||||
set lab [Label $f.l -dropenabled 1 -highlightthickness 1] |
||||
pack $lab -fill x |
||||
|
||||
pack $ent1 $labf1 -side top -fill x -pady 4 |
||||
|
||||
pack $titf1 $titf2 -pady 4 |
||||
|
||||
return $frame |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DemoManager { |
||||
variable _progress 0 |
||||
variable _afterid "" |
||||
variable _status "Compute in progress..." |
||||
variable _homogeneous 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoManager::create { nb } { |
||||
set frame [$nb insert end demoManager -text "Manager"] |
||||
|
||||
set topf [frame $frame.topf] |
||||
set titf1 [TitleFrame $topf.titf1 -text "MainFrame"] |
||||
set titf2 [TitleFrame $topf.titf2 -text "NoteBook"] |
||||
set titf3 [TitleFrame $frame.titf3 -text "Paned & ScrolledWindow"] |
||||
|
||||
_mainframe [$titf1 getframe] |
||||
_notebook [$titf2 getframe] |
||||
_paned [$titf3 getframe] |
||||
|
||||
pack $titf1 $titf2 -padx 4 -side left -fill both -expand yes |
||||
pack $topf -fill x -pady 2 |
||||
pack $titf3 -pady 2 -padx 4 -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
return $frame |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoManager::_mainframe { parent } { |
||||
set labf1 [LabelFrame $parent.labf1 -text "Toolbar" -side top -anchor w \ |
||||
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set subf [$labf1 getframe] |
||||
checkbutton $subf.chk1 -text "View toolbar 1" -variable Demo::toolbar1 \ |
||||
-command {$Demo::mainframe showtoolbar 0 $Demo::toolbar1} |
||||
checkbutton $subf.chk2 -text "View toolbar 2" -variable Demo::toolbar2 \ |
||||
-command {$Demo::mainframe showtoolbar 1 $Demo::toolbar2} |
||||
pack $subf.chk1 $subf.chk2 -anchor w -fill x |
||||
pack $labf1 -fill both |
||||
|
||||
set labf2 [LabelFrame $parent.labf2 -text "Status bar" -side top -anchor w \ |
||||
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set subf [$labf2 getframe] |
||||
checkbutton $subf.chk1 -text "Show Progress\nindicator" -justify left \ |
||||
-variable DemoManager::_progress \ |
||||
-command {DemoManager::_show_progress} |
||||
pack $subf.chk1 -anchor w -fill x |
||||
|
||||
pack $labf1 $labf2 -side left -padx 4 -fill both |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoManager::_notebook { parent } { |
||||
checkbutton $parent.chk1 -text "Homogeneous label" \ |
||||
-variable DemoManager::_homogeneous \ |
||||
-command {$Demo::notebook configure -homogeneous $DemoManager::_homogeneous} |
||||
pack $parent.chk1 -side left -anchor n -fill x |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoManager::_paned { parent } { |
||||
set pw1 [PanedWindow $parent.pw -side top] |
||||
set pane [$pw1 add -minsize 100] |
||||
|
||||
set pw2 [PanedWindow $pane.pw -side left] |
||||
set pane1 [$pw2 add -minsize 100] |
||||
set pane2 [$pw2 add -minsize 100] |
||||
set pane3 [$pw1 add -minsize 100] |
||||
|
||||
foreach pane [list $pane1 $pane2] { |
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow $pane.sw] |
||||
set lb [listbox $sw.lb -height 8 -width 20 -highlightthickness 0] |
||||
for {set i 1} {$i <= 8} {incr i} { |
||||
$lb insert end "Value $i" |
||||
} |
||||
$sw setwidget $lb |
||||
pack $sw -fill both -expand yes |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow $pane3.sw -relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set sf [ScrollableFrame $sw.f] |
||||
$sw setwidget $sf |
||||
set subf [$sf getframe] |
||||
set lab [label $subf.lab -text "This is a ScrollableFrame"] |
||||
set chk [checkbutton $subf.chk -text "Constrained width" \ |
||||
-variable DemoManager::_constw \ |
||||
-command "$sf configure -constrainedwidth \$DemoManager::_constw"] |
||||
pack $lab |
||||
pack $chk -anchor w |
||||
bind $chk <FocusIn> "$sf see $chk" |
||||
for {set i 0} {$i <= 20} {incr i} { |
||||
pack [entry $subf.ent$i -width 50] -fill x -pady 4 |
||||
bind $subf.ent$i <FocusIn> "$sf see $subf.ent$i" |
||||
$subf.ent$i insert end "Text field $i" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
pack $sw $pw2 $pw1 -fill both -expand yes |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoManager::_show_progress { } { |
||||
variable _progress |
||||
variable _afterid |
||||
variable _status |
||||
|
||||
if { $_progress } { |
||||
set Demo::status "Compute in progress..." |
||||
set Demo::prgindic 0 |
||||
$Demo::mainframe showstatusbar progression |
||||
if { $_afterid == "" } { |
||||
set _afterid [after 30 DemoManager::_update_progress] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set Demo::status "" |
||||
$Demo::mainframe showstatusbar status |
||||
set _afterid "" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoManager::_update_progress { } { |
||||
variable _progress |
||||
variable _afterid |
||||
|
||||
if { $_progress } { |
||||
if { $Demo::prgindic < 100 } { |
||||
incr Demo::prgindic 5 |
||||
set _afterid [after 30 DemoManager::_update_progress] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _progress 0 |
||||
$Demo::mainframe showstatusbar status |
||||
set Demo::status "Done" |
||||
set _afterid "" |
||||
after 500 {set Demo::status ""} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _afterid "" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
|
||||
namespace eval DemoSelect { |
||||
variable var |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoSelect::create { nb } { |
||||
set frame [$nb insert end demoSelect -text "Spin & Combo"] |
||||
|
||||
set titf1 [TitleFrame $frame.titf1 -text SpinBox] |
||||
set subf [$titf1 getframe] |
||||
set spin [SpinBox $subf.spin \ |
||||
-range {1 100 1} -textvariable DemoSelect::var(spin,var) \ |
||||
-helptext "This is the SpinBox"] |
||||
set ent [LabelEntry $subf.ent -label "Linked var" -labelwidth 10 -labelanchor w \ |
||||
-textvariable DemoSelect::var(spin,var) -editable 0 \ |
||||
-helptext "This is an Entry reflecting\nthe linked var of SpinBox"] |
||||
set labf [LabelFrame $subf.options -text "Options" -side top -anchor w \ |
||||
-relief sunken -borderwidth 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Modify some options of SpinBox"] |
||||
set subf [$labf getframe] |
||||
set chk1 [checkbutton $subf.chk1 -text "Non editable" \ |
||||
-variable DemoSelect::var(spin,editable) -onvalue false -offvalue true \ |
||||
-command "$spin configure -editable \$DemoSelect::var(spin,editable)"] |
||||
set chk2 [checkbutton $subf.chk2 -text "Disabled" \ |
||||
-variable DemoSelect::var(spin,state) -onvalue disabled -offvalue normal \ |
||||
-command "$spin configure -state \$DemoSelect::var(spin,state)"] |
||||
|
||||
pack $chk1 $chk2 -side left -anchor w |
||||
pack $spin $ent $labf -pady 4 -fill x |
||||
pack $titf1 |
||||
|
||||
set titf2 [TitleFrame $frame.titf2 -text ComboBox] |
||||
set subf [$titf2 getframe] |
||||
set combo [ComboBox $subf.combo \ |
||||
-textvariable DemoSelect::var(combo,var) \ |
||||
-values {"first value" "second value" "third value" "fourth value" "fifth value"} \ |
||||
-helptext "This is the ComboBox"] |
||||
set ent [LabelEntry $subf.ent -label "Linked var" -labelwidth 10 -labelanchor w \ |
||||
-textvariable DemoSelect::var(combo,var) -editable 0 \ |
||||
-helptext "This is an Entry reflecting\nthe linked var of ComboBox"] |
||||
set labf [LabelFrame $subf.options -text "Options" -side top -anchor w \ |
||||
-relief sunken -borderwidth 1 \ |
||||
-helptext "Modify some options of SpinBox"] |
||||
set subf [$labf getframe] |
||||
set chk1 [checkbutton $subf.chk1 -text "Non editable" \ |
||||
-variable DemoSelect::var(combo,editable) -onvalue false -offvalue true \ |
||||
-command "$combo configure -editable \$DemoSelect::var(combo,editable)"] |
||||
set chk2 [checkbutton $subf.chk2 -text "Disabled" \ |
||||
-variable DemoSelect::var(combo,state) -onvalue disabled -offvalue normal \ |
||||
-command "$combo configure -state \$DemoSelect::var(combo,state)"] |
||||
|
||||
pack $chk1 $chk2 -side left -anchor w |
||||
pack $combo $ent $labf -pady 4 -fill x |
||||
|
||||
pack $titf1 $titf2 -pady 4 |
||||
|
||||
return $frame |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@
|
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DemoDlg { |
||||
variable tmpl |
||||
variable msg |
||||
variable progmsg |
||||
variable progval |
||||
variable resources "en" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::create { nb } { |
||||
set frame [$nb insert end demoDlg -text "Dialog"] |
||||
|
||||
set titf1 [TitleFrame $frame.titf1 -text "Resources"] |
||||
set titf2 [TitleFrame $frame.titf2 -text "Template Dialog"] |
||||
set titf3 [TitleFrame $frame.titf3 -text "Message Dialog"] |
||||
set titf4 [TitleFrame $frame.titf4 -text "Other dialog"] |
||||
|
||||
set subf [$titf1 getframe] |
||||
set cmd {option read [file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "lang" $DemoDlg::resources.rc]} |
||||
set rad1 [radiobutton $subf.rad1 -text "English" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::resources -value en \ |
||||
-command $cmd] |
||||
set rad2 [radiobutton $subf.rad2 -text "French" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::resources -value fr \ |
||||
-command $cmd] |
||||
set rad3 [radiobutton $subf.rad3 -text "German" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::resources -value de \ |
||||
-command $cmd] |
||||
pack $rad1 $rad2 $rad3 -side left |
||||
|
||||
_tmpldlg [$titf2 getframe] |
||||
_msgdlg [$titf3 getframe] |
||||
_stddlg [$titf4 getframe] |
||||
|
||||
pack $titf1 -fill x -pady 2 -padx 2 |
||||
pack $titf4 -side bottom -fill x -pady 2 -padx 2 |
||||
pack $titf2 $titf3 -side left -padx 2 -fill both -expand yes |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_tmpldlg { parent } { |
||||
variable tmpl |
||||
|
||||
set tmpl(side) bottom |
||||
set tmpl(anchor) c |
||||
|
||||
set labf1 [LabelFrame $parent.labf1 -text "Button side" -side top \ |
||||
-anchor w -relief sunken -borderwidth 1] |
||||
set subf [$labf1 getframe] |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad1 -text "Bottom" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(side) -value bottom -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad2 -text "Left" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(side) -value left -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad3 -text "Right" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(side) -value right -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad4 -text "Top" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(side) -value top -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
pack $subf.rad1 $subf.rad2 $subf.rad3 $subf.rad4 -fill x -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
set labf2 [LabelFrame $parent.labf2 -text "Button anchor" -side top \ |
||||
-anchor w -relief sunken -borderwidth 1] |
||||
set subf [$labf2 getframe] |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad1 -text "North" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(anchor) -value n -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad2 -text "West" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(anchor) -value w -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad3 -text "East" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(anchor) -value e -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad4 -text "South" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(anchor) -value s -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad5 -text "Center" \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::tmpl(anchor) -value c -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
pack $subf.rad1 $subf.rad2 $subf.rad3 $subf.rad4 $subf.rad5 -fill x -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
set sep [Separator $parent.sep -orient horizontal] |
||||
set button [button $parent.but -text "Show" -command DemoDlg::_show_tmpldlg] |
||||
|
||||
pack $button -side bottom |
||||
pack $sep -side bottom -fill x -pady 10 |
||||
pack $labf1 $labf2 -side left -padx 4 -anchor n |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_msgdlg { parent } { |
||||
variable msg |
||||
|
||||
set msg(type) ok |
||||
set msg(icon) info |
||||
|
||||
set labf1 [LabelFrame $parent.labf1 -text "Type" -side top \ |
||||
-anchor w -relief sunken -borderwidth 1] |
||||
set subf [$labf1 getframe] |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad1 -text "Ok" -variable DemoDlg::msg(type) -value ok -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad2 -text "Ok, Cancel" -variable DemoDlg::msg(type) -value okcancel -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad3 -text "Retry, Cancel" -variable DemoDlg::msg(type) -value retrycancel -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad4 -text "Yes, No" -variable DemoDlg::msg(type) -value yesno -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad5 -text "Yes, No, Cancel" -variable DemoDlg::msg(type) -value yesnocancel -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad6 -text "Abort, Retry, Ignore" -variable DemoDlg::msg(type) -value abortretryignore -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad7 -text "User" -variable DemoDlg::msg(type) -value user -anchor w |
||||
Entry $subf.user -textvariable DemoDlg::msg(buttons) |
||||
|
||||
pack $subf.rad1 $subf.rad2 $subf.rad3 $subf.rad4 $subf.rad5 $subf.rad6 -fill x -anchor w |
||||
pack $subf.rad7 $subf.user -side left |
||||
|
||||
set labf2 [LabelFrame $parent.labf2 -text "Icon" -side top -anchor w -relief sunken -borderwidth 1] |
||||
set subf [$labf2 getframe] |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad1 -text "Information" -variable DemoDlg::msg(icon) -value info -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad2 -text "Question" -variable DemoDlg::msg(icon) -value question -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad3 -text "Warning" -variable DemoDlg::msg(icon) -value warning -anchor w |
||||
radiobutton $subf.rad4 -text "Error" -variable DemoDlg::msg(icon) -value error -anchor w |
||||
pack $subf.rad1 $subf.rad2 $subf.rad3 $subf.rad4 -fill x -anchor w |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
set sep [Separator $parent.sep -orient horizontal] |
||||
set button [button $parent.but -text "Show" -command DemoDlg::_show_msgdlg] |
||||
|
||||
pack $button -side bottom |
||||
pack $sep -side bottom -fill x -pady 10 |
||||
pack $labf1 $labf2 -side left -padx 4 -anchor n |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_stddlg { parent } { |
||||
set but0 [button $parent.but0 \ |
||||
-text "Select a color " \ |
||||
-command "DemoDlg::_show_color $parent.but0"] |
||||
set but1 [button $parent.but1 \ |
||||
-text "Font selector dialog" \ |
||||
-command DemoDlg::_show_fontdlg] |
||||
set but2 [button $parent.but2 \ |
||||
-text "Progression dialog" \ |
||||
-command DemoDlg::_show_progdlg] |
||||
set but3 [button $parent.but3 \ |
||||
-text "Password dialog" \ |
||||
-command DemoDlg::_show_passdlg] |
||||
|
||||
pack $but0 $but1 $but2 $but3 -side left -padx 5 -anchor w |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_show_color {w} { |
||||
set color [SelectColor::menu $w.color [list below $w] \ |
||||
-color [$w cget -background]] |
||||
if {[string length $color]} { |
||||
$w configure -background $color |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_show_tmpldlg { } { |
||||
variable tmpl |
||||
|
||||
set dlg [Dialog .tmpldlg -parent . -modal local \ |
||||
-separator 1 \ |
||||
-title "Template dialog" \ |
||||
-side $tmpl(side) \ |
||||
-anchor $tmpl(anchor) \ |
||||
-default 0 -cancel 1] |
||||
$dlg add -name ok |
||||
$dlg add -name cancel |
||||
set msg [message [$dlg getframe].msg -text "Template\nDialog" -justify center -anchor c] |
||||
pack $msg -fill both -expand yes -padx 100 -pady 100 |
||||
$dlg draw |
||||
destroy $dlg |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_show_msgdlg { } { |
||||
variable msg |
||||
|
||||
destroy .msgdlg |
||||
MessageDlg .msgdlg -parent . \ |
||||
-message "Message for MessageBox" \ |
||||
-type $msg(type) \ |
||||
-icon $msg(icon) \ |
||||
-buttons $msg(buttons) |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_show_fontdlg { } { |
||||
set font [SelectFont .fontdlg -parent . -font $Demo::font] |
||||
if { $font != "" } { |
||||
Demo::update_font $font |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_show_progdlg { } { |
||||
set DemoDlg::progmsg "Compute in progress..." |
||||
set DemoDlg::progval 0 |
||||
|
||||
ProgressDlg .progress -parent . -title "Wait..." \ |
||||
-type infinite \ |
||||
-width 20 \ |
||||
-textvariable DemoDlg::progmsg \ |
||||
-variable DemoDlg::progval \ |
||||
-stop "Stop" \ |
||||
-command {destroy .progress} |
||||
_update_progdlg |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_update_progdlg { } { |
||||
if { [winfo exists .progress] } { |
||||
set DemoDlg::progval 2 |
||||
after 20 DemoDlg::_update_progdlg |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
proc DemoDlg::_show_passdlg { } { |
||||
PasswdDlg .passwd -parent . |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
|
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DemoTree { |
||||
variable count |
||||
variable dblclick |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::create { nb } { |
||||
set frame [$nb insert end demoTree -text "Tree"] |
||||
set pw [PanedWindow $frame.pw -side top] |
||||
|
||||
set pane [$pw add -weight 1] |
||||
set title [TitleFrame $pane.lf -text "Directory tree"] |
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow [$title getframe].sw \ |
||||
-relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set tree [Tree $sw.tree \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 -width 15 -highlightthickness 0\ |
||||
-redraw 0 -dropenabled 1 -dragenabled 1 \ |
||||
-dragevent 3 \ |
||||
-droptypes { |
||||
TREE_NODE {copy {} move {} link {}} |
||||
LISTBOX_ITEM {copy {} move {} link {}} |
||||
} \ |
||||
-opencmd "DemoTree::moddir 1 $sw.tree" \ |
||||
-closecmd "DemoTree::moddir 0 $sw.tree"] |
||||
$sw setwidget $tree |
||||
|
||||
pack $sw -side top -expand yes -fill both |
||||
pack $title -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
set pane [$pw add -weight 2] |
||||
set lf [TitleFrame $pane.lf -text "Content"] |
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow [$lf getframe].sw \ |
||||
-scrollbar horizontal -auto none -relief sunken -borderwidth 2] |
||||
set list [ListBox::create $sw.lb \ |
||||
-relief flat -borderwidth 0 \ |
||||
-dragevent 3 \ |
||||
-dropenabled 1 -dragenabled 1 \ |
||||
-width 20 -highlightthickness 0 -multicolumn true \ |
||||
-redraw 0 -dragenabled 1 \ |
||||
-droptypes { |
||||
TREE_NODE {copy {} move {} link {}} |
||||
LISTBOX_ITEM {copy {} move {} link {}}}] |
||||
$sw setwidget $list |
||||
|
||||
pack $sw $lf -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
pack $pw -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
$tree bindText <ButtonPress-1> "DemoTree::select tree 1 $tree $list" |
||||
$tree bindText <Double-ButtonPress-1> "DemoTree::select tree 2 $tree $list" |
||||
$list bindText <ButtonPress-1> "DemoTree::select list 1 $tree $list" |
||||
$list bindText <Double-ButtonPress-1> "DemoTree::select list 2 $tree $list" |
||||
$list bindImage <Double-ButtonPress-1> "DemoTree::select list 2 $tree $list" |
||||
|
||||
$nb itemconfigure demoTree \ |
||||
-createcmd "DemoTree::init $tree $list" \ |
||||
-raisecmd { |
||||
# on windows you can get 100x100+-200+200 [PT] |
||||
regexp {[0-9]+x[0-9]+([+-]{1,2}[0-9]+)([+-]{1,2}[0-9]+)} \ |
||||
[wm geom .] global_foo global_w global_h |
||||
# {}'s left off on purpose. [PT] |
||||
BWidget::place .top 0 0 at [expr $global_w-[winfo screenwidth .]] $global_h |
||||
wm deiconify .top |
||||
bind . <Unmap> {wm withdraw .top} |
||||
bind . <Map> {wm deiconify .top} |
||||
bind . <Configure> { |
||||
if { ![string compare %W "."] } { |
||||
# see above re: windows geometry |
||||
regexp {[0-9]+x[0-9]+([+-]{1,2}[0-9]+)([+-]{1,2}[0-9]+)} \ |
||||
[wm geom .] global_foo global_w global_h |
||||
BWidget::place .top 0 0 at [expr $global_w-[winfo screenwidth .]] $global_h |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} \ |
||||
-leavecmd { |
||||
wm withdraw .top |
||||
bind . <Unmap> {} |
||||
bind . <Map> {} |
||||
bind . <Configure> {} |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::init { tree list args } { |
||||
global tcl_platform |
||||
variable count |
||||
|
||||
set count 0 |
||||
if { $tcl_platform(platform) == "unix" } { |
||||
set rootdir [glob "~"] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set rootdir "c:\\" |
||||
} |
||||
$tree insert end root home -text $rootdir -data $rootdir -open 1 \ |
||||
-image [Bitmap::get openfold] |
||||
getdir $tree home $rootdir |
||||
DemoTree::select tree 1 $tree $list home |
||||
$tree configure -redraw 1 |
||||
$list configure -redraw 1 |
||||
|
||||
# ScrollView |
||||
set w .top |
||||
toplevel $w |
||||
wm withdraw $w |
||||
wm protocol $w WM_DELETE_WINDOW { |
||||
# don't kill me |
||||
} |
||||
wm resizable $w 0 0 |
||||
wm title $w "Drag rectangle to scroll directory tree" |
||||
wm transient $w . |
||||
ScrollView $w.sv -window $tree -fill white -relief sunken -bd 1 \ |
||||
-width 300 -height 300 |
||||
pack $w.sv -fill both -expand yes |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::getdir { tree node path } { |
||||
variable count |
||||
|
||||
set lentries [glob -nocomplain [file join $path "*"]] |
||||
set lfiles {} |
||||
foreach f $lentries { |
||||
set tail [file tail $f] |
||||
if { [file isdirectory $f] } { |
||||
$tree insert end $node n:$count \ |
||||
-text $tail \ |
||||
-image [Bitmap::get folder] \ |
||||
-drawcross allways \ |
||||
-data $f |
||||
incr count |
||||
} else { |
||||
lappend lfiles $tail |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $node -drawcross auto -data $lfiles |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::moddir { idx tree node } { |
||||
if { $idx && [$tree itemcget $node -drawcross] == "allways" } { |
||||
getdir $tree $node [$tree itemcget $node -data] |
||||
if { [llength [$tree nodes $node]] } { |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $node -image [Bitmap::get openfold] |
||||
} else { |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $node -image [Bitmap::get folder] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $node -image [Bitmap::get [lindex {folder openfold} $idx]] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::select { where num tree list node } { |
||||
variable dblclick |
||||
|
||||
set dblclick 1 |
||||
if { $num == 1 } { |
||||
if { $where == "tree" && [lsearch [$tree selection get] $node] != -1 } { |
||||
unset dblclick |
||||
after 500 "DemoTree::edit tree $tree $list $node" |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
if { $where == "list" && [lsearch [$list selection get] $node] != -1 } { |
||||
unset dblclick |
||||
after 500 "DemoTree::edit list $tree $list $node" |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
if { $where == "tree" } { |
||||
select_node $tree $list $node |
||||
} else { |
||||
$list selection set $node |
||||
} |
||||
} elseif { $where == "list" && [$tree exists $node] } { |
||||
set parent [$tree parent $node] |
||||
while { $parent != "root" } { |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $parent -open 1 |
||||
set parent [$tree parent $parent] |
||||
} |
||||
select_node $tree $list $node |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::select_node { tree list node } { |
||||
$tree selection set $node |
||||
update |
||||
eval $list delete [$list item 0 end] |
||||
|
||||
set dir [$tree itemcget $node -data] |
||||
if { [$tree itemcget $node -drawcross] == "allways" } { |
||||
getdir $tree $node $dir |
||||
set dir [$tree itemcget $node -data] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
foreach subnode [$tree nodes $node] { |
||||
$list insert end $subnode \ |
||||
-text [$tree itemcget $subnode -text] \ |
||||
-image [Bitmap::get folder] |
||||
} |
||||
set num 0 |
||||
foreach f $dir { |
||||
$list insert end f:$num \ |
||||
-text $f \ |
||||
-image [Bitmap::get file] |
||||
incr num |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::edit { where tree list node } { |
||||
variable dblclick |
||||
|
||||
if { [info exists dblclick] } { |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $where == "tree" && [lsearch [$tree selection get] $node] != -1 } { |
||||
set res [$tree edit $node [$tree itemcget $node -text]] |
||||
if { $res != "" } { |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $node -text $res |
||||
if { [$list exists $node] } { |
||||
$list itemconfigure $node -text $res |
||||
} |
||||
$tree selection set $node |
||||
} |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $where == "list" } { |
||||
set res [$list edit $node [$list itemcget $node -text]] |
||||
if { $res != "" } { |
||||
$list itemconfigure $node -text $res |
||||
if { [$tree exists $node] } { |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $node -text $res |
||||
} else { |
||||
set cursel [$tree selection get] |
||||
set index [expr {[$list index $node]-[llength [$tree nodes $cursel]]}] |
||||
set data [$tree itemcget $cursel -data] |
||||
set data [lreplace $data $index $index $res] |
||||
$tree itemconfigure $cursel -data $data |
||||
} |
||||
$list selection set $node |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DemoTree::expand { tree but } { |
||||
if { [set cur [$tree selection get]] != "" } { |
||||
if { $but == 0 } { |
||||
$tree opentree $cur |
||||
} else { |
||||
$tree closetree $cur |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,357 @@
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# dialog.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: dialog.tcl,v 1.15.2.1 2010/08/04 13:07:59 oehhar Exp $ |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - Dialog::create |
||||
# - Dialog::configure |
||||
# - Dialog::cget |
||||
# - Dialog::getframe |
||||
# - Dialog::add |
||||
# - Dialog::itemconfigure |
||||
# - Dialog::itemcget |
||||
# - Dialog::invoke |
||||
# - Dialog::setfocus |
||||
# - Dialog::enddialog |
||||
# - Dialog::draw |
||||
# - Dialog::withdraw |
||||
# - Dialog::_destroy |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
# JDC: added -transient and -place flag |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval Dialog { |
||||
Widget::define Dialog dialog ButtonBox |
||||
|
||||
Widget::bwinclude Dialog ButtonBox .bbox \ |
||||
remove {-orient} \ |
||||
initialize {-spacing 10 -padx 10} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare Dialog { |
||||
{-title String "" 0} |
||||
{-geometry String "" 0} |
||||
{-modal Enum local 0 {none local global}} |
||||
{-bitmap TkResource "" 1 label} |
||||
{-image TkResource "" 1 label} |
||||
{-separator Boolean 0 1} |
||||
{-cancel Int -1 0 "%d >= -1"} |
||||
{-parent String "" 0} |
||||
{-side Enum bottom 1 {bottom left top right}} |
||||
{-anchor Enum c 1 {n e w s c}} |
||||
{-class String Dialog 1} |
||||
{-transient Boolean 1 1} |
||||
{-place Enum center 0 {none center left right above below}} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::addmap Dialog "" :cmd {-background {}} |
||||
Widget::addmap Dialog "" .frame {-background {}} |
||||
|
||||
bind BwDialog <Destroy> [list Dialog::_destroy %W] |
||||
|
||||
variable _widget |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::create |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::create { path args } { |
||||
global tcl_platform |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
array set maps [list Dialog {} .bbox {}] |
||||
array set maps [Widget::parseArgs Dialog $args] |
||||
|
||||
# Check to see if the -class flag was specified |
||||
set dialogClass "Dialog" |
||||
array set dialogArgs $maps(Dialog) |
||||
if { [info exists dialogArgs(-class)] } { |
||||
set dialogClass $dialogArgs(-class) |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [string equal $tcl_platform(platform) "unix"] } { |
||||
set re raised |
||||
set bd 1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set re flat |
||||
set bd 0 |
||||
} |
||||
toplevel $path -relief $re -borderwidth $bd -class $dialogClass |
||||
wm withdraw $path |
||||
|
||||
Widget::initFromODB Dialog $path $maps(Dialog) |
||||
|
||||
bindtags $path [list $path BwDialog all] |
||||
wm overrideredirect $path 1 |
||||
wm title $path [Widget::cget $path -title] |
||||
set parent [Widget::cget $path -parent] |
||||
if { ![winfo exists $parent] } { |
||||
set parent [winfo parent $path] |
||||
} |
||||
# JDC: made transient optional |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption $path -transient] } { |
||||
wm transient $path [winfo toplevel $parent] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set side [Widget::cget $path -side] |
||||
if { [string equal $side "left"] || [string equal $side "right"] } { |
||||
set orient vertical |
||||
} else { |
||||
set orient horizontal |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set bbox [eval [list ButtonBox::create $path.bbox] $maps(.bbox) \ |
||||
-orient $orient] |
||||
set frame [frame $path.frame -relief flat -borderwidth 0] |
||||
set bg [Widget::cget $path -background] |
||||
$path configure -background $bg |
||||
$frame configure -background $bg |
||||
if { [set bitmap [Widget::getoption $path -image]] != "" } { |
||||
set label [label $path.label -image $bitmap -background $bg] |
||||
} elseif { [set bitmap [Widget::getoption $path -bitmap]] != "" } { |
||||
set label [label $path.label -bitmap $bitmap -background $bg] |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption $path -separator] } { |
||||
Separator::create $path.sep -orient $orient -background $bg |
||||
} |
||||
set _widget($path,realized) 0 |
||||
set _widget($path,nbut) 0 |
||||
|
||||
set cancel [Widget::getoption $path -cancel] |
||||
bind $path <Escape> [list ButtonBox::invoke $path.bbox $cancel] |
||||
if {$cancel != -1} { |
||||
wm protocol $path WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list ButtonBox::invoke $path.bbox $cancel] |
||||
} |
||||
bind $path <Return> [list ButtonBox::invoke $path.bbox default] |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create Dialog $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::configure |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::configure { path args } { |
||||
set res [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
|
||||
if { [Widget::hasChanged $path -title title] } { |
||||
wm title $path $title |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::hasChanged $path -background bg] } { |
||||
if { [winfo exists $path.label] } { |
||||
$path.label configure -background $bg |
||||
} |
||||
if { [winfo exists $path.sep] } { |
||||
Separator::configure $path.sep -background $bg |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::hasChanged $path -cancel cancel] } { |
||||
bind $path <Escape> [list ButtonBox::invoke $path.bbox $cancel] |
||||
if {$cancel == -1} { |
||||
wm protocol $path WM_DELETE_WINDOW "" |
||||
} else { |
||||
wm protocol $path WM_DELETE_WINDOW [list ButtonBox::invoke $path.bbox $cancel] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::cget |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::cget { path option } { |
||||
return [Widget::cget $path $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::getframe |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::getframe { path } { |
||||
return $path.frame |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::add |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::add { path args } { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
if {[string equal $::tcl_platform(platform) "windows"] |
||||
&& $::tk_version >= 8.4} { |
||||
set width -11 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set width 8 |
||||
} |
||||
set cmd [list ButtonBox::add $path.bbox -width $width \ |
||||
-command [list Dialog::enddialog $path $_widget($path,nbut)]] |
||||
set res [eval $cmd $args] |
||||
incr _widget($path,nbut) |
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::itemconfigure |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::itemconfigure { path index args } { |
||||
return [eval [list ButtonBox::itemconfigure $path.bbox $index] $args] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::itemcget |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::itemcget { path index option } { |
||||
return [ButtonBox::itemcget $path.bbox $index $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::invoke |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::invoke { path index } { |
||||
ButtonBox::invoke $path.bbox $index |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::setfocus |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::setfocus { path index } { |
||||
ButtonBox::setfocus $path.bbox $index |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::enddialog |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::enddialog { path result } { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
set _widget($path,result) $result |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::draw |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::draw { path {focus ""} {overrideredirect 0} {geometry ""}} { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
set parent [Widget::getoption $path -parent] |
||||
if { !$_widget($path,realized) } { |
||||
set _widget($path,realized) 1 |
||||
if { [llength [winfo children $path.bbox]] } { |
||||
set side [Widget::getoption $path -side] |
||||
if {[string equal $side "left"] || [string equal $side "right"]} { |
||||
set pad -padx |
||||
set fill y |
||||
} else { |
||||
set pad -pady |
||||
set fill x |
||||
} |
||||
pack $path.bbox -side $side -padx 1m -pady 1m \ |
||||
-anchor [Widget::getoption $path -anchor] |
||||
if { [winfo exists $path.sep] } { |
||||
pack $path.sep -side $side -fill $fill $pad 2m |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if { [winfo exists $path.label] } { |
||||
pack $path.label -side left -anchor n -padx 3m -pady 3m |
||||
} |
||||
pack $path.frame -padx 1m -pady 1m -fill both -expand yes |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set geom [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -geometry] |
||||
if { $geom != "" } { |
||||
wm geometry $path $geom |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [string equal $geometry ""] && ($geom == "") } { |
||||
set place [Widget::getoption $path -place] |
||||
if { ![string equal $place none] } { |
||||
if { [winfo exists $parent] } { |
||||
BWidget::place $path 0 0 $place $parent |
||||
} else { |
||||
BWidget::place $path 0 0 $place |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { $geom != "" } { |
||||
wm geometry $path $geom |
||||
} else { |
||||
wm geometry $path $geometry |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
update idletasks |
||||
wm overrideredirect $path $overrideredirect |
||||
wm deiconify $path |
||||
|
||||
# patch by Bastien Chevreux (bach@mwgdna.com) |
||||
# As seen on Windows systems *sigh* |
||||
# When the toplevel is withdrawn, the tkwait command will wait forever. |
||||
# So, check that we are not withdrawn |
||||
if {![winfo exists $parent] || \ |
||||
([wm state [winfo toplevel $parent]] != "withdrawn")} { |
||||
tkwait visibility $path |
||||
} |
||||
BWidget::focus set $path |
||||
if { [winfo exists $focus] } { |
||||
focus -force $focus |
||||
} else { |
||||
ButtonBox::setfocus $path.bbox default |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [set grab [Widget::cget $path -modal]] != "none" } { |
||||
BWidget::grab $grab $path |
||||
if {[info exists _widget($path,result)]} { |
||||
unset _widget($path,result) |
||||
} |
||||
tkwait variable Dialog::_widget($path,result) |
||||
if { [info exists _widget($path,result)] } { |
||||
set res $_widget($path,result) |
||||
unset _widget($path,result) |
||||
} else { |
||||
set res -1 |
||||
} |
||||
withdraw $path |
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
return "" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::withdraw |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::withdraw { path } { |
||||
BWidget::grab release $path |
||||
BWidget::focus release $path |
||||
if { [winfo exists $path] } { |
||||
wm withdraw $path |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Dialog::_destroy |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Dialog::_destroy { path } { |
||||
variable _widget |
||||
|
||||
Dialog::enddialog $path -1 |
||||
|
||||
BWidget::grab release $path |
||||
BWidget::focus release $path |
||||
if {[info exists _widget($path,result)]} { |
||||
unset _widget($path,result) |
||||
} |
||||
unset _widget($path,realized) |
||||
unset _widget($path,nbut) |
||||
|
||||
Widget::destroy $path |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,197 @@
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# dragsite.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: dragsite.tcl,v 1.8 2003/10/20 21:23:52 damonc Exp $ |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - DragSite::include |
||||
# - DragSite::setdrag |
||||
# - DragSite::register |
||||
# - DragSite::_begin_drag |
||||
# - DragSite::_init_drag |
||||
# - DragSite::_end_drag |
||||
# - DragSite::_update_operation |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DragSite { |
||||
Widget::define DragSite dragsite -classonly |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare DragSite [list \ |
||||
[list -dragevent Enum 1 0 [list 1 2 3]] \ |
||||
[list -draginitcmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -dragendcmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
] |
||||
|
||||
variable _topw ".drag" |
||||
variable _tabops |
||||
variable _state |
||||
variable _x0 |
||||
variable _y0 |
||||
|
||||
bind BwDrag1 <ButtonPress-1> {DragSite::_begin_drag press %W %s %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwDrag1 <B1-Motion> {DragSite::_begin_drag motion %W %s %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwDrag2 <ButtonPress-2> {DragSite::_begin_drag press %W %s %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwDrag2 <B2-Motion> {DragSite::_begin_drag motion %W %s %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwDrag3 <ButtonPress-3> {DragSite::_begin_drag press %W %s %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwDrag3 <B3-Motion> {DragSite::_begin_drag motion %W %s %X %Y} |
||||
|
||||
proc use {} {} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DragSite::include |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DragSite::include { class type event } { |
||||
set dragoptions [list \ |
||||
[list -dragenabled Boolean 0 0] \ |
||||
[list -draginitcmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -dragendcmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -dragtype String $type 0] \ |
||||
[list -dragevent Enum $event 0 [list 1 2 3]] \ |
||||
] |
||||
Widget::declare $class $dragoptions |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DragSite::setdrag |
||||
# Widget interface to register |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DragSite::setdrag { path subpath initcmd endcmd {force 0}} { |
||||
set cen [Widget::hasChanged $path -dragenabled en] |
||||
set cdragevt [Widget::hasChanged $path -dragevent dragevt] |
||||
if { $en } { |
||||
if { $force || $cen || $cdragevt } { |
||||
register $subpath \ |
||||
-draginitcmd $initcmd \ |
||||
-dragendcmd $endcmd \ |
||||
-dragevent $dragevt |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
register $subpath |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DragSite::register |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DragSite::register { path args } { |
||||
upvar \#0 DragSite::$path drag |
||||
|
||||
if { [info exists drag] } { |
||||
bind $path $drag(evt) {} |
||||
unset drag |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::init DragSite .drag$path $args |
||||
set event [Widget::getMegawidgetOption .drag$path -dragevent] |
||||
set initcmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption .drag$path -draginitcmd] |
||||
set endcmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption .drag$path -dragendcmd] |
||||
set tags [bindtags $path] |
||||
set idx [lsearch $tags "BwDrag*"] |
||||
Widget::destroy .drag$path |
||||
if { $initcmd != "" } { |
||||
if { $idx != -1 } { |
||||
bindtags $path [lreplace $tags $idx $idx BwDrag$event] |
||||
} else { |
||||
bindtags $path [concat $tags BwDrag$event] |
||||
} |
||||
set drag(initcmd) $initcmd |
||||
set drag(endcmd) $endcmd |
||||
set drag(evt) $event |
||||
} elseif { $idx != -1 } { |
||||
bindtags $path [lreplace $tags $idx $idx] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DragSite::_begin_drag |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DragSite::_begin_drag { event source state X Y } { |
||||
variable _x0 |
||||
variable _y0 |
||||
variable _state |
||||
|
||||
switch -- $event { |
||||
press { |
||||
set _x0 $X |
||||
set _y0 $Y |
||||
set _state "press" |
||||
} |
||||
motion { |
||||
if { ![info exists _state] } { |
||||
# This is just extra protection. There seem to be |
||||
# rare cases where the motion comes before the press. |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal $_state "press"] } { |
||||
if { abs($_x0-$X) > 3 || abs($_y0-$Y) > 3 } { |
||||
set _state "done" |
||||
_init_drag $source $state $X $Y |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DragSite::_init_drag |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DragSite::_init_drag { source state X Y } { |
||||
variable _topw |
||||
upvar \#0 DragSite::$source drag |
||||
|
||||
destroy $_topw |
||||
toplevel $_topw |
||||
wm withdraw $_topw |
||||
wm overrideredirect $_topw 1 |
||||
|
||||
set info [uplevel \#0 $drag(initcmd) [list $source $X $Y .drag]] |
||||
if { $info != "" } { |
||||
set type [lindex $info 0] |
||||
set ops [lindex $info 1] |
||||
set data [lindex $info 2] |
||||
|
||||
if { [winfo children $_topw] == "" } { |
||||
if { [string equal $type "BITMAP"] || [string equal $type "IMAGE"] } { |
||||
label $_topw.l -image [Bitmap::get dragicon] -relief flat -bd 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
label $_topw.l -image [Bitmap::get dragfile] -relief flat -bd 0 |
||||
} |
||||
pack $_topw.l |
||||
} |
||||
wm geometry $_topw +[expr {$X+1}]+[expr {$Y+1}] |
||||
wm deiconify $_topw |
||||
if {[catch {tkwait visibility $_topw}]} { |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
BWidget::grab set $_topw |
||||
BWidget::focus set $_topw |
||||
|
||||
bindtags $_topw [list $_topw DragTop] |
||||
DropSite::_init_drag $_topw $drag(evt) $source $state $X $Y $type $ops $data |
||||
} else { |
||||
destroy $_topw |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DragSite::_end_drag |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DragSite::_end_drag { source target op type data result } { |
||||
variable _topw |
||||
upvar \#0 DragSite::$source drag |
||||
|
||||
BWidget::grab release $_topw |
||||
BWidget::focus release $_topw |
||||
destroy $_topw |
||||
if { $drag(endcmd) != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $drag(endcmd) [list $source $target $op $type $data $result] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,456 @@
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# dropsite.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: dropsite.tcl,v 1.8 2009/06/30 16:17:37 oehhar Exp $ |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - DropSite::include |
||||
# - DropSite::setdrop |
||||
# - DropSite::register |
||||
# - DropSite::setcursor |
||||
# - DropSite::setoperation |
||||
# - DropSite::_update_operation |
||||
# - DropSite::_compute_operation |
||||
# - DropSite::_draw_operation |
||||
# - DropSite::_init_drag |
||||
# - DropSite::_motion |
||||
# - DropSite::_release |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DropSite { |
||||
Widget::define DropSite dropsite -classonly |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare DropSite [list \ |
||||
[list -dropovercmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -dropcmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -droptypes String "" 0] \ |
||||
] |
||||
|
||||
proc use {} {} |
||||
|
||||
variable _top ".drag" |
||||
variable _opw ".drag.\#op" |
||||
variable _target "" |
||||
variable _status 0 |
||||
variable _tabops |
||||
variable _defops |
||||
variable _source |
||||
variable _type |
||||
variable _data |
||||
variable _evt |
||||
# key win unix |
||||
# shift 1 | 1 -> 1 |
||||
# control 4 | 4 -> 4 |
||||
# alt 8 | 16 -> 24 |
||||
# meta | 64 -> 88 |
||||
|
||||
array set _tabops { |
||||
mod,none 0 |
||||
mod,shift 1 |
||||
mod,control 4 |
||||
mod,alt 24 |
||||
ops,copy 1 |
||||
ops,move 1 |
||||
ops,link 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $tcl_platform(platform) == "unix" } { |
||||
set _tabops(mod,alt) 8 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _tabops(mod,alt) 16 |
||||
} |
||||
array set _defops \ |
||||
[list \ |
||||
copy,mod shift \ |
||||
move,mod control \ |
||||
link,mod alt \ |
||||
copy,img @[file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "images" "opcopy.xbm"] \ |
||||
move,img @[file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "images" "opmove.xbm"] \ |
||||
link,img @[file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "images" "oplink.xbm"]] |
||||
|
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Shift_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 1]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Shift_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 1]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Control_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 4]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Control_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 4]} |
||||
if { $tcl_platform(platform) == "unix" } { |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Alt_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 8]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Alt_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 8]} |
||||
} else { |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Alt_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 16]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyPress-Alt_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s | 16]} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Shift_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~1]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Shift_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~1]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Control_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~4]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Control_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~4]} |
||||
if { $tcl_platform(platform) == "unix" } { |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Alt_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~8]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Alt_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~8]} |
||||
} else { |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Alt_L> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~16]} |
||||
bind DragTop <KeyRelease-Alt_R> {DropSite::_update_operation [expr %s & ~16]} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::include |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::include { class types } { |
||||
set dropoptions [list \ |
||||
[list -dropenabled Boolean 0 0] \ |
||||
[list -dropovercmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -dropcmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -droptypes String $types 0] \ |
||||
] |
||||
Widget::declare $class $dropoptions |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::setdrop |
||||
# Widget interface to register |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::setdrop { path subpath dropover drop {force 0}} { |
||||
set cen [Widget::hasChanged $path -dropenabled en] |
||||
set ctypes [Widget::hasChanged $path -droptypes types] |
||||
if { $en } { |
||||
if { $force || $cen || $ctypes } { |
||||
register $subpath \ |
||||
-droptypes $types \ |
||||
-dropcmd $drop \ |
||||
-dropovercmd $dropover |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
register $subpath |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::register |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::register { path args } { |
||||
variable _tabops |
||||
variable _defops |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$path drop |
||||
|
||||
Widget::init DropSite .drop$path $args |
||||
if { [info exists drop] } { |
||||
unset drop |
||||
} |
||||
set dropcmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption .drop$path -dropcmd] |
||||
set types [Widget::getMegawidgetOption .drop$path -droptypes] |
||||
set overcmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption .drop$path -dropovercmd] |
||||
Widget::destroy .drop$path |
||||
if { $dropcmd != "" && $types != "" } { |
||||
set drop(dropcmd) $dropcmd |
||||
set drop(overcmd) $overcmd |
||||
foreach {type ops} $types { |
||||
set drop($type,ops) {} |
||||
set masklist {} |
||||
foreach {descop lmod} $ops { |
||||
if { ![llength $descop] || [llength $descop] > 3 } { |
||||
return -code error "invalid operation description \"$descop\"" |
||||
} |
||||
foreach {subop baseop imgop} $descop { |
||||
set subop [string trim $subop] |
||||
if { ![string length $subop] } { |
||||
return -code error "sub operation is empty" |
||||
} |
||||
if { ![string length $baseop] } { |
||||
set baseop $subop |
||||
} |
||||
if { [info exists drop($type,ops,$subop)] } { |
||||
return -code error "operation \"$subop\" already defined" |
||||
} |
||||
if { ![info exists _tabops(ops,$baseop)] } { |
||||
return -code error "invalid base operation \"$baseop\"" |
||||
} |
||||
if { ![string equal $subop $baseop] && |
||||
[info exists _tabops(ops,$subop)] } { |
||||
return -code error "sub operation \"$subop\" is a base operation" |
||||
} |
||||
if { ![string length $imgop] } { |
||||
set imgop $_defops($baseop,img) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal $lmod "program"] } { |
||||
set drop($type,ops,$subop) $baseop |
||||
set drop($type,img,$subop) $imgop |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { ![string length $lmod] } { |
||||
set lmod $_defops($baseop,mod) |
||||
} |
||||
set mask 0 |
||||
foreach mod $lmod { |
||||
if { ![info exists _tabops(mod,$mod)] } { |
||||
return -code error "invalid modifier \"$mod\"" |
||||
} |
||||
set mask [expr {$mask | $_tabops(mod,$mod)}] |
||||
} |
||||
if { ($mask == 0) != ([string equal $subop "default"]) } { |
||||
return -code error "sub operation default can only be used with modifier \"none\"" |
||||
} |
||||
set drop($type,mod,$mask) $subop |
||||
set drop($type,ops,$subop) $baseop |
||||
set drop($type,img,$subop) $imgop |
||||
lappend masklist $mask |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if { ![info exists drop($type,mod,0)] } { |
||||
set drop($type,mod,0) default |
||||
set drop($type,ops,default) copy |
||||
set drop($type,img,default) $_defops(copy,img) |
||||
lappend masklist 0 |
||||
} |
||||
set drop($type,ops,force) copy |
||||
set drop($type,img,force) $_defops(copy,img) |
||||
foreach mask [lsort -integer -decreasing $masklist] { |
||||
lappend drop($type,ops) $mask $drop($type,mod,$mask) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::setcursor |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::setcursor { cursor } { |
||||
catch {.drag configure -cursor $cursor} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::setoperation |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::setoperation { op } { |
||||
variable _curop |
||||
variable _dragops |
||||
variable _target |
||||
variable _type |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$_target drop |
||||
|
||||
if { [info exist drop($_type,ops,$op)] && |
||||
$_dragops($drop($_type,ops,$op)) } { |
||||
set _curop $op |
||||
} else { |
||||
# force to a copy operation |
||||
set _curop force |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::_init_drag |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::_init_drag { top evt source state X Y type ops data } { |
||||
variable _top |
||||
variable _source |
||||
variable _type |
||||
variable _data |
||||
variable _target |
||||
variable _status |
||||
variable _state |
||||
variable _dragops |
||||
variable _opw |
||||
variable _evt |
||||
|
||||
if {[info exists _dragops]} { |
||||
unset _dragops |
||||
} |
||||
array set _dragops {copy 1 move 0 link 0} |
||||
foreach op $ops { |
||||
set _dragops($op) 1 |
||||
} |
||||
set _target "" |
||||
set _status 0 |
||||
set _top $top |
||||
set _source $source |
||||
set _type $type |
||||
set _data $data |
||||
|
||||
label $_opw -relief flat -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-foreground black -background white |
||||
|
||||
bind $top <ButtonRelease-$evt> {DropSite::_release %X %Y} |
||||
bind $top <B$evt-Motion> {DropSite::_motion %X %Y} |
||||
bind $top <Motion> {DropSite::_release %X %Y} |
||||
set _state $state |
||||
set _evt $evt |
||||
_motion $X $Y |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::_update_operation |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::_update_operation { state } { |
||||
variable _top |
||||
variable _status |
||||
variable _state |
||||
|
||||
if { $_status & 3 } { |
||||
set _state $state |
||||
_motion [winfo pointerx $_top] [winfo pointery $_top] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::_compute_operation |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::_compute_operation { target state type } { |
||||
variable _curop |
||||
variable _dragops |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$target drop |
||||
|
||||
foreach {mask op} $drop($type,ops) { |
||||
if { ($state & $mask) == $mask } { |
||||
if { $_dragops($drop($type,ops,$op)) } { |
||||
set _curop $op |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
set _curop force |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::_draw_operation |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::_draw_operation { target type } { |
||||
variable _opw |
||||
variable _curop |
||||
variable _dragops |
||||
variable _tabops |
||||
variable _status |
||||
|
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$target drop |
||||
|
||||
if { !($_status & 1) } { |
||||
catch {place forget $_opw} |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { 0 } { |
||||
if { ![info exist drop($type,ops,$_curop)] || |
||||
!$_dragops($drop($type,ops,$_curop)) } { |
||||
# force to a copy operation |
||||
set _curop copy |
||||
catch { |
||||
$_opw configure -bitmap $_tabops(img,copy) |
||||
place $_opw -relx 1 -rely 1 -anchor se |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} elseif { [string equal $_curop "default"] } { |
||||
catch {place forget $_opw} |
||||
} else { |
||||
catch { |
||||
$_opw configure -bitmap $drop($type,img,$_curop) |
||||
place $_opw -relx 1 -rely 1 -anchor se |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::_motion |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::_motion { X Y } { |
||||
variable _top |
||||
variable _target |
||||
variable _status |
||||
variable _state |
||||
variable _curop |
||||
variable _type |
||||
variable _data |
||||
variable _source |
||||
variable _evt |
||||
|
||||
set script [bind $_top <B$_evt-Motion>] |
||||
bind $_top <B$_evt-Motion> {} |
||||
bind $_top <Motion> {} |
||||
wm geometry $_top "+[expr {$X+1}]+[expr {$Y+1}]" |
||||
update |
||||
if { ![winfo exists $_top] } { |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
set path [winfo containing $X $Y] |
||||
if { ![string equal $path $_target] } { |
||||
# path != current target |
||||
if { $_status & 2 } { |
||||
# current target is valid and has recall status |
||||
# generate leave event |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$_target drop |
||||
uplevel \#0 $drop(overcmd) [list $_target $_source leave $X $Y $_curop $_type $_data] |
||||
} |
||||
set _target $path |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$_target drop |
||||
if { [info exists drop($_type,ops)] } { |
||||
# path is a valid target |
||||
_compute_operation $_target $_state $_type |
||||
if { $drop(overcmd) != "" } { |
||||
set arg [list $_target $_source enter $X $Y $_curop $_type $_data] |
||||
set _status [uplevel \#0 $drop(overcmd) $arg] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _status 1 |
||||
catch {$_top configure -cursor based_arrow_down} |
||||
} |
||||
_draw_operation $_target $_type |
||||
update |
||||
catch { |
||||
bind $_top <B$_evt-Motion> {DropSite::_motion %X %Y} |
||||
bind $_top <Motion> {DropSite::_release %X %Y} |
||||
} |
||||
return |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _status 0 |
||||
catch {$_top configure -cursor dot} |
||||
_draw_operation "" "" |
||||
} |
||||
} elseif { $_status & 2 } { |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$_target drop |
||||
_compute_operation $_target $_state $_type |
||||
set arg [list $_target $_source motion $X $Y $_curop $_type $_data] |
||||
set _status [uplevel \#0 $drop(overcmd) $arg] |
||||
_draw_operation $_target $_type |
||||
} |
||||
update |
||||
catch { |
||||
bind $_top <B$_evt-Motion> {DropSite::_motion %X %Y} |
||||
bind $_top <Motion> {DropSite::_release %X %Y} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DropSite::_release |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DropSite::_release { X Y } { |
||||
variable _target |
||||
variable _status |
||||
variable _curop |
||||
variable _source |
||||
variable _type |
||||
variable _data |
||||
|
||||
if { $_status & 1 } { |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$_target drop |
||||
|
||||
set res [uplevel \#0 $drop(dropcmd) [list $_target $_source $X $Y $_curop $_type $_data]] |
||||
DragSite::_end_drag $_source $_target $drop($_type,ops,$_curop) $_type $_data $res |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { $_status & 2 } { |
||||
# notify leave event |
||||
upvar \#0 DropSite::$_target drop |
||||
uplevel \#0 $drop(overcmd) [list $_target $_source leave $X $Y $_curop $_type $_data] |
||||
} |
||||
DragSite::_end_drag $_source "" "" $_type $_data 0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,793 @@
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# dynhelp.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: dynhelp.tcl,v 1.20.2.1 2009/08/12 07:20:21 oehhar Exp $ |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::configure |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::include |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::sethelp |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::register |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::_motion_info |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::_leave_info |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::_menu_info |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::_show_help |
||||
# - DynamicHelp::_init |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval DynamicHelp { |
||||
Widget::define DynamicHelp dynhelp -classonly |
||||
|
||||
if {$::tcl_version >= 8.5} { |
||||
set fontdefault TkTooltipFont |
||||
} elseif {$Widget::_aqua} { |
||||
set fontdefault {helvetica 11} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set fontdefault {helvetica 8} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare DynamicHelp [list\ |
||||
{-foreground TkResource black 0 label}\ |
||||
{-topbackground TkResource black 0 {label -foreground}}\ |
||||
{-background TkResource "#FFFFC0" 0 label}\ |
||||
{-borderwidth TkResource 1 0 label}\ |
||||
{-justify TkResource left 0 label}\ |
||||
[list -font TkResource $fontdefault 0 label]\ |
||||
{-delay Int 600 0 "%d >= 100 & %d <= 2000"}\ |
||||
{-state Enum "normal" 0 {normal disabled}}\ |
||||
{-padx TkResource 1 0 label}\ |
||||
{-pady TkResource 1 0 label}\ |
||||
{-bd Synonym -borderwidth}\ |
||||
{-bg Synonym -background}\ |
||||
{-fg Synonym -foreground}\ |
||||
{-topbg Synonym -topbackground}\ |
||||
] |
||||
|
||||
proc use {} {} |
||||
|
||||
variable _registered |
||||
variable _canvases |
||||
variable _texts |
||||
|
||||
variable _top ".help_shell" |
||||
variable _id "" |
||||
variable _delay 600 |
||||
variable _current_balloon "" |
||||
variable _current_variable "" |
||||
variable _saved |
||||
|
||||
Widget::init DynamicHelp $_top {} |
||||
|
||||
bind BwHelpBalloon <Enter> {DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon enter %W %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwHelpBalloon <Motion> {DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon motion %W %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwHelpBalloon <Leave> {DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon leave %W %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwHelpBalloon <Button> {DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon button %W %X %Y} |
||||
bind BwHelpBalloon <Destroy> {DynamicHelp::_unset_help %W} |
||||
|
||||
bind BwHelpVariable <Enter> {DynamicHelp::_motion_info %W} |
||||
bind BwHelpVariable <Leave> {DynamicHelp::_leave_info %W} |
||||
bind BwHelpVariable <Destroy> {DynamicHelp::_unset_help %W} |
||||
|
||||
bind BwHelpMenu <<MenuSelect>> {DynamicHelp::_menu_info select %W} |
||||
bind BwHelpMenu <Unmap> {DynamicHelp::_menu_info unmap %W} |
||||
bind BwHelpMenu <Destroy> {DynamicHelp::_unset_help %W} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::configure |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::configure { args } { |
||||
variable _top |
||||
variable _delay |
||||
|
||||
set res [Widget::configure $_top $args] |
||||
if { [Widget::hasChanged $_top -delay val] } { |
||||
set _delay $val |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::include |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::include { class type } { |
||||
set helpoptions [list \ |
||||
[list -helptext String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -helpvar String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -helpcmd String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -helptype Enum $type 0 [list balloon variable]] \ |
||||
] |
||||
Widget::declare $class $helpoptions |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::sethelp |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::sethelp { path subpath {force 0}} { |
||||
foreach {ctype ctext cvar} [Widget::hasChangedX $path \ |
||||
-helptype -helptext -helpvar] break |
||||
if { $force || $ctype || $ctext || $cvar } { |
||||
set htype [Widget::cget $path -helptype] |
||||
switch $htype { |
||||
balloon { |
||||
return [register $subpath balloon \ |
||||
[Widget::cget $path -helptext]] |
||||
} |
||||
variable { |
||||
return [register $subpath variable \ |
||||
[Widget::cget $path -helpvar] \ |
||||
[Widget::cget $path -helptext]] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return [register $subpath $htype] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::register |
||||
# |
||||
# DynamicHelp::register path balloon ?itemOrTag? text |
||||
# DynamicHelp::register path variable ?itemOrTag? text varName |
||||
# DynamicHelp::register path menu varName |
||||
# DynamicHelp::register path menuentry index text |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::register { path type args } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
set len [llength $args] |
||||
if {$type == "balloon" && $len > 1} { |
||||
switch -exact -- [winfo class $path] { |
||||
"Canvas" { set type canvasBalloon } |
||||
"Text" - |
||||
"Ctext" { set type textBalloon } |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if {$type == "variable" && $len > 2} { |
||||
switch -exact -- [winfo class $path] { |
||||
"Canvas" { set type canvasVariable } |
||||
"Text" - |
||||
"Ctext" { set type textVariable } |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { ![winfo exists $path] } { |
||||
_unset_help $path |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
switch $type { |
||||
balloon { |
||||
set text [lindex $args 0] |
||||
if {$text == ""} { |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,balloon)]} { |
||||
unset _registered($path,balloon) |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_balloon $path $text |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
canvasBalloon { |
||||
set tagOrItem [lindex $args 0] |
||||
set text [lindex $args 1] |
||||
if {$text == ""} { |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,$tagOrItem,balloon)]} { |
||||
unset _registered($path,$tagOrItem,balloon) |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_canvas_balloon $path $text $tagOrItem |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
textBalloon { |
||||
set tagOrItem [lindex $args 0] |
||||
set text [lindex $args 1] |
||||
if {$text == ""} { |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,$tagOrItem,balloon)]} { |
||||
unset _registered($path,$tagOrItem,balloon) |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_text_balloon $path $text $tagOrItem |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
variable { |
||||
set var [lindex $args 0] |
||||
set text [lindex $args 1] |
||||
if {$text == "" || $var == ""} { |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,variable)]} { |
||||
unset _registered($path,variable) |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_variable $path $text $var |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
canvasVariable { |
||||
set tagOrItem [lindex $args 0] |
||||
set var [lindex $args 1] |
||||
set text [lindex $args 2] |
||||
if {$text == "" || $var == ""} { |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,$tagOrItem,variable)]} { |
||||
unset _registered($path,$tagOrItem,variable) |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_canvas_variable $path $text $var $tagOrItem |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
textVariable { |
||||
set tagOrItem [lindex $args 0] |
||||
set var [lindex $args 1] |
||||
set text [lindex $args 2] |
||||
if {$text == "" || $var == ""} { |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,$tagOrItem,variable)]} { |
||||
unset _registered($path,$tagOrItem,variable) |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_text_variable $path $text $var $tagOrItem |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
menu { |
||||
set var [lindex $args 0] |
||||
if {$var == ""} { |
||||
set cpath [BWidget::clonename $path] |
||||
if {[winfo exists $cpath]} { set path $cpath } |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path)]} { |
||||
unset _registered($path) |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_menu $path $var |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
menuentry { |
||||
set cpath [BWidget::clonename $path] |
||||
if { [winfo exists $cpath] } { set path $cpath } |
||||
if {![info exists _registered($path)]} { return 0 } |
||||
|
||||
set text [lindex $args 1] |
||||
set index [lindex $args 0] |
||||
if {$text == "" || $index == ""} { |
||||
set idx [lsearch $_registered($path) [list $index *]] |
||||
set _registered($path) [lreplace $_registered($path) $idx $idx] |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
_add_menuentry $path $text $index |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
default { |
||||
_unset_help $path |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::add { path args } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
array set data { |
||||
-type balloon |
||||
-text "" |
||||
-item "" |
||||
-index -1 |
||||
-command "" |
||||
-variable "" |
||||
} |
||||
if {[winfo exists $path] && [winfo class $path] == "Menu"} { |
||||
set data(-type) menu |
||||
} |
||||
array set data $args |
||||
|
||||
set item $path |
||||
|
||||
switch -- $data(-type) { |
||||
"balloon" { |
||||
if {$data(-item) != ""} { |
||||
switch -exact -- [winfo class $path] { |
||||
"Canvas" { |
||||
_add_canvas_balloon $path $data(-text) $data(-item) |
||||
set item $path,$data(-item) |
||||
} |
||||
"Text" - |
||||
"Ctext" { |
||||
_add_text_balloon $path $data(-text) $data(-item) |
||||
set item $path,$data(-item) |
||||
} |
||||
default { |
||||
_add_balloon $path $data(-text) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
_add_balloon $path $data(-text) |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {$data(-variable) != ""} { |
||||
set _registered($item,balloonVar) $data(-variable) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
"variable" { |
||||
set var $data(-variable) |
||||
if {$data(-item) != ""} { |
||||
switch -exact -- [winfo class $path] { |
||||
"Canvas" { |
||||
_add_canvas_variable $path $data(-text) $var $data(-item) |
||||
set item $path,$data(-item) |
||||
} |
||||
"Text" - |
||||
"Ctext" { |
||||
_add_text_variable $path $data(-text) $var $data(-item) |
||||
set item $path,$data(-item) |
||||
} |
||||
default { |
||||
_add_variable $path $data(-text) $var |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
_add_variable $path $data(-text) $var |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
"menu" { |
||||
if {$data(-index) != -1} { |
||||
set cpath [BWidget::clonename $path] |
||||
if { [winfo exists $cpath] } { set path $cpath } |
||||
if {![info exists _registered($path)]} { return 0 } |
||||
_add_menuentry $path $data(-text) $data(-index) |
||||
set item $path,$data(-index) |
||||
} else { |
||||
_add_menu $path $data(-variable) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
default { |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {$data(-command) != ""} {set _registered($item,command) $data(-command)} |
||||
|
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::delete { path } { |
||||
_unset_help $path |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_bind_tag { path tag } { |
||||
set evt [bindtags $path] |
||||
set idx [lsearch $evt $tag] |
||||
set evt [lreplace $evt $idx $idx] |
||||
lappend evt $tag |
||||
bindtags $path $evt |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_balloon { path text } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
set _registered($path,balloon) $text |
||||
_add_bind_tag $path BwHelpBalloon |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_canvas_balloon { path text tagOrItem } { |
||||
variable _canvases |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
set _registered($path,$tagOrItem,balloon) $text |
||||
|
||||
if {![info exists _canvases($path,balloon)]} { |
||||
## This canvas doesn't have the bindings yet. |
||||
|
||||
_add_bind_tag $path BwHelpBalloon |
||||
|
||||
$path bind BwHelpBalloon <Enter> \ |
||||
{DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon enter %W %X %Y 1} |
||||
$path bind BwHelpBalloon <Motion> \ |
||||
{DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon motion %W %X %Y 1} |
||||
$path bind BwHelpBalloon <Leave> \ |
||||
{DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon leave %W %X %Y 1} |
||||
$path bind BwHelpBalloon <Button> \ |
||||
{DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon button %W %X %Y 1} |
||||
|
||||
set _canvases($path,balloon) 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
$path addtag BwHelpBalloon withtag $tagOrItem |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_text_balloon { path text tagOrItem } { |
||||
variable _texts |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
set _registered($path,$tagOrItem,balloon) $text |
||||
|
||||
if { ![info exists _texts($path,$tagOrItem,balloon)] } { |
||||
$path tag bind $tagOrItem <Enter> \ |
||||
[list DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon enter $path %X %Y 0 1] |
||||
$path tag bind $tagOrItem <Motion> \ |
||||
[list DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon motion $path %X %Y 0 1] |
||||
$path tag bind $tagOrItem <Leave> \ |
||||
[list DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon leave $path %X %Y 0 1] |
||||
$path tag bind $tagOrItem <Button> \ |
||||
[list DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon button $path %X %Y 0 1] |
||||
|
||||
set _texts($path,$tagOrItem,balloon) 1 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_variable { path text varName } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
set _registered($path,variable) [list $varName $text] |
||||
_add_bind_tag $path BwHelpVariable |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_canvas_variable { path text varName tagOrItem } { |
||||
variable _canvases |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
set _registered($path,$tagOrItem,variable) [list $varName $text] |
||||
|
||||
if {![info exists _canvases($path,variable)]} { |
||||
## This canvas doesn't have the bindings yet. |
||||
|
||||
_add_bind_tag $path BwHelpVariable |
||||
|
||||
$path bind BwHelpVariable <Enter> \ |
||||
{DynamicHelp::_motion_info %W 1} |
||||
$path bind BwHelpVariable <Motion> \ |
||||
{DynamicHelp::_motion_info %W 1} |
||||
$path bind BwHelpVariable <Leave> \ |
||||
{DynamicHelp::_leave_info %W 1} |
||||
|
||||
set _canvases($path,variable) 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
$path addtag BwHelpVariable withtag $tagOrItem |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_text_variable { path text varName tagOrItem } { |
||||
variable _texts |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
set _registered($path,$tagOrItem,variable) [list $varName $text] |
||||
|
||||
if {![info exists _texts($path,$tagOrItem,variable)]} { |
||||
|
||||
$path tag bind $tagOrItem <Enter> \ |
||||
[list DynamicHelp::_motion_info $path 0 1] |
||||
$path tag bind $tagOrItem <Motion> \ |
||||
[list DynamicHelp::_motion_info $path 0 1] |
||||
$path tag bind $tagOrItem <Leave> \ |
||||
[list DynamicHelp::_leave_info $path 0 1] |
||||
|
||||
set _texts($path,$tagOrItem,variable) 1 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_menu { path varName } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
set cpath [BWidget::clonename $path] |
||||
if { [winfo exists $cpath] } { set path $cpath } |
||||
|
||||
set _registered($path) [list $varName] |
||||
_add_bind_tag $path BwHelpMenu |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_add_menuentry { path text index } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
set idx [lsearch $_registered($path) [list $index *]] |
||||
set list [list $index $text] |
||||
if { $idx == -1 } { |
||||
lappend _registered($path) $list |
||||
} else { |
||||
set _registered($path) \ |
||||
[lreplace $_registered($path) $idx $idx $list] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_motion_balloon { type path x y {isCanvasItem 0} {isTextItem 0} } { |
||||
variable _top |
||||
variable _id |
||||
variable _delay |
||||
variable _current_balloon |
||||
|
||||
set w $path |
||||
if {$isCanvasItem} { |
||||
set path [_get_canvas_path $path balloon] |
||||
} elseif {$isTextItem} { |
||||
set path [_get_text_path $path balloon] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $_current_balloon != $path && $type == "enter" } { |
||||
set _current_balloon $path |
||||
set type "motion" |
||||
destroy $_top |
||||
} |
||||
if { $_current_balloon == $path } { |
||||
if { $_id != "" } { |
||||
after cancel $_id |
||||
set _id "" |
||||
} |
||||
if { $type == "motion" } { |
||||
if { ![winfo exists $_top] } { |
||||
set cmd [list DynamicHelp::_show_help $path $w $x $y] |
||||
set _id [after $_delay $cmd] |
||||
} |
||||
# Bug 923942 proposes to destroy on motion to remove dynhelp on motion. |
||||
# this might be an optional behaviour in future versions |
||||
} else { |
||||
destroy $_top |
||||
set _current_balloon "" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_motion_info |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_motion_info { path {isCanvasItem 0} {isTextItem 0} } { |
||||
variable _saved |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
variable _current_variable |
||||
|
||||
if {$isCanvasItem} { |
||||
set path [_get_canvas_path $path variable] |
||||
} elseif {$isTextItem} { |
||||
set path [_get_text_path $path variable] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $_current_variable != $path |
||||
&& [info exists _registered($path,variable)] } { |
||||
|
||||
set varName [lindex $_registered($path,variable) 0] |
||||
if {![info exists _saved]} { set _saved [GlobalVar::getvar $varName] } |
||||
set string [lindex $_registered($path,variable) 1] |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,command)]} { |
||||
set string [uplevel #0 $_registered($path,command)] |
||||
} |
||||
GlobalVar::setvar $varName $string |
||||
set _current_variable $path |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_leave_info |
||||
# Leave event may be called twice (in case of pointer grab) |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_leave_info { path {isCanvasItem 0} {isTextItem 0} } { |
||||
variable _saved |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
variable _current_variable |
||||
|
||||
if {$isCanvasItem} { |
||||
set path [_get_canvas_path $path variable] |
||||
} elseif {$isTextItem} { |
||||
set path [_get_text_path $path variable] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [string equal $_current_variable $path] \ |
||||
&& [info exists _registered($path,variable)] } { |
||||
set varName [lindex $_registered($path,variable) 0] |
||||
GlobalVar::setvar $varName $_saved |
||||
unset _saved |
||||
set _current_variable "" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_menu_info |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# We have to check for unmap event on Unix. On Windows, unmap |
||||
# is not delivered, but <<MenuSelect>> is triggered appropriately when menu |
||||
# is unmapped. |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_menu_info { event path } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
if { [info exists _registered($path)] } { |
||||
set index [$path index active] |
||||
set varName [lindex $_registered($path) 0] |
||||
if { ![string equal $event "unmap"] && |
||||
![string equal $index "none"] && |
||||
[set idx [lsearch $_registered($path) [list $index *]]] != -1 } { |
||||
set string [lindex [lindex $_registered($path) $idx] 1] |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,$index,command)]} { |
||||
set string [uplevel #0 $_registered($path,$index,command)] |
||||
} |
||||
GlobalVar::setvar $varName $string |
||||
} else { |
||||
GlobalVar::setvar $varName "" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_show_help |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_show_help { path w x y } { |
||||
variable _top |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
variable _id |
||||
variable _delay |
||||
|
||||
if { [Widget::getoption $_top -state] == "disabled" } { return } |
||||
|
||||
if { [info exists _registered($path,balloon)] } { |
||||
destroy $_top |
||||
|
||||
set string $_registered($path,balloon) |
||||
|
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,balloonVar)]} { |
||||
upvar #0 $_registered($path,balloonVar) var |
||||
if {[info exists var]} { set string $var } |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path,command)]} { |
||||
set string [uplevel #0 $_registered($path,command)] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {$string == ""} { return } |
||||
|
||||
toplevel $_top -relief flat \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::getoption $_top -topbackground] \ |
||||
-bd [Widget::getoption $_top -borderwidth] \ |
||||
-screen [winfo screen $w] |
||||
|
||||
wm withdraw $_top |
||||
if { $Widget::_aqua } { |
||||
::tk::unsupported::MacWindowStyle style $_top help none |
||||
} else { |
||||
wm overrideredirect $_top 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
catch { wm attributes $_top -topmost 1 } |
||||
|
||||
label $_top.label -text $string \ |
||||
-relief flat -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-padx [Widget::getoption $_top -padx] \ |
||||
-pady [Widget::getoption $_top -pady] \ |
||||
-foreground [Widget::getoption $_top -foreground] \ |
||||
-background [Widget::getoption $_top -background] \ |
||||
-font [Widget::getoption $_top -font] \ |
||||
-justify [Widget::getoption $_top -justify] |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
pack $_top.label -side left |
||||
update idletasks |
||||
|
||||
if {![winfo exists $_top]} {return} |
||||
|
||||
set scrwidth [winfo vrootwidth .] |
||||
set scrheight [winfo vrootheight .] |
||||
set width [winfo reqwidth $_top] |
||||
set height [winfo reqheight $_top] |
||||
|
||||
# On windows multi screen configurations, coordinates may get outside |
||||
# the main screen. We suppose that all screens have the same size |
||||
# because it is not possible to query the size of the other screens. |
||||
|
||||
set screenx [expr {$x % $scrwidth} ] |
||||
set screeny [expr {$y % $scrheight} ] |
||||
|
||||
# Increment the required size by the deplacement from the passed point |
||||
incr width 8 |
||||
incr height 12 |
||||
|
||||
if { $screenx+$width > $scrwidth } { |
||||
set x [expr {$x + ($scrwidth - $screenx) - ($width - 8)}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
incr x 8 |
||||
} |
||||
if { $screeny+$height > $scrheight } { |
||||
set y [expr {$y - $height}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
incr y 12 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
wm geometry $_top "+$x+$y" |
||||
update idletasks |
||||
|
||||
if {![winfo exists $_top]} { return } |
||||
wm deiconify $_top |
||||
raise $_top |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_unset_help |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_unset_help { path } { |
||||
variable _canvases |
||||
variable _texts |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
variable _top |
||||
variable _current_balloon |
||||
|
||||
if {[info exists _registered($path)]} { unset _registered($path) } |
||||
if {[winfo exists $path]} { |
||||
set cpath [BWidget::clonename $path] |
||||
if {[info exists _registered($cpath)]} { unset _registered($cpath) } |
||||
} |
||||
array unset _canvases $path,* |
||||
array unset _texts $path,* |
||||
array unset _registered $path,* |
||||
if {[string equal $path $_current_balloon]} {destroy $_top} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_get_canvas_path |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_get_canvas_path { path type {item ""} } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
if {$item == ""} { set item [$path find withtag current] } |
||||
|
||||
## Check the tags related to this item for the one that |
||||
## represents our text. If we have text specific to this |
||||
## item or for 'all' items, they override any other tags. |
||||
eval [list lappend tags $item all] [$path itemcget $item -tags] |
||||
foreach tag $tags { |
||||
set check $path,$tag |
||||
if {![info exists _registered($check,$type)]} { continue } |
||||
return $check |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return $path |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command DynamicHelp::_get_text_path |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc DynamicHelp::_get_text_path { path type {item ""} } { |
||||
variable _registered |
||||
|
||||
if {$item == ""} { set item [$path tag names current] } |
||||
|
||||
## Check the tags related to this item for the one that |
||||
## represents our text. If we have text specific to this |
||||
## item or for 'all' items, they override any other tags. |
||||
eval [list lappend tags $item all] $item |
||||
foreach tag $tags { |
||||
set check $path,$tag |
||||
if {![info exists _registered($check,$type)]} { continue } |
||||
return $check |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return $path |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,498 @@
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# entry.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: entry.tcl,v 1.22.2.1 2011/02/14 16:56:09 oehhar Exp $ |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - Entry::create |
||||
# - Entry::configure |
||||
# - Entry::cget |
||||
# - Entry::_destroy |
||||
# - Entry::_init_drag_cmd |
||||
# - Entry::_end_drag_cmd |
||||
# - Entry::_drop_cmd |
||||
# - Entry::_over_cmd |
||||
# - Entry::_auto_scroll |
||||
# - Entry::_scroll |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval Entry { |
||||
Widget::define Entry entry DragSite DropSite DynamicHelp |
||||
|
||||
# Note: -textvariable is pulled off of the tk entry and put onto the |
||||
# BW Entry so that we avoid the TkResource test for it, which screws up |
||||
# the existance/non-existance bits of the -textvariable. |
||||
Widget::tkinclude Entry entry :cmd \ |
||||
remove { -state -background -foreground -textvariable |
||||
-disabledforeground -disabledbackground } |
||||
|
||||
set declare [list \ |
||||
[list -background TkResource "" 0 entry] \ |
||||
[list -foreground TkResource "" 0 entry] \ |
||||
[list -state Enum normal 0 [list normal disabled]] \ |
||||
[list -text String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -textvariable String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -editable Boolean 1 0] \ |
||||
[list -command String "" 0] \ |
||||
[list -relief TkResource "" 0 entry] \ |
||||
[list -borderwidth TkResource "" 0 entry] \ |
||||
[list -fg Synonym -foreground] \ |
||||
[list -bg Synonym -background] \ |
||||
[list -bd Synonym -borderwidth] \ |
||||
] |
||||
|
||||
if {![package vsatisfies [package provide Tk] 8.4]} { |
||||
## If we're not running version 8.4 or higher, get our |
||||
## disabled resources from the button widget. |
||||
lappend declare [list -disabledforeground TkResource "" 0 button] |
||||
lappend declare [list -disabledbackground TkResource "" 0 \ |
||||
{button -background}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
lappend declare [list -disabledforeground TkResource "" 0 entry] |
||||
lappend declare [list -disabledbackground TkResource "" 0 entry] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare Entry $declare |
||||
Widget::addmap Entry "" :cmd { -textvariable {} } |
||||
|
||||
DynamicHelp::include Entry balloon |
||||
DragSite::include Entry "" 3 |
||||
DropSite::include Entry { |
||||
TEXT {move {}} |
||||
FGCOLOR {move {}} |
||||
BGCOLOR {move {}} |
||||
COLOR {move {}} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
foreach event [bind TEntry] { |
||||
bind BwEntry $event [bind TEntry $event] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
foreach event [bind Entry] { |
||||
bind BwEntry $event [bind Entry $event] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
# Copy is kind of a special event. It should be enabled when the |
||||
# widget is editable but not disabled, and not when the widget is disabled. |
||||
# To make this a bit easier to manage, we will handle it separately. |
||||
|
||||
bind BwEntry <<Copy>> {} |
||||
bind BwEditableEntry <<Copy>> [bind Entry <<Copy>>] |
||||
|
||||
bind BwEntry <Return> [list Entry::invoke %W] |
||||
bind BwEntry <Destroy> [list Entry::_destroy %W] |
||||
bind BwDisabledEntry <Destroy> [list Entry::_destroy %W] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::create |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::create { path args } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
array set maps [list Entry {} :cmd {}] |
||||
array set maps [Widget::parseArgs Entry $args] |
||||
|
||||
set data(afterid) "" |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
eval [list ttk::entry $path] $maps(:cmd) |
||||
} else { |
||||
eval [list entry $path] $maps(:cmd) |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::initFromODB Entry $path $maps(Entry) |
||||
set state [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -state] |
||||
set editable [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -editable] |
||||
set text [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -text] |
||||
if { $editable && [string equal $state "normal"] } { |
||||
bindtags $path [list $path BwEntry [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
$path configure -takefocus 1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path configure -takefocus 1 -insertontime 600 |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
bindtags $path [list $path BwDisabledEntry [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
$path configure -takefocus 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path configure -takefocus 0 -insertontime 0 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if { $editable == 0 } { |
||||
$path configure -cursor left_ptr |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal $state "disabled"] } { |
||||
$path configure \ |
||||
-foreground [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -disabledforeground] \ |
||||
-background [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -disabledbackground] |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path configure \ |
||||
-foreground [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -foreground] \ |
||||
-background [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -background] |
||||
bindtags $path [linsert [bindtags $path] 2 BwEditableEntry] |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string length $text] } { |
||||
set varName [$path cget -textvariable] |
||||
if { ![string equal $varName ""] } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 [list set $varName [Widget::cget $path -text]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set validateState [$path cget -validate] |
||||
$path configure -validate none |
||||
$path delete 0 end |
||||
$path configure -validate $validateState |
||||
$path insert 0 [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -text] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
DragSite::setdrag $path $path Entry::_init_drag_cmd Entry::_end_drag_cmd 1 |
||||
DropSite::setdrop $path $path Entry::_over_cmd Entry::_drop_cmd 1 |
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path 1 |
||||
|
||||
Widget::create Entry $path |
||||
proc ::$path { cmd args } \ |
||||
"return \[Entry::_path_command [list $path] \$cmd \$args\]" |
||||
return $path |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::configure |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::configure { path args } { |
||||
# Cheat by setting the -text value to the current contents of the entry |
||||
# This might be better hidden behind a function in ::Widget. |
||||
set Widget::Entry::${path}:opt(-text) [$path:cmd get] |
||||
|
||||
set res [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
|
||||
# Extract the modified bits that we are interested in. |
||||
set vars [list chstate cheditable chfg chdfg chbg chdbg chtext] |
||||
set opts [list -state -editable -foreground -disabledforeground \ |
||||
-background -disabledbackground -text] |
||||
foreach $vars [eval [linsert $opts 0 Widget::hasChangedX $path]] { break } |
||||
|
||||
if { $chstate || $cheditable } { |
||||
set state [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -state] |
||||
set editable [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -editable] |
||||
set btags [bindtags $path] |
||||
if { $editable && [string equal $state "normal"] } { |
||||
set idx [lsearch $btags BwDisabledEntry] |
||||
if { $idx != -1 } { |
||||
bindtags $path [lreplace $btags $idx $idx BwEntry] |
||||
} |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -takefocus 1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -takefocus 1 -insertontime 600 |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set idx [lsearch $btags BwEntry] |
||||
if { $idx != -1 } { |
||||
bindtags $path [lreplace $btags $idx $idx BwDisabledEntry] |
||||
} |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -takefocus 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -takefocus 0 -insertontime 0 |
||||
} |
||||
if { [string equal [focus] $path] } { |
||||
focus . |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { ![Widget::theme] && ($chstate || $chfg || $chdfg || $chbg || $chdbg) } { |
||||
set state [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -state] |
||||
if { [string equal $state "disabled"] } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -disabledforeground] \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -disabledbackground] |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd configure \ |
||||
-fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground] \ |
||||
-bg [Widget::cget $path -background] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
if { $chstate } { |
||||
if { [string equal $state "disabled"] } { |
||||
set idx [lsearch -exact [bindtags $path] BwEditableEntry] |
||||
if { $idx != -1 } { |
||||
bindtags $path [lreplace [bindtags $path] $idx $idx] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set idx [expr {[lsearch [bindtags $path] Bw*Entry] + 1}] |
||||
bindtags $path [linsert [bindtags $path] $idx BwEditableEntry] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $cheditable } { |
||||
if { $editable } { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -cursor xterm |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd configure -cursor left_ptr |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { $chtext } { |
||||
# Oh my lordee-ba-goordee |
||||
# Do some magic to prevent multiple validation command firings. |
||||
# If there is a textvariable, set that to the right value; if not, |
||||
# disable validation, delete the old text, enable, then set the text. |
||||
set varName [$path:cmd cget -textvariable] |
||||
if { ![string equal $varName ""] } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 [list set $varName \ |
||||
[Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -text]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set validateState [$path:cmd cget -validate] |
||||
$path:cmd configure -validate none |
||||
$path:cmd delete 0 end |
||||
$path:cmd configure -validate $validateState |
||||
$path:cmd insert 0 [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -text] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
DragSite::setdrag $path $path Entry::_init_drag_cmd Entry::_end_drag_cmd |
||||
DropSite::setdrop $path $path Entry::_over_cmd Entry::_drop_cmd |
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path |
||||
|
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::cget |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::cget { path option } { |
||||
if { [string equal "-text" $option] } { |
||||
return [$path:cmd get] |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::cget $path $option |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::invoke |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::invoke { path } { |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getMegawidgetOption $path -command]]]} { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_path_command |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_path_command { path cmd larg } { |
||||
switch -exact -- $cmd { |
||||
configure - cget - invoke { |
||||
return [eval [linsert $larg 0 Entry::$cmd $path]] |
||||
} |
||||
default { |
||||
return [uplevel 2 [linsert $larg 0 $path:cmd $cmd]] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_init_drag_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_init_drag_cmd { path X Y top } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -draginitcmd]]]} { |
||||
return [uplevel \#0 $cmd [list $path $X $Y $top]] |
||||
} |
||||
set type [Widget::getoption $path -dragtype] |
||||
if { $type == "" } { |
||||
set type "TEXT" |
||||
} |
||||
if { [set drag [$path get]] != "" } { |
||||
if { [$path:cmd selection present] } { |
||||
set idx [$path:cmd index @[expr {$X-[winfo rootx $path]}]] |
||||
set sel0 [$path:cmd index sel.first] |
||||
set sel1 [expr {[$path:cmd index sel.last]-1}] |
||||
if { $idx >= $sel0 && $idx <= $sel1 } { |
||||
set drag [string range $drag $sel0 $sel1] |
||||
set data(dragstart) $sel0 |
||||
set data(dragend) [expr {$sel1+1}] |
||||
if { ![Widget::getoption $path -editable] || |
||||
[Widget::getoption $path -state] == "disabled" } { |
||||
return [list $type {copy} $drag] |
||||
} else { |
||||
return [list $type {copy move} $drag] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set data(dragstart) 0 |
||||
set data(dragend) end |
||||
if { ![Widget::getoption $path -editable] || |
||||
[Widget::getoption $path -state] == "disabled" } { |
||||
return [list $type {copy} $drag] |
||||
} else { |
||||
return [list $type {copy move} $drag] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_end_drag_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_end_drag_cmd { path target op type dnddata result } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -dragendcmd]]]} { |
||||
return [uplevel \#0 $cmd [list $path $target $op $type $dnddata $result]] |
||||
} |
||||
if { $result && $op == "move" && $path != $target } { |
||||
$path:cmd delete $data(dragstart) $data(dragend) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_drop_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_drop_cmd { path source X Y op type dnddata } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
if { $data(afterid) != "" } { |
||||
after cancel $data(afterid) |
||||
set data(afterid) "" |
||||
} |
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -dropcmd]]]} { |
||||
set idx [$path:cmd index @[expr {$X-[winfo rootx $path]}]] |
||||
return [uplevel \#0 $cmd [list $path $source $idx $op $type $dnddata]] |
||||
} |
||||
if { $type == "COLOR" || $type == "FGCOLOR" } { |
||||
configure $path -foreground $dnddata |
||||
} elseif { $type == "BGCOLOR" } { |
||||
configure $path -background $dnddata |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path:cmd icursor @[expr {$X-[winfo rootx $path]}] |
||||
if { $op == "move" && $path == $source } { |
||||
$path:cmd delete $data(dragstart) $data(dragend) |
||||
} |
||||
set sel0 [$path index insert] |
||||
$path:cmd insert insert $dnddata |
||||
set sel1 [$path index insert] |
||||
$path:cmd selection range $sel0 $sel1 |
||||
} |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_over_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_over_cmd { path source event X Y op type dnddata } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
set x [expr {$X-[winfo rootx $path]}] |
||||
if { [string equal $event "leave"] } { |
||||
if { [string length $data(afterid)] } { |
||||
after cancel $data(afterid) |
||||
set data(afterid) "" |
||||
} |
||||
} elseif { [_auto_scroll $path $x] } { |
||||
return 2 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {[llength [set cmd [Widget::getoption $path -dropovercmd]]]} { |
||||
set x [expr {$X-[winfo rootx $path]}] |
||||
set idx [$path:cmd index @$x] |
||||
set res [uplevel \#0 $cmd [list $path $source $event $idx $op $type $dnddata]] |
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if { [string equal $type "COLOR"] || |
||||
[string equal $type "FGCOLOR"] || |
||||
[string equal $type "BGCOLOR"] } { |
||||
DropSite::setcursor based_arrow_down |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption $path -editable] |
||||
&& [string equal [Widget::getoption $path -state] "normal"] } { |
||||
if { ![string equal $event "leave"] } { |
||||
$path:cmd selection clear |
||||
$path:cmd icursor @$x |
||||
DropSite::setcursor based_arrow_down |
||||
return 3 |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
DropSite::setcursor dot |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_auto_scroll |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_auto_scroll { path x } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
set xmax [winfo width $path] |
||||
if { $x <= 10 && [$path:cmd index @0] > 0 } { |
||||
if { $data(afterid) == "" } { |
||||
set data(afterid) [after 100 [list Entry::_scroll $path -1 $x $xmax]] |
||||
DropSite::setcursor sb_left_arrow |
||||
} |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { $x >= $xmax-10 && [$path:cmd index @$xmax] < [$path:cmd index end] } { |
||||
if { $data(afterid) == "" } { |
||||
set data(afterid) [after 100 [list Entry::_scroll $path 1 $x $xmax]] |
||||
DropSite::setcursor sb_right_arrow |
||||
} |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { $data(afterid) != "" } { |
||||
after cancel $data(afterid) |
||||
set data(afterid) "" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_scroll |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_scroll { path dir x xmax } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
$path:cmd xview scroll $dir units |
||||
$path:cmd icursor @$x |
||||
if { ($dir == -1 && [$path:cmd index @0] > 0) || |
||||
($dir == 1 && [$path:cmd index @$xmax] < [$path:cmd index end]) } { |
||||
set data(afterid) [after 100 [list Entry::_scroll $path $dir $x $xmax]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set data(afterid) "" |
||||
DropSite::setcursor dot |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Entry::_destroy |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Entry::_destroy { path } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
Widget::destroy $path |
||||
unset data |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,570 @@
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# font.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - SelectFont::create |
||||
# - SelectFont::configure |
||||
# - SelectFont::cget |
||||
# - SelectFont::_draw |
||||
# - SelectFont::_destroy |
||||
# - SelectFont::_modstyle |
||||
# - SelectFont::_update |
||||
# - SelectFont::_getfont |
||||
# - SelectFont::_init |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval SelectFont { |
||||
Widget::define SelectFont font Dialog LabelFrame ScrolledWindow |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare SelectFont { |
||||
{-title String "Font selection" 0} |
||||
{-parent String "" 0} |
||||
{-background TkResource "" 0 frame} |
||||
|
||||
{-type Enum dialog 0 {dialog toolbar}} |
||||
{-font TkResource "" 0 label} |
||||
{-initialcolor String "" 0} |
||||
{-families String "all" 1} |
||||
{-querysystem Boolean 1 0} |
||||
{-nosizes Boolean 0 1} |
||||
{-styles String "bold italic underline overstrike" 1} |
||||
{-command String "" 0} |
||||
{-sampletext String "Sample Text" 0} |
||||
{-bg Synonym -background} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
variable _families |
||||
variable _styleOff |
||||
array set _styleOff [list bold normal italic roman] |
||||
variable _sizes {4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 \ |
||||
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24} |
||||
|
||||
# Set up preset lists of fonts, so the user can avoid the painfully slow |
||||
# loadfont process if desired. |
||||
if { [string equal $::tcl_platform(platform) "windows"] } { |
||||
set presetVariable [list \ |
||||
7x14 \ |
||||
Arial \ |
||||
{Arial Narrow} \ |
||||
{Lucida Sans} \ |
||||
{MS Sans Serif} \ |
||||
{MS Serif} \ |
||||
{Times New Roman} \ |
||||
] |
||||
set presetFixed [list \ |
||||
6x13 \ |
||||
{Courier New} \ |
||||
FixedSys \ |
||||
Terminal \ |
||||
] |
||||
set presetAll [list \ |
||||
6x13 \ |
||||
7x14 \ |
||||
Arial \ |
||||
{Arial Narrow} \ |
||||
{Courier New} \ |
||||
FixedSys \ |
||||
{Lucida Sans} \ |
||||
{MS Sans Serif} \ |
||||
{MS Serif} \ |
||||
Terminal \ |
||||
{Times New Roman} \ |
||||
] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set presetVariable [list \ |
||||
helvetica \ |
||||
lucida \ |
||||
lucidabright \ |
||||
{times new roman} \ |
||||
] |
||||
set presetFixed [list \ |
||||
courier \ |
||||
fixed \ |
||||
{lucida typewriter} \ |
||||
screen \ |
||||
serif \ |
||||
terminal \ |
||||
] |
||||
set presetAll [list \ |
||||
courier \ |
||||
fixed \ |
||||
helvetica \ |
||||
lucida \ |
||||
lucidabright \ |
||||
{lucida typewriter} \ |
||||
screen \ |
||||
serif \ |
||||
terminal \ |
||||
{times new roman} \ |
||||
] |
||||
} |
||||
array set _families [list \ |
||||
presetvariable $presetVariable \ |
||||
presetfixed $presetFixed \ |
||||
presetall $presetAll \ |
||||
] |
||||
|
||||
variable _widget |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::create |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::create { path args } { |
||||
variable _families |
||||
variable _sizes |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
# Initialize the internal rep of the widget options |
||||
Widget::init SelectFont "$path#SelectFont" $args |
||||
|
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -querysystem] } { |
||||
loadfont [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set bg [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -background] |
||||
set _styles [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -styles] |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -type] == "dialog" } { |
||||
Dialog::create $path -modal local -anchor e -default 0 -cancel 1 \ |
||||
-background $bg \ |
||||
-title [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -title] \ |
||||
-parent [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -parent] |
||||
|
||||
set frame [Dialog::getframe $path] |
||||
set topf [frame $frame.topf -relief flat -borderwidth 0 -background $bg] |
||||
|
||||
set labf1 [LabelFrame::create $topf.labf1 -text "Font" -name font \ |
||||
-side top -anchor w -relief flat -background $bg] |
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow::create [LabelFrame::getframe $labf1].sw \ |
||||
-background $bg] |
||||
set lbf [listbox $sw.lb \ |
||||
-height 5 -width 25 -exportselection false -selectmode browse] |
||||
ScrolledWindow::setwidget $sw $lbf |
||||
LabelFrame::configure $labf1 -focus $lbf |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -querysystem] } { |
||||
set fam [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set fam "preset" |
||||
append fam [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} |
||||
eval [list $lbf insert end] $_families($fam) |
||||
set script "set [list SelectFont::${path}(family)] \[%W curselection\];\ |
||||
SelectFont::_update [list $path]" |
||||
bind $lbf <ButtonRelease-1> $script |
||||
bind $lbf <space> $script |
||||
bind $lbf <1> [list focus %W] |
||||
bind $lbf <Up> $script |
||||
bind $lbf <Down> $script |
||||
pack $sw -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
set labf2 [LabelFrame::create $topf.labf2 -text "Size" -name size \ |
||||
-side top -anchor w -relief flat -background $bg] |
||||
set sw [ScrolledWindow::create [LabelFrame::getframe $labf2].sw \ |
||||
-scrollbar vertical -background $bg] |
||||
set lbs [listbox $sw.lb \ |
||||
-height 5 -width 6 -exportselection false -selectmode browse] |
||||
ScrolledWindow::setwidget $sw $lbs |
||||
LabelFrame::configure $labf2 -focus $lbs |
||||
eval [list $lbs insert end] $_sizes |
||||
set script "set [list SelectFont::${path}(size)] \[%W curselection\];\ |
||||
SelectFont::_update [list $path]" |
||||
bind $lbs <ButtonRelease-1> $script |
||||
bind $lbs <space> $script |
||||
bind $lbs <1> [list focus %W] |
||||
bind $lbs <Up> $script |
||||
bind $lbs <Down> $script |
||||
pack $sw -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
set labf3 [LabelFrame::create $topf.labf3 -text "Style" -name style \ |
||||
-side top -anchor w -relief sunken -bd 1 -background $bg] |
||||
set subf [LabelFrame::getframe $labf3] |
||||
foreach st $_styles { |
||||
set name [lindex [BWidget::getname $st] 0] |
||||
if { $name == "" } { |
||||
set name [string toupper $name 0] |
||||
} |
||||
checkbutton $subf.$st -text $name \ |
||||
-variable SelectFont::$path\($st\) \ |
||||
-background $bg \ |
||||
-command [list SelectFont::_update $path] |
||||
bind $subf.$st <Return> break |
||||
pack $subf.$st -anchor w |
||||
} |
||||
LabelFrame::configure $labf3 -focus $subf.[lindex $_styles 0] |
||||
|
||||
pack $labf1 -side left -anchor n -fill both -expand yes |
||||
if { ![Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -nosizes] } { |
||||
pack $labf2 -side left -anchor n -fill both -expand yes -padx 8 |
||||
} |
||||
pack $labf3 -side left -anchor n -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
set botf [frame $frame.botf -width 100 -height 50 \ |
||||
-bg white -bd 0 -relief flat \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 1 -takefocus 0 \ |
||||
-highlightbackground black \ |
||||
-highlightcolor black] |
||||
|
||||
set lab [label $botf.label \ |
||||
-background white -foreground black \ |
||||
-borderwidth 0 -takefocus 0 -highlightthickness 0 \ |
||||
-text [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -sampletext]] |
||||
place $lab -relx 0.5 -rely 0.5 -anchor c |
||||
|
||||
pack $topf -pady 4 -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -initialcolor] != ""} { |
||||
set thecolor [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -initialcolor] |
||||
set colf [frame $frame.colf] |
||||
|
||||
set frc [frame $colf.frame -width 50 -height 20 -bg $thecolor -bd 0 -relief flat\ |
||||
-highlightthickness 1 -takefocus 0 \ |
||||
-highlightbackground black \ |
||||
-highlightcolor black] |
||||
|
||||
set script "set [list SelectFont::${path}(fontcolor)] \[tk_chooseColor -parent $colf.button -initialcolor \[set [list SelectFont::${path}(fontcolor)]\]\];\ |
||||
SelectFont::_update [list $path]" |
||||
|
||||
set name [lindex [BWidget::getname colorPicker] 0] |
||||
if { $name == "" } { |
||||
set name "Color..." |
||||
} |
||||
set but [button $colf.button -command $script \ |
||||
-text $name] |
||||
|
||||
$lab configure -foreground $thecolor |
||||
$frc configure -bg $thecolor |
||||
|
||||
pack $but -side left |
||||
pack $frc -side left -padx 5 |
||||
|
||||
set data(frc) $frc |
||||
set data(fontcolor) $thecolor |
||||
|
||||
pack $colf -pady 4 -fill x -expand true |
||||
|
||||
} else { |
||||
set data(fontcolor) -1 |
||||
} |
||||
pack $botf -pady 4 -fill x |
||||
|
||||
Dialog::add $path -name ok |
||||
Dialog::add $path -name cancel |
||||
|
||||
set data(label) $lab |
||||
set data(lbf) $lbf |
||||
set data(lbs) $lbs |
||||
|
||||
_getfont $path |
||||
|
||||
Widget::create SelectFont $path 0 |
||||
|
||||
return [_draw $path] |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -querysystem] } { |
||||
set fams [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set fams "preset" |
||||
append fams [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} |
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
ttk::frame $path |
||||
set lbf [ttk::combobox $path.font \ |
||||
-takefocus 0 -exportselection 0 \ |
||||
-values $_families($fams) \ |
||||
-textvariable SelectFont::${path}(family) \ |
||||
-state readonly] |
||||
set lbs [ttk::combobox $path.size \ |
||||
-takefocus 0 -exportselection 0 \ |
||||
-width 4 \ |
||||
-values $_sizes \ |
||||
-textvariable SelectFont::${path}(size) \ |
||||
-state readonly] |
||||
bind $lbf <<ComboboxSelected>> [list SelectFont::_update $path] |
||||
bind $lbs <<ComboboxSelected>> [list SelectFont::_update $path] |
||||
} else { |
||||
frame $path -background $bg |
||||
set lbf [ComboBox::create $path.font \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -background $bg \ |
||||
-values $_families($fams) \ |
||||
-textvariable SelectFont::$path\(family\) \ |
||||
-editable 0 \ |
||||
-modifycmd [list SelectFont::_update $path]] |
||||
set lbs [ComboBox::create $path.size \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -background $bg \ |
||||
-width 4 \ |
||||
-values $_sizes \ |
||||
-textvariable SelectFont::$path\(size\) \ |
||||
-editable 0 \ |
||||
-modifycmd [list SelectFont::_update $path]] |
||||
} |
||||
bind $path <Destroy> [list SelectFont::_destroy $path] |
||||
pack $lbf -side left -anchor w |
||||
pack $lbs -side left -anchor w -padx 4 |
||||
foreach st $_styles { |
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
ttk::checkbutton $path.$st -takefocus 0 \ |
||||
-style BWSlim.Toolbutton \ |
||||
-image [Bitmap::get $st] \ |
||||
-variable SelectFont::${path}($st) \ |
||||
-command [list SelectFont::_update $path] |
||||
} else { |
||||
button $path.$st \ |
||||
-highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 -padx 0 -pady 0 \ |
||||
-background $bg \ |
||||
-image [Bitmap::get $st] \ |
||||
-command [list SelectFont::_modstyle $path $st] |
||||
} |
||||
pack $path.$st -side left -anchor w |
||||
} |
||||
set data(label) "" |
||||
set data(lbf) $lbf |
||||
set data(lbs) $lbs |
||||
_getfont $path |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create SelectFont $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
return $path |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::configure |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::configure { path args } { |
||||
set _styles [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -styles] |
||||
|
||||
set res [Widget::configure "$path#SelectFont" $args] |
||||
|
||||
if { [Widget::hasChanged "$path#SelectFont" -font font] } { |
||||
_getfont $path |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::hasChanged "$path#SelectFont" -background bg] } { |
||||
switch -- [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -type] { |
||||
dialog { |
||||
Dialog::configure $path -background $bg |
||||
set topf [Dialog::getframe $path].topf |
||||
$topf configure -background $bg |
||||
foreach labf {labf1 labf2} { |
||||
LabelFrame::configure $topf.$labf -background $bg |
||||
set subf [LabelFrame::getframe $topf.$labf] |
||||
ScrolledWindow::configure $subf.sw -background $bg |
||||
$subf.sw.lb configure -background $bg |
||||
} |
||||
LabelFrame::configure $topf.labf3 -background $bg |
||||
set subf [LabelFrame::getframe $topf.labf3] |
||||
foreach w [winfo children $subf] { |
||||
$w configure -background $bg |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
toolbar { |
||||
$path configure -background $bg |
||||
ComboBox::configure $path.font -background $bg |
||||
ComboBox::configure $path.size -background $bg |
||||
foreach st $_styles { |
||||
$path.$st configure -background $bg |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::cget |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::cget { path option } { |
||||
return [Widget::cget "$path#SelectFont" $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::loadfont |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::loadfont {{which all}} { |
||||
variable _families |
||||
|
||||
# initialize families |
||||
if {![info exists _families(all)]} { |
||||
set _families(all) [lsort -dictionary [font families]] |
||||
} |
||||
if {[regexp {fixed|variable} $which] \ |
||||
&& ![info exists _families($which)]} { |
||||
# initialize families |
||||
set _families(fixed) {} |
||||
set _families(variable) {} |
||||
foreach family $_families(all) { |
||||
if { [font metrics [list $family] -fixed] } { |
||||
lappend _families(fixed) $family |
||||
} else { |
||||
lappend _families(variable) $family |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::_draw |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::_draw { path } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
$data(lbf) selection clear 0 end |
||||
$data(lbf) selection set $data(family) |
||||
$data(lbf) activate $data(family) |
||||
$data(lbf) see $data(family) |
||||
$data(lbs) selection clear 0 end |
||||
$data(lbs) selection set $data(size) |
||||
$data(lbs) activate $data(size) |
||||
$data(lbs) see $data(size) |
||||
_update $path |
||||
|
||||
if { [Dialog::draw $path] == 0 } { |
||||
set result [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -font] |
||||
set color $data(fontcolor) |
||||
|
||||
if { $color == "" } { |
||||
set color #000000 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
} else { |
||||
set result "" |
||||
if {$data(fontcolor) == -1} { |
||||
set color -1 |
||||
} else { |
||||
set color "" |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
unset data |
||||
Widget::destroy "$path#SelectFont" |
||||
destroy $path |
||||
if { $color != -1 } { |
||||
return [list $result $color] |
||||
} else { |
||||
return $result |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::_modstyle |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::_modstyle { path style } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
$path.$style configure -relief [expr {$data($style) ? "raised" : "sunken"}] |
||||
set data($style) [expr {!$data($style)}] |
||||
_update $path |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::_update |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::_update { path } { |
||||
variable _families |
||||
variable _sizes |
||||
variable _styleOff |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
set type [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -type] |
||||
set _styles [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -styles] |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -querysystem] } { |
||||
set fams [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set fams "preset" |
||||
append fams [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} |
||||
if { $type == "dialog" } { |
||||
set curs [$path:cmd cget -cursor] |
||||
$path:cmd configure -cursor watch |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -type] == "dialog" } { |
||||
set font [list [lindex $_families($fams) $data(family)] \ |
||||
[lindex $_sizes $data(size)]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set font [list $data(family) $data(size)] |
||||
} |
||||
foreach st $_styles { |
||||
if { $data($st) } { |
||||
lappend font $st |
||||
} elseif {[info exists _styleOff($st)]} { |
||||
# This adds the default bold/italic value to a font |
||||
#lappend font $_styleOff($st) |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::setoption "$path#SelectFont" -font $font |
||||
if { $type == "dialog" } { |
||||
$data(label) configure -font $font |
||||
$path:cmd configure -cursor $curs |
||||
if { ($data(fontcolor) != "") && ($data(fontcolor) != -1) } { |
||||
$data(label) configure -foreground $data(fontcolor) |
||||
$data(frc) configure -bg $data(fontcolor) |
||||
} elseif { $data(fontcolor) == "" } { |
||||
#If no color is selected, restore previous one |
||||
set data(fontcolor) [$data(label) cget -foreground] |
||||
|
||||
} |
||||
} elseif { [set cmd [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -command]] != "" } { |
||||
uplevel \#0 $cmd |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::_getfont |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::_getfont { path } { |
||||
variable _families |
||||
variable _sizes |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
|
||||
array set font [font actual [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -font]] |
||||
set data(bold) [expr {![string equal $font(-weight) "normal"]}] |
||||
set data(italic) [expr {![string equal $font(-slant) "roman"]}] |
||||
set data(underline) $font(-underline) |
||||
set data(overstrike) $font(-overstrike) |
||||
set _styles [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -styles] |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -querysystem] } { |
||||
set fams [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set fams "preset" |
||||
append fams [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -families] |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption "$path#SelectFont" -type] == "dialog" } { |
||||
set idxf [lsearch $_families($fams) $font(-family)] |
||||
set idxs [lsearch $_sizes $font(-size)] |
||||
set data(family) [expr {$idxf >= 0 ? $idxf : 0}] |
||||
set data(size) [expr {$idxs >= 0 ? $idxs : 0}] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set data(family) $font(-family) |
||||
set data(size) $font(-size) |
||||
if {![Widget::theme]} { |
||||
foreach st $_styles { |
||||
$path.$st configure \ |
||||
-relief [expr {$data($st) ? "sunken":"raised"}] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command SelectFont::_destroy |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc SelectFont::_destroy { path } { |
||||
variable $path |
||||
upvar 0 $path data |
||||
unset data |
||||
Widget::destroy "$path#SelectFont" |
||||
} |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 118 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 145 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 130 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 949 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 1012 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 259 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 860 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 139 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 211 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 256 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 111 B |
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
#define minus_width 9 |
||||
#define minus_height 9 |
||||
static char minus_bits[] = { |
||||
0xff,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x7d,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x01, |
||||
0x01,0xff,0x01}; |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 131 B |
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
#define opcopy_width 11 |
||||
#define opcopy_height 11 |
||||
static char opcopy_bits[] = { |
||||
0xff,0xff,0x01,0xfc,0x21,0xfc,0x21,0xfc,0x21,0xfc,0xfd,0xfd,0x21,0xfc,0x21, |
||||
0xfc,0x21,0xfc,0x01,0xfc,0xff,0xff}; |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 139 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 146 B |
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
#define oplink_width 11 |
||||
#define oplink_height 11 |
||||
static char oplink_bits[] = { |
||||
0xff,0xff,0x01,0xfc,0xf1,0xfc,0xe1,0xfc,0xf1,0xfc,0xb9,0xfc,0x19,0xfc,0x09, |
||||
0xfc,0x11,0xfc,0x01,0xfc,0xff,0xff}; |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
#define opmove_width 11 |
||||
#define opmove_height 11 |
||||
static char opmove_bits[] = { |
||||
0xff,0xff,0x01,0xfc,0x01,0xfc,0x51,0xfc,0x89,0xfc,0xfd,0xfd,0x89,0xfc,0x51, |
||||
0xfc,0x01,0xfc,0x01,0xfc,0xff,0xff}; |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 119 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 151 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 481 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 159 B |
@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
|
||||
#define plus_width 9 |
||||
#define plus_height 9 |
||||
static char plus_bits[] = { |
||||
0xff,0x01,0x01,0x01,0x11,0x01,0x11,0x01,0x7d,0x01,0x11,0x01,0x11,0x01,0x01, |
||||
0x01,0xff,0x01}; |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 140 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 265 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 70 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 138 B |
@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
|
||||
#define target_width 24 |
||||
#define target_height 24 |
||||
static unsigned char target_bits[] = { |
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, |
||||
0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, |
||||
0x3e, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x3e, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x3e, 0xe0, 0x03, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, |
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, |
||||
0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x07, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, |
||||
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00}; |
||||
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 119 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 115 B |
|
After Width: | Height: | Size: 254 B |
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
namespace eval Widget {} |
||||
proc Widget::_opt_defaults {{prio widgetDefault}} { |
||||
if {$::tcl_version >= 8.4} { |
||||
set plat [tk windowingsystem] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set plat $::tcl_platform(platform) |
||||
} |
||||
switch -exact $plat { |
||||
"aqua" { |
||||
} |
||||
"win32" - |
||||
"windows" { |
||||
#option add *Listbox.background SystemWindow $prio |
||||
option add *ListBox.background SystemWindow $prio |
||||
#option add *Button.padY 0 $prio |
||||
option add *ButtonBox.padY 0 $prio |
||||
option add *Dialog.padY 0 $prio |
||||
option add *Dialog.anchor e $prio |
||||
} |
||||
"x11" - |
||||
default { |
||||
option add *Scrollbar.width 12 $prio |
||||
option add *Scrollbar.borderWidth 1 $prio |
||||
option add *Dialog.separator 1 $prio |
||||
option add *MainFrame.relief raised $prio |
||||
option add *MainFrame.separator none $prio |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::_opt_defaults |
||||
|
||||
# Try to load lang file corresponding to current msgcat locale |
||||
proc Widget::_opt_lang {} { |
||||
set langfile [file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "lang" "en.rc"] |
||||
if {0 != [llength [info commands ::msgcat::mcpreferences]]} { |
||||
foreach lang [::msgcat::mcpreferences] { |
||||
set l [file join $::BWIDGET::LIBRARY "lang" "$lang.rc"] |
||||
if {[file readable $l]} { |
||||
set langfile $l |
||||
break |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
option read $langfile |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::_opt_lang |
||||
|
||||
## Add a TraverseIn binding to standard Tk widgets to handle some of |
||||
## the BWidget-specific things we do. |
||||
bind Entry <<TraverseIn>> { %W selection range 0 end; %W icursor end } |
||||
bind Spinbox <<TraverseIn>> { %W selection range 0 end; %W icursor end } |
||||
|
||||
bind all <Key-Tab> { Widget::traverseTo [Widget::focusNext %W] } |
||||
bind all <<PrevWindow>> { Widget::traverseTo [Widget::focusPrev %W] } |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,329 @@
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# label.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: label.tcl,v 1.10.2.3 2011/04/26 08:24:28 oehhar Exp $ |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - Label::create |
||||
# - Label::configure |
||||
# - Label::cget |
||||
# - Label::setfocus |
||||
# - Label::_drag_cmd |
||||
# - Label::_drop_cmd |
||||
# - Label::_over_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval Label { |
||||
Widget::define Label label DragSite DropSite DynamicHelp |
||||
|
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
Widget::tkinclude Label label .l \ |
||||
remove { -foreground -text -textvariable -underline -state} |
||||
} else { |
||||
Widget::tkinclude Label label .l \ |
||||
remove { -foreground -text -textvariable -underline } |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::declare Label { |
||||
{-name String "" 0} |
||||
{-text String "" 0} |
||||
{-textvariable String "" 0} |
||||
{-underline Int -1 0 "%d >= -1"} |
||||
{-focus String "" 0} |
||||
{-foreground TkResource "" 0 label} |
||||
{-disabledforeground TkResource "" 0 button} |
||||
{-state Enum normal 0 {normal disabled}} |
||||
|
||||
{-fg Synonym -foreground} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
DynamicHelp::include Label balloon |
||||
DragSite::include Label "" 1 |
||||
DropSite::include Label { |
||||
TEXT {move {}} |
||||
IMAGE {move {}} |
||||
BITMAP {move {}} |
||||
FGCOLOR {move {}} |
||||
BGCOLOR {move {}} |
||||
COLOR {move {}} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::syncoptions Label "" .l {-text {} -underline {}} |
||||
|
||||
bind BwLabel <FocusIn> [list Label::setfocus %W] |
||||
bind BwLabel <Destroy> [list Label::_destroy %W] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Label::create |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Label::create { path args } { |
||||
array set maps [list Label {} .l {}] |
||||
array set maps [Widget::parseArgs Label $args] |
||||
frame $path -class Label -borderwidth 0 -highlightthickness 0 -relief flat -padx 0 -pady 0 |
||||
Widget::initFromODB Label $path $maps(Label) |
||||
|
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
eval [list ttk::label $path.l] $maps(.l) |
||||
} else { |
||||
eval [list label $path.l] $maps(.l) |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
if { [Widget::cget $path -state] != "normal" } { |
||||
$path.l state disabled |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
if { [Widget::cget $path -state] == "normal" } { |
||||
set fg [Widget::cget $path -foreground] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set fg [Widget::cget $path -disabledforeground] |
||||
} |
||||
$path.l configure -foreground $fg |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set var [Widget::cget $path -textvariable] |
||||
if { $var == "" && |
||||
[Widget::cget $path -image] == "" && |
||||
($::Widget::_theme || [Widget::cget $path -bitmap] == "")} { |
||||
set desc [BWidget::getname [Widget::cget $path -name]] |
||||
if { $desc != "" } { |
||||
set text [lindex $desc 0] |
||||
set under [lindex $desc 1] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set text [Widget::cget $path -text] |
||||
set under [Widget::cget $path -underline] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set under -1 |
||||
set text "" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
$path.l configure -text $text -textvariable $var \ |
||||
-underline $under |
||||
|
||||
set accel [string tolower [string index $text $under]] |
||||
if { $accel != "" } { |
||||
bind [winfo toplevel $path] <Alt-$accel> "Label::setfocus $path" |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
bindtags $path [list BwLabel [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
bindtags $path.l [list $path.l $path Label [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
pack $path.l -expand yes -fill both |
||||
|
||||
set dragendcmd [Widget::cget $path -dragendcmd] |
||||
DragSite::setdrag $path $path.l Label::_init_drag_cmd $dragendcmd 1 |
||||
DropSite::setdrop $path $path.l Label::_over_cmd Label::_drop_cmd 1 |
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path.l 1 |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create Label $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Label::configure |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Label::configure { path args } { |
||||
set oldunder [$path.l cget -underline] |
||||
if { $oldunder != -1 } { |
||||
set oldaccel [string tolower [string index [$path.l cget -text] $oldunder]] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set oldaccel "" |
||||
} |
||||
set res [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
|
||||
set cfg [Widget::hasChanged $path -foreground fg] |
||||
set cst [Widget::hasChanged $path -state state] |
||||
|
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
if { $cfg } { |
||||
$path.l configure -foreground $fg |
||||
} |
||||
if { $cst } { |
||||
if { $state == "normal" } { |
||||
$path.l state !disabled |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.l state disabled |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set cdfg [Widget::hasChanged $path -disabledforeground dfg] |
||||
if { $cst || $cfg || $cdfg } { |
||||
if { $state == "normal" } { |
||||
$path.l configure -fg $fg |
||||
} else { |
||||
$path.l configure -fg $dfg |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set cv [Widget::hasChanged $path -textvariable var] |
||||
set cb [Widget::hasChanged $path -image img] |
||||
if {$::Widget::_theme} { |
||||
set ci 0 |
||||
set bmp "" |
||||
} else { |
||||
set ci [Widget::hasChanged $path -bitmap bmp] |
||||
} |
||||
set cn [Widget::hasChanged $path -name name] |
||||
set ct [Widget::hasChanged $path -text text] |
||||
set cu [Widget::hasChanged $path -underline under] |
||||
|
||||
if { $cv || $cb || $ci || $cn || $ct || $cu } { |
||||
if { $var == "" && $img == "" && $bmp == "" } { |
||||
set desc [BWidget::getname $name] |
||||
if { $desc != "" } { |
||||
set text [lindex $desc 0] |
||||
set under [lindex $desc 1] |
||||
} |
||||
} else { |
||||
set under -1 |
||||
set text "" |
||||
} |
||||
set top [winfo toplevel $path] |
||||
if { $oldaccel != "" } { |
||||
bind $top <Alt-$oldaccel> {} |
||||
} |
||||
set accel [string tolower [string index $text $under]] |
||||
if { $accel != "" } { |
||||
bind $top <Alt-$accel> [list Label::setfocus $path] |
||||
} |
||||
$path.l configure -text $text -underline $under -textvariable $var |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
set force [Widget::hasChanged $path -dragendcmd dragend] |
||||
DragSite::setdrag $path $path.l Label::_init_drag_cmd $dragend $force |
||||
DropSite::setdrop $path $path.l Label::_over_cmd Label::_drop_cmd |
||||
DynamicHelp::sethelp $path $path.l |
||||
|
||||
return $res |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Label::cget |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Label::cget { path option } { |
||||
return [Widget::cget $path $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Label::identify |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Label::identify { path args } { |
||||
eval $path.l identify $args |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Label::instate |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Label::instate { path args } { |
||||
eval $path.l instate $args |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
# Command Label::state |
||||
# ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
||||
proc Label::state { path args } { |
||||
eval $path.l state $args |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Label::setfocus |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Label::setfocus { path } { |
||||
if { [string equal [Widget::cget $path -state] "normal"] } { |
||||
set w [Widget::cget $path -focus] |
||||
if { [winfo exists $w] && [Widget::focusOK $w] } { |
||||
focus $w |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Label::_init_drag_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Label::_init_drag_cmd { path X Y top } { |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
if { [set cmd [Widget::cget $path -draginitcmd]] != "" } { |
||||
return [uplevel \#0 $cmd [list $path $X $Y $top]] |
||||
} |
||||
if { [set data [$path.l cget -image]] != "" } { |
||||
set type "IMAGE" |
||||
pack [label $top.l -image $data] |
||||
} elseif { [set data [$path.l cget -bitmap]] != "" } { |
||||
set type "BITMAP" |
||||
pack [label $top.l -bitmap $data] |
||||
} else { |
||||
set data [$path.l cget -text] |
||||
set type "TEXT" |
||||
} |
||||
set usertype [Widget::getoption $path -dragtype] |
||||
if { $usertype != "" } { |
||||
set type $usertype |
||||
} |
||||
return [list $type {copy} $data] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Label::_drop_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Label::_drop_cmd { path source X Y op type data } { |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
if { [set cmd [Widget::cget $path -dropcmd]] != "" } { |
||||
return [uplevel \#0 $cmd [list $path $source $X $Y $op $type $data]] |
||||
} |
||||
if { $type == "COLOR" || $type == "FGCOLOR" } { |
||||
configure $path -foreground $data |
||||
} elseif { $type == "BGCOLOR" } { |
||||
configure $path -background $data |
||||
} else { |
||||
set text "" |
||||
set image "" |
||||
set bitmap "" |
||||
switch -- $type { |
||||
IMAGE {set image $data} |
||||
BITMAP {set bitmap $data} |
||||
default { |
||||
set text $data |
||||
if { [set var [$path.l cget -textvariable]] != "" } { |
||||
configure $path -image "" -bitmap "" |
||||
GlobalVar::setvar $var $data |
||||
return |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
configure $path -text $text -image $image -bitmap $bitmap |
||||
} |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command Label::_over_cmd |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc Label::_over_cmd { path source event X Y op type data } { |
||||
set path [winfo parent $path] |
||||
if { [set cmd [Widget::cget $path -dropovercmd]] != "" } { |
||||
return [uplevel \#0 $cmd [list $path $source $event $X $Y $op $type $data]] |
||||
} |
||||
if { [Widget::getoption $path -state] == "normal" || |
||||
$type == "COLOR" || $type == "FGCOLOR" || $type == "BGCOLOR" } { |
||||
DropSite::setcursor based_arrow_down |
||||
return 1 |
||||
} |
||||
DropSite::setcursor dot |
||||
return 0 |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc Label::_destroy { path } { |
||||
Widget::destroy $path |
||||
} |
||||
@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# labelentry.tcl |
||||
# This file is part of Unifix BWidget Toolkit |
||||
# $Id: labelentry.tcl,v 1.6.2.1 2011/02/14 16:56:09 oehhar Exp $ |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Index of commands: |
||||
# - LabelEntry::create |
||||
# - LabelEntry::configure |
||||
# - LabelEntry::cget |
||||
# - LabelEntry::bind |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
|
||||
namespace eval LabelEntry { |
||||
Widget::define LabelEntry labelentry Entry LabelFrame |
||||
|
||||
Widget::bwinclude LabelEntry LabelFrame .labf \ |
||||
remove {-relief -borderwidth -focus} \ |
||||
rename {-text -label} \ |
||||
prefix {label -justify -width -anchor -height -font -textvariable} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::bwinclude LabelEntry Entry .e \ |
||||
remove {-fg -bg} \ |
||||
rename {-foreground -entryfg -background -entrybg} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::addmap LabelEntry "" :cmd {-background {}} |
||||
|
||||
Widget::syncoptions LabelEntry Entry .e {-text {}} |
||||
Widget::syncoptions LabelEntry LabelFrame .labf {-label -text -underline {}} |
||||
|
||||
::bind BwLabelEntry <FocusIn> [list focus %W.labf] |
||||
::bind BwLabelEntry <Destroy> [list LabelEntry::_destroy %W] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command LabelEntry::create |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc LabelEntry::create { path args } { |
||||
array set maps [list LabelEntry {} :cmd {} .labf {} .e {}] |
||||
array set maps [Widget::parseArgs LabelEntry $args] |
||||
|
||||
if {[Widget::theme]} { |
||||
eval [list ttk::frame $path] $maps(:cmd) -class LabelEntry \ |
||||
-takefocus 0 |
||||
} else { |
||||
eval [list frame $path] $maps(:cmd) -class LabelEntry \ |
||||
-relief flat -bd 0 -highlightthickness 0 -takefocus 0 |
||||
} |
||||
Widget::initFromODB LabelEntry $path $maps(LabelEntry) |
||||
|
||||
set labf [eval [list LabelFrame::create $path.labf] $maps(.labf) \ |
||||
[list -relief flat -borderwidth 0 -focus $path.e]] |
||||
set subf [LabelFrame::getframe $labf] |
||||
set entry [eval [list Entry::create $path.e] $maps(.e)] |
||||
|
||||
pack $entry -in $subf -fill both -expand yes |
||||
pack $labf -fill both -expand yes |
||||
|
||||
bindtags $path [list $path BwLabelEntry [winfo toplevel $path] all] |
||||
|
||||
return [Widget::create LabelEntry $path] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command LabelEntry::configure |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc LabelEntry::configure { path args } { |
||||
return [Widget::configure $path $args] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command LabelEntry::cget |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc LabelEntry::cget { path option } { |
||||
return [Widget::cget $path $option] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command LabelEntry::bind |
||||
# ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc LabelEntry::bind { path args } { |
||||
return [eval [list ::bind $path.e] $args] |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
# Command LabelEntry::_path_command |
||||
#------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
||||
proc LabelEntry::_path_command { path cmd larg } { |
||||
if { [string equal $cmd "configure"] || |
||||
[string equal $cmd "cget"] || |
||||
[string equal $cmd "bind"] } { |
||||
return [eval [list LabelEntry::$cmd $path] $larg] |
||||
} else { |
||||
return [eval [list $path.e:cmd $cmd] $larg] |
||||
} |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
proc LabelEntry::_destroy { path } { |
||||
Widget::destroy $path |
||||
} |
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in new issue